WC3655

WorkCentre® 3655
Multifunction Printer
Service Manual Sample
Fault Code Structure:
320-245-00
320.245.00
20-245-00
20.245.00
WorkCentre 3655 ®
Multifunction Printer
Service Manual
Xerox Internal-Use Only
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer Other company trademarks are also acknowledged.
Service Documentation As an ENERGY STAR® partner, Xerox Corporation has determined that this product meets the
ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. The ENERGY STAR name and logo are reg-
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer istered U.S. marks.
705P01355
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only
5/2014
Xerox Corporation
Content Development and Language Services
26600 Parkway - Bldg. 60
P.O. Box 1000, M/S 7060-776
Wilsonville, OR 97070-1000
NOTICE: All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational
purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product trained
service personnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that such documentation is com-
plete, nor does Xerox represent or warrant that it will notify or provide to such customer any
future changes to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules,
components or parts of such equipment may affect the warranty offered by Xerox with respect
to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding cus-
tomer or third party provided service. If the customer services such equipment, modules, com-
ponents or parts thereof, the customer releases Xerox from any and all liability for the customer
actions, and the customer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Xerox harmless from any third
party claims which arise directly or indirectly from such service.
Unpublished rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States. Contents of this
publication may not be reproduced in any form without permission of Xerox Corporation.
Copyright protection claimed includes all forms of matters of copyrightable materials and infor-
mation now allowed by statutory or judicial law or hereinafter granted, including without limita-
tion, material generated from the software programs which are displayed on the screen such
as styles, templates, icons, screen displays, looks, etc.
Xerox technical training materials and service manuals are intended for use by authorized
Xerox service technicians and service partners only and are not for resale. These materials
may not be distributed, copied or otherwise reproduced without prior written consent from
Xerox Corporation.
© 2014 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. XEROX® and XEROX and design®, Phaser®,
PhaserSMART®, DocuCard®, DocuSP®, FreeFlow® CentreWare®, infoSMART®, Made For
Each Other®, PagePack™, ColorCube®, ProfitAccelertor™, and Walk-Up™ are trademarks of
Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Introduction
About This Manual .......................................................................................................... iii
How To Use This Manual................................................................................................ iii
Service Safety Summary................................................................................................. iv
Symbols Used On The Product....................................................................................... v
Voltage Measurement and Specifications....................................................................... vi
Health and Safety Incident Reporting ............................................................................. vii
Regulatory Specifications................................................................................................ viii
Translation of Warnings .................................................................................................. ix
WorkCentre 3655 Overview ............................................................................................ x
Control Panel Layout....................................................................................................... xii
Options Overview ............................................................................................................ xiii
CRU Life Expectancy ...................................................................................................... xiii
Product Codes and Serial Number Range ...................................................................... xiv
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Introduction

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer i
Introduction 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only
ii WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
About This Manual How To Use This Manual
The WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer Service Manual is part of a multinational service Always start with the Service Call Procedures, Section 1. Perform Initial Actions and verify the
documentation system delivered in the standard Xerox EDOC service manual format. This problem, then follow the directions given.
manual is the primary document used for diagnosing, repairing, maintaining, and troubleshoot-
ing these systems. The Service Manual is the controlling publication for a service call. To How to Differentiate Between Machine Variants
ensure product understanding, complete the Xerox Service Training Program for this printer. The machine will be identified in this manual by the model identifier 3655N/DN or 3655SN/DN.
Organization When a procedure, parts list description or other reference is unique amongst different models
Section titles and the information contained in each is presented in the following paragraphs: of machine, the appropriate model designator is indicated. Any artwork is also specific.
Section 1 Service Call Procedures NOTE: This manual services all configurations of the machine. Ignore references to options
This section is used to start and complete a service call. The procedures in this section will not installed on the machine.
either direct you to a Repair Analysis Procedure (RAP), or identify a faulty component or sub-
assembly.
Warnings, Cautions and Notes
WARNING
Section 2 Status Indicator Repair Analysis Procedures A warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condi-
This section contains the Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) and checkouts necessary to tion or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
diagnose, isolate and repair faults other than image quality faults. A translated version of all warnings is in Translation of Warnings.
Section 3 Image Quality CAUTION

This section contains the Image Quality Repair Analysis Procedures (IQ RAPs), checkouts and A caution is used whenever an operation or maintenance procedure, practice, condition or
setup procedures necessary to diagnose, isolate and repair image quality faults. statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment.
Section 4 Repairs/Adjustments NOTE: A note appears to highlight a procedure, practice, condition or statement.
This section contains the instructions for removal, replacement, and adjustment of parts.
Section 5 Parts List

This section contains the illustrated spare parts list. Any part that is spared or that must be
removed to access a spared part is illustrated.
Section 6 General Procedures / Information

This section contains all other procedures, product specifications and general information.
Section 7 Wiring Data

This section contains the wiring diagrams.
Section 8 Principles of Operation

This section contains details of printer operation and component locations.
Component Names
Names of parts that appear in the disassembly procedures may not be exactly the same as the
names that appear on the part or listed in the Parts List. For example; a part called the Regis-
tration Chute Assembly may appear on the Parts List as Assembly, Chute REGI.

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer iii About This Manual, How To Use This Manual
Service Safety Summary Warning Labels
General Guidelines Read and obey all posted warning labels. Throughout the printer, warning labels are displayed
on potentially dangerous components. As you service the printer, check to make certain that all
For qualified service personnel only: Refer also to the preceding Electrical Safety.
warning labels remain in place.
Avoid servicing alone: Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this product unless
another person capable of rendering first aid or resuscitation is present.
Safety Interlocks
Make sure all covers are in place and all interlock switches are functioning correctly after you
Use care when servicing with power applied: Dangerous voltages may exist at several points in have completed a service call. If you bypass an interlock switch, use extreme caution when
this product. To avoid personal injury, do not touch exposed connections and components working on or around the printer. Figure 1 shows the interlock circuitry.
while power is on. Disconnect power before removing the power supply shield or replacing
components.
Do not wear jewelry: Remove jewelry prior to servicing. Rings, necklaces and other metallic
objects could come into contact with dangerous voltages and currents.
Electrical Safety
• Use the Power Cord supplied with the printer.
• Plug the Power Cord directly into a properly grounded electrical outlet.
• Do not use a ground adapter plug to connect the printer to an electrical outlet that does
not have a ground connection terminal.
• Do not use an extension cord or power strip.
• Do not place the system in an area where people might step on the power cord.
• Do not place objects on the power cord.
• Do not block ventilation openings. These openings prevent printer overheating.
• Do not drop paper clips or staples into the printer.
Operational Safety
The printer and supplies were designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements. These
include safety agency examination, approval, and compliance with established environmental
standards.
Pay attention to these safety guidelines to ensure the continued, safe operation of the printer.
• Use the supplies specifically designed for your system. The use of unsuitable materials
may cause poor performance and a possible safety hazard.
• Follow all warnings and instructions marked on, or supplied with, the system, options and
supplies.
NOTE: The Total Satisfaction Guarantee is available in the United States and Canada. Cover-
age may vary outside these areas; please contact your local representative for details.
Maintenance Safety
• Do not attempt maintenance not specifically described in the printer documentation.
• Do not use aerosol cleaners. The use of supplies that are not approved may cause poor
performance and could create a hazardous condition.
• Do not burn any consumables or routine maintenance items. For information on Xerox
supplies recycling programs, go to www.xerox.com/gwa.

Service Safety Summary iv WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Symbols Used On The Product
The following precautionary symbols may appear on the machine.
This symbol indicates Danger High Voltage.
Figure 1 High voltage symbol
Protective Ground (Earth) symbol.
Figure 2 Protective ground (earth) symbol
This symbol indicates hot surface. Use caution to avoid personal injury.
Figure 3 Hot surface symbol
The surface is hot while the printer is running. After turning off the power, wait 30 minutes.
Figure 4 Wait 30 minutes symbol
Avoid pinching fingers in the printer. Use caution to avoid personal injury.
Figure 1 Interlock circuits

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer v Service Safety Summary, Symbols Used On The
Voltage Measurement and Specifications
Measurements of DC voltage must be made with reference to the specified DC Common,
unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. All measurements of AC volt-
age should be made with respect to the adjacent return or ACN wire.
Figure 5 Pinch injury symbol Table 1 Voltage Measurement and Specifications
Use caution (or draws attention to a particular component). Refer to the manual(s) for informa- Voltage Specification
tion. Input Power 220 V 198 VAC TO 254 VAC
Input Power 120 V 90 VAC TO 135 VAC
+3.3 VDC +2.75 VDC TO +3.25 VDC
+5 VDC +4.75 VDC TO +5.25 VDC
+24 VDC +23.37 VDC TO +27.06 VDC
Figure 6 Use caution symbol Logic Voltage Levels

Measurements of logic levels must be made with reference to the specified DC Common,
unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure.
Table 2 Logic Levels

Voltage H/L Specification
+5 VDC H = +3.00 V or greater
L = below 0.8 V
+3.3V H = +2 V or greater
L =below 0.8 V
DC Voltage Measurement in RAPs

The RAPs have been designed so that when it is required to use the DMM to measure a DC
voltage, the first test point listed is the location for the red (+) meter lead and the second test
point is the location for the black meter lead. For example, the following statement may be
found in a RAP.
There is +5 VDC from P/J7 to P/J68.
In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on P/J7 and the black lead on P/J68.
If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to
chassis ground.

Symbols Used On The Product, Voltage Measure- vi WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Health and Safety Incident Reporting 2. Field Service Operations shall:
a. Preserve the Xerox product involved and the scene of the incident inclusive of any
I. Summary associated equipment located in the vicinity of the incident.
This section defines requirements for notification of health and safety incidents involving Xerox
b. Return any affected equipment/part(s) to the location designated by Xerox EH&S
products (equipment and materials) at customer locations.
and/or the Business Division.
c. Implement all safety retrofits.
II. Scope
3. Xerox EH&S shall:
Xerox Corporation and subsidiaries worldwide.
a. Manage and report all incident investigation activities.
III. Objective b. Review and approve proposed product corrective actions and retrofits, if necessary.
c. Manage all communications and correspondence with government agencies.
To enable prompt resolution of health and safety incidents involving Xerox products and to
ensure Xerox regulatory compliance. d. Define actions to correct confirmed incidents.
IV. Definitions
Incident:
An event or condition occurring in a customer account that has resulted in injury, illness or
property damage. Examples of incidents include machine fires, smoke generation, physical
injury to an operator or service representative. Alleged events and product conditions are
included in this definition.
V. Requirements
Initial Report:
1. Xerox organizations shall establish a process for individuals to report product incidents to
Xerox Environment Health & Safety within 24 hours of becoming aware of the event.
2. The information to be provided at the time of reporting is contained in Appendix A (Health
and Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox product).
3. The initial notification may be made by any of the following methods:
• For incidents in North America and Developing Markets West (Brazil, Mexico, Latin
American North and Latin American South):
– Phone* Xerox EH&S at: 1-800-828-6571.
– Electronic mail to Xerox EH&S
– Fax Xerox EH&S at: 1-585-422-6449 [intelnet 8*222 6449].
• For incidents in Europe and Developing Markets East (Middle East, Africa, India,
China and Hong Kong):
– Phone* Xerox EH&S at: +44 (0) 1707 353434.
– Electronic mail Xerox EH&S at: Elaine.Grange@xerox.com.
– Fax Xerox EH&S at: +44 (0) 1707 353914 [intelnet 8*668 3914].
*Initial notification made by phone must be followed within 24 hours by a completed inci-
dent report and sent to the indicated electronic mail address or fax number.
NOTE: If sending a fax, please also send the original via internal mail.
Responsibilities for resolution:

1. Business Groups/Product Design Teams responsible for the product involved in the inci-
dent shall:
a. Manage field bulletins, customer correspondence, product recalls, safety retrofits.
b. Fund all field retrofits.

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer vii Health and Safety Incident Reporting
Regulatory Specifications To ensure compliance with European Union regulations, use shielded interface cables.
Xerox has tested this product to electromagnetic emission and immunity standards. These
A signed copy of the Declaration of Conformity for this product can be obtained from Xerox.
standards are designed to mitigate interference caused or received by this product in a typical
office environment.
United States (FCC Regulations)

The Wentre 3655 has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital
device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference in a commercial installation. This equipment generates,
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If it is not installed and used in accordance with
these instructions, it may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of
Class A equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the
user will be required to correct the interference at his/her own expense. There is no guarantee
that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment Off and On, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiver.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment to a different electrical circuit.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.
Any modifications not expressly approved by Xerox could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. To ensure compliance with Part 15 of the FCC rules, use shielded interface
cables.
Canada (Regulations)
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
European Union
CE Mark
The CE mark applied to this product symbolizes Xerox’s

declaration of conformity with the following applicable Direc-
tives of the European Union as of the dates indicated:
Figure 1 CE Symbol
December 12, 2006: Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC

December 15, 2004: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004/108/EC
This product, if used properly in accordance with the user's instructions, is neither dangerous
for the consumer nor for the environment.

Regulatory Specifications viii WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Translation of Warnings WARNING
WARNING Follow the service procedure exactly as written. Use of controls or adjustments other
than those specified in this manual, may result in an exposure to invisible laser radia-
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer
tion. During servicing, the invisible laser radiation can cause eye damage if looked at
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
directly.
injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
DANGER : Les procédures de dépannage doivent être suivies à la lettre. Si les réglages
DANGER : Mettez la machine hors tension. Déconnectez le cordon d'alimentation de
ou vérifications ne sont pas effectués suivant les instructions de ce manuel, il peut y
l'alimentation du client lorsque vous réalisez des tâches qui ne nécessitent pas d'élec-
avoir un risque d'exposition dangereuse au faisceau laser. Celui-ci peut provoquer des
tricité. L'électricité peut être à l'origine de blessures, voire d'un accident mortel. Les
lésions oculaires s'il est observé directement.
pièces amovibles peuvent être à l'origine de blessures.
AVVERTENZA: Eseguire le procedure di servizio esattamente come descritto. L'utilizzo
AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo di alimentazione dall'alimenta-
di dispositivi di controllo o di registrazione diversi da quelli riportati in questo manuale
tore quando si eseguono attività che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare
potrebbe comportare un'esposizione a radiazioni laser invisibili. Tali radiazioni possono
morte o lesioni personali. Le parti in movimento possono causare lesioni personali.
danneggiare gli occhi se si guarda direttamente il fascio laser durante gli interventi di
VORSICHT: Schalten Sie die Stromversorgung der Maschine ab. Ziehen Sie das Stromk- servizio.
abel ab, wenn Sie Aufgaben ausführen, für die keine Stromversorgung benötigt wird.
VORSICHT: Die Wartungsarbeiten genau den Anweisungen entsprechend durchführen.
Stromschläge können Todesfällen oder Verletzungen verursachen. Bewegliche Teile
Der Umgang mit Steuer- oder Bedienelementen, deren Verwendung nicht ausdrücklich
können zu Verletzungen führen.
in diesem Handbuch angewiesen wurde, kann dazu führen, dass unsichtbare Laser-
AVISO: Apague la electricidad de la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación eléc- strahlung frei gesetzt wird. Direkter Blickkontakt mit dem Laserstrahl kann bleibende
trica de la toma de pared mientras esté realizando tareas que no necesiten corriente. La Augenschäden verursachen.
electricidad puede causar daños o la muerte. Las partes móviles pueden causar daños.
AVISO: Siga los procedimientos de mantenimiento tal como están descritos. El uso de
controles o ajustes no especificados en este manual puede tener como resultado la
exposición a radiación láser invisible. Durante las operaciones de mantenimiento, la
WARNING radiación de láser invisible puede causar daños en los ojos si se mira directamente a
Do not work in a confined space. 1 m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working. ella.
DANGER : Ne pas travailler dans un espace restreint. 1 mètre d'espace est nécessaire
pour un dépannage en toute sécurité.
AVVERTENZA: Non lavorare in uno spazio limitato; è necessario uno spazio di almeno WARNING
un metro attorno alla macchina per la sicurezza dell'operatore. USA and Canada. Do not install this machine in a hallway or exit route that does not
VORSICHT: Nur mit ausreichendem Bewegungsspielraum (1 m) arbeiten. have 1.12 m (44 inches) of space additional to the normal space requirements in front of
the machine. To conform with fire regulations this additional 1.12 m (44 inches) of space
AVISO: No trabaje en un espacio reducido. Se necesita 1 metro de espacio para trabajar
is needed in front of the machine in hallway and exit routes.
con seguridad.
DANGER : États-Unis et Canada. Si cette machine est installée dans un couloir ou une
WARNING voie de sortie, 1,12 m (44 pouces) d'espace supplémentaire à l'espace normal doit être
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 16. The module disponible devant la machine conformément aux normes de sécurité d'incendie.
is heavy.
AVVERTENZA: N/A
DANGER: Conformez-vous aux procédures de manipulation de sécurité pour le retrait VORSICHT: N/A
du module. Reportez-vous à GP 16. Le module est lourd.
AVISO: Estados Unidos y Canadá. No instale esta máquina en un corredor o ruta de sal-
AVVERTENZA: Utilizzare procedure di gestione sicure durante la rimozione del modulo. ida que no tenga 1.12 m (44 pulgadas) de ancho delante de la máquina, sin incluir el
Vedere GP 16. Il modulo è pesante.
espacio que ocupe la máquina. Este espacio adicional de 1.12 m (44 pulgadas) delante
VORSICHT: Verwenden Sie sichere Vorgehensweisen zum Entfernen des Moduls. Siehe de la máquina en corredores y rutas de salida es necesario para cumplir los requisitos
auch GP 16. Das Modul ist sehr schwer. de las normas sobre incendios.
AVISO: Utilice los procedimientos de seguridad cuando elimine el módulo. Consulte el
GP 16. El módulo es pesado.

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer ix Translation of Warnings
WARNING WorkCentre 3655 Overview
Use only Xerox materials and components. This product is safety certified using Xerox The WorkCentre 3655 in either 4in1 (S) or 3in1 (X) configurations combine a monochrome
materials and components. The use of non Xerox materials and components may invali- laser print engine with a scanner and Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF), Tray 1. The
date the safety certificate. Output Tray holds 250 20lb. sheets facedown. WorkCentre 3655 options add media capacity,
DANGER : N'utilisez que des matières premières et des composants Xerox. La sécurité wireless connectivity, and functionality. Configurations of up to three additional 550-Sheet
du produit est assurée dans le cadre de son utilisation avec des matières premières et Feeders are supported. Figure 1 illustrates components accessible from the front.
des composants Xerox. L'utilisation de matières premières et de composants autres
que ceux de Xerox risque d'invalider le certificat de sécurité. Front View
AVVERTENZA: Utilizzare solo materiali e componenti Xerox per avvalersi della certifi-
cazione di protezione. L'utilizzo di materiali e componenti non Xerox può rendere nulla
la certificazione di protezione.
VORSICHT: Verwenden Sie nur Materialien und Komponenten von Xerox. Dieses
Produkt besitzt die Sicherheitszertifizierung bei Verwendung von Xerox-Materialien und
-Komponenten. Die Verwendung von Materialien und Komponenten anderer Hersteller
setzt möglicherweise das Sicherheitszertifikat außer Kraft.
AVISO: Utilice solo los materiales y componentes Xerox. Este producto dispone de un
certificado de seguridad si se utilizan los materiales y componentes Xerox. Este certifi-
cado de seguridad no será válido si se utilizan materiales y componentes que no sean
de Xerox.
WARNING
Do not touch the fuser while it is hot.
DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud.
AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo.
VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist.
AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente.
Figure 1 Front View
Front View
1. Tray 1 6. Output Tray
2. Bypass Tray 7. Output Tray Extension
3. Top Cover 8. Front Cover Release
4. Control Panel 9. Optional 550-sheet Feeder
5. Automatic Document Feeder (DADF)
Internal View
Figure 2 shows other system features.

Translation of Warnings, WorkCentre 3655 Overview x WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Figure 2 Internal view
Figure 3 WorkCentre 3655S 4-in1 rear view
Rear View
1. Output Tray Extension 5. Duplex Auto Document Feeder (DADF) Rear View
2. Front Cover Assembly 6. DADF Top Cover 1. USB Port (slave) 7. Transfer Roller
3. Drum Cartridge 7. Scanner Platen 2. Ethernet Port 8. Fuser
4. Toner Cartridge 8. Stapler Cartridge (3655S only) 3. USB Port (host) 9. USB Port (host)
4. USB Port (host) 10. Power Switch
Rear View 5. Rear Door 11. AC Input
Figure 3 shows features located at the rear of the system. 6. Duplex Chute 12. FAX Connection

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer xi WorkCentre 3655 Overview
Control Panel Layout Control Panel Features
6. Keypad Enter alphanumeric characters
The WorkCentre 3655 Control Panel consists of a touchscreen, a keypad, and several buttons.
These buttons are used to navigate the menu system, perform functions, and select opera- 7. Clear Deletes numeric values or the last digit entered
tional modes. 8. Pause TBD.
9. Interupt Print Pauses the currently printing job to run a more urgent job.
10. Start Start the selected job
11. Stop Stops the current job. Follow the onscreen instructions to cancel or
resume the job
12. Clear All Clears previous and changed settings for the current service. Press
twice to reset all defaults and clear existing scans
13. Power Restart or shuts down the printer
14. Language Changes the touch screen language and keyboard settings
15. Sleep Enter a reduced power mode
16. Help Displays additional information about the current selection or service
17. Log In / Log Out Access password protected features following login
Figure 1 Control Panel
Control Panel Features

Item Description
1. Display Touchscreen display of printer settings, status, messages and menus
2. Services Home Services Home displays services, such as copy, scan, and fax
3. Services Returns to the active service from the Job Status or Machine Status
screens, or to a preset service
4. Job Status Displays active, held, and completed jobs
5. Machine Status Displays settings and information

Control Panel Layout xii WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Options Overview CRU Life Expectancy
WorkCentre 3655 options include: The rated life expectancy of WorkCentre 3655 consumables are listed in Table 1.
• 550-sheet Feeder Table 1 CRU and Consumable Life Expectancy

• USB wireless network adaptor Description Print Life
• Printer stand
Standard Toner Cartridge Capacity 6,100 cycles
550-Sheet Feeder High Toner Cartridge Capacity 14,400 cycles
The Optional 550-sheet Feeder adds a single, 550-sheet tray. The printer supports up to three Extra High Toner Cartridge Capacity 25,900 cycles
550-sheet feeders. The feeder is secured to the print engine with two screws located under the
Metered Toner Cartridge Capacity 25,900 cycles
front edge of Tray 1.
Drum Cartridge 85,000 cycles
Staple Cartridge 50,000 cycles
Maintenance Kit (Fuser,Transfer Roller) 200,000 cycles
Feed Roller Kit 100,000 cycles
Figure 1 550-Sheet Feeder

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer xiii Options, CRU Life Expectancy
Product Codes and Serial Number Range
Product codes are listed in Table 1.Serial number ranges for each product appear in Table 2.
Table 1 Product Codes

Product Code
3655_SM 110V (Metered, 3in1 Copy, Print, Scan) C4X
3655_S 110V (Sold, 3in1 Copy, Print, Scan) C4XD
3655V_SM 220V (Metered, 3in1 Copy, Print, Scan) C5X
3655V_S 220V (Sold, 3in1 Copy, Print, Scan) C5XD
3655_XM 110V (Metered, 4in1 Copy, Network Print, Scan, Fax, stapler) C7X
3655_X 110V (Sold, 4in1 Copy, Network Print, Scan, Fax, stapler) C7XE
3655_YXM 110V (Metered, 4in1 Copy, Network Print, Scan, Fax, stapler, TAA-com- C7XR
pliant)
3655V_XM 220V (Metered, 4in1 Copy, Network Print, Scan, Fax, stapler) C8X
3655V_X 220V (Metered, 4in1 Copy, Network Print, Scan, Fax, stapler) C8XD
Table 2 Serial Number Range

Product Serial Number Range
3655_SM 110V C4X 155,000
3655_S 110V C4XD 000501 -015500
025501 - 165500
3655V_SM 220V C5X 60,000
3655V_S 220V C5XD 015501 -025500
165501-215500
3655_XM 110V C7X 100,000
215501-315500
3655_YXM 110V C7XR TBD
3655_X 110V C7XE 40000
365501-40550
3655V_XM 220V C8X 50,0000
3655V_X 220V C8XD 315501-365500

xiv WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
1 Service Call Procedures
Service Call Procedures.................................................................................................. 1-3
SCP 1 Initial Actions........................................................................................................ 1-4
SCP 2 First Call Actions .................................................................................................. 1-4
SCP 3 Normal Call Actions ............................................................................................. 1-5
SCP 4 Fault Analysis ...................................................................................................... 1-5
SCP 5 Subsystem Maintenance ..................................................................................... 1-6
SCP 6 Final Actions ........................................................................................................ 1-7
SCP 7 Configurations and Options ................................................................................. 1-8
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Service Call Procedures
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 1-1
Service Call Procedures 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only
1-2 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Service Call Procedures 2. Accessing fault history in Service Diagnostics, GP 1.
a. Enter Service Diagnostics.
This section provides an overview of the steps a service technician should take to service the
printer and attached options. The printer’s diagnostic routines report problems using error mes- b. Touch Service Info.
sages and fault codes displayed on the Control Panel, logged in the Service Usage Profile, or c. Touch dC122 Fault History.
by flashing LEDs. These error indications serve as the entry point into the troubleshooting pro- 3. If the printer is connected to a network and has an IP address, view the printer’s web
cess. System problems not directly indicated by or associated with an error message or fault page using a web browser.
code are covered in Section 6, General Procedures. Print-quality problems are covered in Sec-
a. Open a web browser.
tion 3, Image Quality.
b. Enter the printer’s IP address as the URL.
The steps listed here are a guide for performing any service on this printer. If you choose not to c. Select Support --> Troubleshooting --> Diagnostics Logs and the fault history
use these steps, it is recommended that you start at the appropriate troubleshooting procedure displays.
and proceed from there. When servicing the printer, follow the safety measures detailed in the
Service Safety Summary section.
1. Identify the problem.

• Verify the reported problem does exist.
• Check for any error codes and write them down.
• Print normal customer prints and service test prints.
• Make note of any print-quality problems in the test prints.
• Make note of any mechanical or electrical abnormalities present.
• Make note of any unusual noise or smell coming from the printer.
• Print a Usage Profile, if the printer is able to print.
• View the Engine Error and Jam Histories under the Tools menu.
• Verify the AC input from the wall outlet is within specifications.
2. Inspect and clean the printer.
• Follow the cleaning instructions.
• Verify that the power cord is in serviceable condition.
• Restart the printer to check if the error reoccurs.
3. Find the cause of the problem.
• Use the troubleshooting procedures to find the root cause of the problem.
• Use Service Diagnostics to check the printer and optional components.
• Use the Wiring Diagrams and Plug/Jack Locator to locate test points.
• Take voltage readings as instructed in the troubleshooting procedure.
4. Correct the problem.
• Use the Parts List to locate a part number.
• Use the Repair procedures to replace the part.
5. Final Checkout
• Test the printer to verify the problem is corrected and no new problems arose.
Accessing Engine Fault History
Listed below are three ways in which you can access fault history. Additional fault history infor-
mation appears in GP 2.
NOTE: Error and fault code definitions appear in Section 2.
1. Read (if possible) fault history from the Machine Status menu on the Control panel. The
error history is listed on screen.
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 1-3 Service Call Procedures
SCP 1 Initial Actions SCP 2 First Call Actions
Initial Actions are used to gather information on printer performance First Call Actions are used for the first service call.
Start a service call with SCP 1 and end with SCP 6 Final Actions. Procedure
1. Check the machine configuration with the customer, refer to SCP 7 Configurations and
Also refer to SCP 7 Configurations and Options.
Options. Check that all required hardware and software is installed and/or enabled.
2. Check that all the relevant machine settings are correctly entered, refer to GP 3 Customer
Procedure Administration Tools.
WARNING 3. If a fault is present, go to SCP 3 Normal Call Actions. If there is no fault present, go to
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer SCP 6 Final Actions.
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or 4. Enter the printer and customer details in the service log.
WARNING
Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working.
NOTE: Ignore references to options not installed on the printer.
1. Take note of symptoms or error messages.

2. Ask the operator to describe or demonstrate the problem.
3. Make sure:
a. The power cord is connected to the wall outlet and to the machine.
b. Paper is loaded correctly and all paper trays and covers are closed
c. If installed, the USB cable or network connection is installed correctly.
4. If available, check the service log book for any previous actions that may be relevant to
the call.
5. If this is the first service call to this printer, perform SCP 2 First Call Actions, otherwise go
to SCP 3 Normal Call Actions.
SCP 1, SCP 2 1-4 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
SCP 3 Normal Call Actions SCP 4 Fault Analysis
Normal Call Actions are used to determine the reason for the service call. Fault Analysis is used to identify a fault.
Procedure Procedure
When diagnosing or repairing a fault in a particular subsystem, exercise the machine in all
NOTE: If a fault message appears at any time. Refer directly to the RAP for the fault message
modes until the fault is determined. In the instance of finding more than one fault or failure, cor-
and perform the procedure.
rect one fault before going to the next fault. If no fault is found, go to SCP 5 Subsystem Mainte-
If possible, perform the following: nance.
1. Review any defective print samples.
2. Determine that the user accessible settings are correct. If necessary refer to the user doc- Fault Codes
umentation. If a fault code is displayed, go to the relevant RAP.
3. Check all job queues and verify with the customer any requirement to print the documents
in memory, before switching off the power or clearing memory. Control Panel Faults
4. Print the Customer Assistance Report (Call for Assistance), then record the total print If the power is on but the Control Panel is blank, test the Control Panel with dC330.
count.
5. Go to SCP 4 Fault Analysis. Stapler Faults
If the machine has a stapler fault, test the Stapler with dC330.
Image Quality Defects

If the image quality is defective, go to the IQ1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
For image quality specifications, refer to the following:

• IQS 1 Solid Area Density.
• IQS 2 Skew.
• IQS 3 Registration.
Additional Information
If necessary, refer to the following general procedures and information:
• GP 1 Service Diagnostics Entry and Exit
• GP 2 Fault Codes and History Logs
• GP 3 Customer Administration Tools
• GP 4 How to Switch Off or Switch On the Printer
• GP 5 Service Copy (Tools) Mode
• GP 6 Electrostatic Discharge Prevention
• GP 7 Machine Specifications
• GP 8 General Disassembly Precautions
• GP 9 Installing System Software
• GP 10 How to Check a Motor
• GP 11 How to Check a Sensor
• GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch
• GP 13 How to Check a Switch
• GP 14 Cloning Network Configurations
• GP 15 PWS AltBoot
• GP 16 Separate System Modules
• GP 17 External FAX Line Test
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 1-5 SCP 3, SCP 4
• GP 18 Printing Reports SCP 5 Subsystem Maintenance
• GP 19 Intermittent or Noise Problem
Subsystem Maintenance contains information regarding the component life of the machine.
• GP 20 How to Safely Lift or Move Heavy Modules
• GP 21 Machine Lubrication Procedure
• GP 22 Installation Space Requirements WARNING
• GP 23 First Print Output Time (FPOT)
• GP 24 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
• GP 25 Remote Control Panel injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
• GP 26 Media Specifications 1. Clean the Pick Rollers on every call.
• GP 27 Environmental Data 2. Use the Control Panel to check maintenance item counters.
• GP 28 Toner CRUM Conversion 3. Compare the counter values to those listed in Component Life.
4. Advise the customer of any routine maintenance items that are approaching or over the
service limit.
Inspection
Rollers
Replace rollers when you see any of the following defects:
• Flat spots
• Out of roundness
• Cracked rubber
• Loss of traction (tackiness) causing pick or feed failures
Gears
Replace gears that show any signs of wear or damage. Look for these problems:
• Thinned gear teeth

• Bent or missing gear teeth; check especially where a metal gear drives a plastic gear.
• Fractured or cracked gears (oil or incorrect grease on a plastic gear can cause the gear to
crack).
Lubrication
The printer is lubricated during assembly at the factory and does not require periodic lubrica-
tion. Some parts require lubrication following replacement. These parts are identified in the
replacement procedures. When lubricating during replacement, use approved grease.
CAUTION
Plastic parts deteriorate when unspecified lubricants or chemicals are used. To avoid damage,
use only Rheolube 768 grease.
• Rheolube 768 Grease: Part Number 070E00890
Component Life
The design life of the major components are shown in Table 1. Environmental conditions and
actual use will vary these factors. The component life shown in Table 1 is for reference only.
Table 1 Component Life Expectancies

Item Description Print Life
1. Pick and Nudger Rollers 100,000 pages
SCP 4, SCP 5 1-6 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Table 1 Component Life Expectancies SCP 6 Final Actions
Item Description Print Life Final Actions are used to evaluate the total operation of the system and to identify the actions
2. Separator Roller 100,000 pages required to complete the service call.
3. Transfer Roller 200,000 images
4. Fuser 200,000 images
Procedure
Complete the following, if a fault is identified, return to SCP 4 Fault Analysis:
5. Feed Roller 100,000 pages
• Perform the end of call subsystem maintenance actions, SCP 5 Subsystem Maintenance.
HFSI • Exercise the machine in all modes, printing from all trays. If a fault message is displayed
The High Frequency Service Items are shown in Table 2. or some other problem is evident, go to SCP 4 Fault Analysis.
• Make a print of a customer document.
Table 2 High Frequency Service Items
• If any of the customers selections were changed, return them to the customers preferred
Item Description Life Reference settings. Refer to GP 3 Customer Administration Tools.
Bypass Tray Pick Sheets fed from Tray 1 after 100k feeds PL 13.1 Item 15 • At the first service and at any subsequent service where changes are made or options are
Roller last reset. added, print the configuration report and store it with machine log book. Discard any pre-
Tray 1 Pick Roller Sheets fed from Tray 1 after 100k feeds PL 9.2 Item 98 vious versions of the configuration report.
last reset. • Remove and destroy any copies of test patterns.
Optional Tray Pick Sheets fed from Tray 2 after 100k feeds PL 11.3 Item 98 • Ensure the machine and service area are clean before leaving the customer premises.
Rollers last reset. • Provide customer training if required.
Maintenance Kit Total prints after the last 200k impressions Fuser and Transfer
reset. Roller
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 1-7 SCP 5, SCP 6
SCP 7 Configurations and Options
Configurations and Options
Refer to Table 1 for basic configurations and options. This service manual covers all configura-
tions. Within this manual ignore any references to options that are not installed.
Table 1 WorkCentre 3655 Configurations

Features 3655S 3 in 1 3655X 4 in 1
Processor Speed 1 GHz - Dual Core 1 GHz - Dual Core
Memory 2 GB 2 GB
Print Speed 47 ppm, Letter 47 ppm, Letter
45 ppm A4 45 ppm, A4
PS3 Fonts (136) Standard Standard
PCL6 Fonts (80 Scalable, 9 Bitmap) Standard Standard
USB 2.0 Standard Standard
Ethernet Interface 10/100/1000 Base-TX 10/100/1000 Base-TX
Automatic Document Feeder Standard Standard
Bypass Tray (150 sheet) Standard Standard
Tray 1 (550 sheet) Standard Standard
Tray 2 (550 sheet) Optional Optional
Tray 3 (550 sheet) Optional Optional
Tray 4 (550-sheet) Optional Optional
Duplex Standard Standard
Stapler Not Available Standard
Hard Disk Drive Standard Standard
Printer Stand Optional Optional
FAX Not Available Standard
Wireless LAN Optional Optional
Printer Resolution 600 x 600 dpi 600 x 600 dpi
1200 x 1200 dpi 1200 x 1200 dpi
SCP 7 1-8 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
2 Status Indicator RAPs
Chain 2 - User Interface 10-903-00 Main Error updating data .............................................................................. 2-28
02-302-00, 02-306-00, 02-308-00 Flash Failure ............................................................. 2-5 12-930-00 Exit Tray Full ................................................................................................. 2-29
02-312-00 Application Checksum Failure ....................................................................... 2-5
02-315-00 Service Registry Bad Data............................................................................. 2-6
Chain 16 - Network Controller
02-316-00, 02-317-00 SRS Error .................................................................................... 2-6 16A Network Error Entry ................................................................................................. 2-31
02-320-00 Data Time Out Error ...................................................................................... 2-7 16B FTP or SMB Unable to Connect to Remote Server ................................................. 2-31
02-321-00 XEIP Browser Does Not Respond or is Dead................................................ 2-7 16C Remote Directory Lock Failed ................................................................................. 2-33
16-000-00 to 16-000-26 Cannot Create RPC With ENS ................................................. 2-33
02-380-00, 02-381-00 UI Communication Fault .............................................................. 2-8
16-001-09 to 16-001-90 Unable to do Startup Synchronization ...................................... 2-34
02-390-00 Configurable Services Not Stable .................................................................. 2-8
16-002-09 to 16-002-46 Unable to Register as RPC Server........................................... 2-34
Chain 3 - Machine Run Control 16-003-09 to 16-003-90 Too Many IPC Handles ............................................................ 2-35
03-306-00 Upgrade Request Failed - Downgrade Not Allowed ...................................... 2-9 16-004-14 to 16-005-92 RPC Failure to Register............................................................ 2-35
03-307-00 Sync Failure. Unable to Enter SW Upgrade .................................................. 2-9 16-006-09, 16-006-19 Cannot Register for Events ......................................................... 2-36
03-316-00 Communication Fault ..................................................................................... 2-10 16-007-92 to 16-010-99 Invalid IPC / RPC Data ............................................................. 2-36
03-317-00, 03-318-00, 03-319-00 IOT NVM Error .......................................................... 2-10 16-013-14, 16-014-14 Copier Synchronization Error ...................................................... 2-37
03-320-00 Upgrade Failed - Incompatible Product Type ................................................ 2-11 16-015-14, 16-015-19 SESS Data Store Variable Not Set.............................................. 2-37
03-324-00 File Transfer Failure During SW Upgrade ..................................................... 2-11 16-016-14, 16-016-19 Data Store Initialization Failed..................................................... 2-38
03-325-00 Wall Clock Fault............................................................................................. 2-12 16-017-19 to 16-021-26 Send Event Failure / Could Not Get Host Name RAP.............. 2-38
03-326-00 Upgrade Failed - Version Same as Machine ................................................. 2-12 16-021-46 Unable to Get Host Name.............................................................................. 2-39
03-327-00 SW Upgrade Failed ....................................................................................... 2-13 16-023-09, 16-023-26 RPC Call Failure.......................................................................... 2-39
03-329-00 Upgrade Request Failed due to Active Diagnostics ...................................... 2-13 16-026-09 to 16-026-92 Memory Allocation Error ........................................................... 2-40
03-330-00 Upgrade Failed Security Feature Active ........................................................ 2-14 16-027-90 Unable to Obtain Well Known Queue ID........................................................ 2-40
03-331-00, 03-332-00 Communication Fault with NC..................................................... 2-14 16-028-09, 16-028-90 Unable to Complete RPC Call / Invalid Range String.................. 2-41
03-338-00 CCM Reset .................................................................................................... 2-15 16-030-19 Unable to Obtain Client RPC Handle............................................................. 2-41
03-346-00, 03-347-00 Communication Fault with UI ...................................................... 2-15 16-031-09 Invalid Event Notification Received................................................................ 2-42
03-355-00 CCM POST Failure........................................................................................ 2-16 16-032-19, 16-039-00 NVM Connection Failure / Pthread Create Error ......................... 2-42
03-380-00 POST Boot Failure......................................................................................... 2-16 16-040-92 Semaphore Fault ........................................................................................... 2-43
03-390-00 Upgrade Automation Failed ........................................................................... 2-17 16-048-09 Unable to Set Binding .................................................................................... 2-43
03-397-00 System Configuration Error ........................................................................... 2-17 16-048-14, 16-048-90 Cannot Set NC Client Binding ..................................................... 2-44
03-398-00 SIM Card Serial Number Mismatch ............................................................... 2-18 16-048-99 Cannot Set NC Client Binding........................................................................ 2-44
03-399-00 SIM Card Data Cannot be Processed ........................................................... 2-18 16-150-09 Cannot Send Registration Event.................................................................... 2-45
03-401-00, 03-403-00 FAX Not Detected ....................................................................... 2-19 16-150-14 Unable to Obtain RPC Transport ................................................................... 2-45
03-417-00 Incompatible FAX Software Detected ............................................................ 2-19 16-150-19 NC Sync Peer Service Fault .......................................................................... 2-46
03-777-00 Power Loss Detected..................................................................................... 2-20 16-150-26 Fault Service Failed to Write to Log............................................................... 2-46
03-788-00 Failed to Exit Power Save Mode.................................................................... 2-20 16-150-90 Invalid IPC Request Destination .................................................................... 2-47
03-790-00 Time Zone Overridden to GMT: DST Disabled.............................................. 2-21 16-150-92 Consumer Interface Fault .............................................................................. 2-47
16-151-09 to 16-151-19 Invalid IPC Command / SNMP Reg Failure.............................. 2-48
Chain 5 - IIT 16-151-26 Fault Service Failed to Get a Log Handle ...................................................... 2-48
05-110-00 DADF Pick-up Jam ........................................................................................ 2-23 16-151-90 Put Environment Variable Failure .................................................................. 2-49
05-112-00 DADF Jam During Rotation of Document ...................................................... 2-23 16-152-09 Internal IPC Failure ........................................................................................ 2-49
05-121-00 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor On Jam ................................................................. 2-24 16-152-14 Empty Internal Event Received by ENS ........................................................ 2-50
05-900-00 ADF Sensor Static Jam ................................................................................. 2-24 16-152-19 Unable to Send Request to SESS ................................................................. 2-50
05-940-00 DADF No Original Fail ................................................................................... 2-25 16-152-26 Fault Service Could Not Open Fault Log ....................................................... 2-51
16-153-09 Unable to Obtain IPC Queue ......................................................................... 2-51
Chain 10 - Fuser / Exit
16-153-14 Cannot Initialize Internal Event List................................................................ 2-52
10-311-00 to 10-376-00 Fuser Thermal Error ................................................................. 2-27
16-153-19 NVM Save Failure.......................................................................................... 2-52
10-420-00, 10-421-00 Fuser End of Life ......................................................................... 2-27
16-154-09 ESS Registration Configuration Error ............................................................ 2-53
10-902-00 Fuser Missing ................................................................................................ 2-28
16-154-14 Cannot Create Internal Event Queue............................................................. 2-53
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Status Indicator RAPs
16-154-19 NVM Read Failure ......................................................................................... 2-54 16-619-47 Upgrade Request Failed - DMPR Failure at Web.......................................... 2-80
16-155-19 NC Failed to Boot from Alternate Partition..................................................... 2-54 16-620-07 to 16-620-99 Registration Service Failed....................................................... 2-80
16-156-19 Service Run Loop Failed ............................................................................... 2-55 16-620-47 Upgrade Request Rejected............................................................................ 2-81
16-160-09 NC Registration Service Process Death ........................................................ 2-55 16-621-00 to 16-621-99 Unable to Get Host Name ........................................................ 2-81
16-161-09 to 16-164-09 Cannot Send Reg Event / List Access Failure ......................... 2-56 16-622-07 to 16-622-46 Corrupt O/S RPC Table............................................................ 2-82
16-429-00, 16-431-00 Unable to Write to Data Store / Get System Time....................... 2-56 16-622-47 FTP "get" Failure............................................................................................ 2-82
16-432-00 Unknown Scheduler Received....................................................................... 2-57 16-622-66 to 16-622-68 Failed to Unregister as RPC Service During Shutdown ........... 2-83
16-433-00 RPC Call Failed ............................................................................................. 2-57 16-623-35, 16-623-47, 16-624-46 RPC Call Failure ....................................................... 2-83
16-434-00 Unable to Change Scheduler in DM .............................................................. 2-58 16-625-35 to 16-625-90 Invalid IPC Type ....................................................................... 2-84
16-600-07 to 16-600-67 Cannot Create RPC Connection .............................................. 2-58 16-626-00 to 16-626-67 Memory Allocation Error ........................................................... 2-84
16-601-26 to 16-601-46 Queue Setup / System Control Failed / Invalid UI Info............. 2-59 16-628-07 to 16-628-67 Range String Variable Error ..................................................... 2-85
16-601-47 Diag Service Failed IPC Queue Setup .......................................................... 2-59 16-629-11 to 16-629-93 No Acknowledgment For RPC.................................................. 2-85
16-601-66, 16-601-67 Unable to do Start up Synchronization........................................ 2-60 16-630-09 to 16-630-99 Unable to Get RPC Client Handle ............................................ 2-86
16-601-68 Unable to Start Up and Sync with SC ............................................................ 2-60 16-631-19 to 16-636-99 XDR Data Error ........................................................................ 2-86
16-601-105 Unable Synchronize At Start Up .................................................................. 2-61 16-637-11 to 16-637-95 File Error................................................................................... 2-87
16-602-07 to 16-602-105 RPC Service Registration Failure........................................... 2-61 16-638-66 to 16-641-46 O/S Failure ............................................................................... 2-87
16-603-11, 16-603-28 Replace Handler Call Failed........................................................ 2-62 16-642-46 to 16-645-67 File I/O Errors ........................................................................... 2-88
16-603-46 to 16-603-67 Too Many IPC Handlers ........................................................... 2-62 16-646-26 to 16-650-99 Invalid Service Attribute............................................................ 2-88
16-603-68 Replace Handler Call Failed .......................................................................... 2-63 16-651-19 to 16-656-38 Registration Failure .................................................................. 2-89
16-603-105, 16-604-14 RPC Call Failure to NC Registration Service ............................ 2-63 16-658-07 Unable to Get Host Name.............................................................................. 2-89
16-604-38,16-604-99 Could Not Register With Reg Service .......................................... 2-64 16-658-07 to 16-667-95 Parser Utility Errors .................................................................. 2-90
16-604-105 SESS Data Store Variable Not Set .............................................................. 2-64 16-668-47 Write NVM Failed........................................................................................... 2-91
16-605-07 Unable to Register with Registration Service ................................................ 2-65 16-668-93, 16-668-95 Unable To Determine Local File Statistics................................... 2-91
16-605-14 to 16-605-105 RPC Registration Failure....................................................... 2-65 16-669-28 to 16-670-00 Unable To Write Job Template................................................. 2-92
16-606-07 to 16-606-99 Cannot Register For Events ..................................................... 2-66 16-670-11 to 16-671-47 Unable To Decode Template File............................................. 2-92
16-606-105 OS Problem ................................................................................................. 2-66 16-671-93 to 16-673-95 File Error................................................................................... 2-93
16-607-19 to 16-608-14 Invalid RPC Data / Unable to Free Resources ......................... 2-67 16-674-00 to 16-709-00 XSA Database Error ................................................................. 2-93
16-608-26 Fault Service Failed to Unbind RAP .............................................................. 2-67 16-710-00 to 16-750-11 Unable To Create Client Handle............................................... 2-94
16-608-28 to 16-608-67 Unable to Free IPC Resources ................................................ 2-68 16-750-14 to 16-750-90 Invalid Request......................................................................... 2-94
16-608-105 Build UI SVC Obtain Client Failed ............................................................... 2-68 16-750-92 to 16-751-26 Database Error ......................................................................... 2-95
16-609-07 Unknown Message Received ........................................................................ 2-69 16-751-28 to 16-751-93 Unknown Attribute .................................................................... 2-95
16-609-19 to 16-609-105 Invalid IPC Data Failure ........................................................ 2-69 16-752-00 to 16-752-47 Invalid File Details .................................................................... 2-96
16-610-00, 16-610-07 IPC Send Failure ......................................................................... 2-70 16-752-66 to 16-753-28 Scan to FAX Registration Error ................................................ 2-96
16-610-09 Cannot send IPC Message to NC Platform ................................................... 2-70 16-753-35 to 16-754-09 Data Store Read Failure........................................................... 2-97
16-610-11 to 16-610-90 Unable to Send IPC Message .................................................. 2-71 16-754-14 to 16-754-68 OS Error ................................................................................... 2-97
16-610-92 Failure to Send Queue Status ....................................................................... 2-71 16-754-90 to 16-755-28 Fault Service Error.................................................................... 2-98
16-610-99 Unable to Send IPC Message RAP ............................................................... 2-72 16-755-35 to 16-756-14 Request Error ........................................................................... 2-98
16-611-07, 16-611-38 Client Removal Failure ................................................................ 2-72 16-756-26 to 16-757-26 NVM Corrupt............................................................................. 2-99
16-611-19 to 16-611-99 Unable to Remove RPC Connection........................................ 2-73 16-757-35 to 16-758-26 Unable to Write NVM................................................................ 2-99
16-612-09 to 16-612-68 Unable to Do Shutdown Sync RAP .......................................... 2-73 16-758-35 to 16-759-26 Service Run Loop Failed .......................................................... 2-100
16-612-47 Upgrade Request Failed - Downgrade Not Allowed ...................................... 2-74 16-759-46 to 16-760-46 Fail to Enable Process.............................................................. 2-100
16-613-09 to 16-614-19 DC Sync / Comms Error........................................................... 2-74 16-760-47 to 16-761-46 File Error................................................................................... 2-101
16-614-47 Invalid Software Upgrade .............................................................................. 2-75 16-761-47 to 16-769-95 Other Network Faults 1............................................................. 2-101
16-615-35 to 16-615-90 SESS Data Store Variable Not Set .......................................... 2-75 16-770-09 to 16-779-95 Other Network Faults 2............................................................. 2-103
16-615-47 Multiple Software Upgrade File...................................................................... 2-76 16-780-00 to 16-789-47 Other Network Faults 3............................................................. 2-104
16-616-35 to 16-616-46 Data Store Initialization Failure ................................................ 2-76 16-790-09 to 16-799-47 Other Network Faults 4............................................................. 2-105
16-616-47 IPC Message Failure ..................................................................................... 2-77 16-800-09 to 16-809-47 Other Network Faults 5............................................................. 2-106
16-616-67 Submission of Email or IFax Job Failed ........................................................ 2-77 16-810-00 to 16-819-47 Other Network Faults 6............................................................. 2-107
16-617-19 Send Event Failure Unable to send event to NC ........................................... 2-78 16-820-47 to 16-829-47 Other Network Faults 7............................................................. 2-108
16-617-47 Upgrade Request Failed -TAR Extraction Failure ......................................... 2-78 16-830-47 to 16-839-47 Other Network Faults 8............................................................. 2-108
16-618-47 DLM SPI Extraction Failure RAP ................................................................... 2-79 16-840-47 to 16-849-47 Other Network Faults 9............................................................. 2-109
16-619-14 to 16-619-93 Unable to unregister Registration service ................................ 2-79 16-850-47 to 16-859-47 Other Network Faults 10........................................................... 2-109
Status Indicator RAPs 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only
16-860-47 to 16-869-47 Other Network Faults 11 .......................................................... 2-110 22-323-00 to 22-327-00 Service Faults........................................................................... 2-139
16-870-47 to 16-879-47 Other Network Faults 12 .......................................................... 2-110 22-328-00 Incomplete System Information ..................................................................... 2-140
16-880-47 to 16-890-47 Other Network Faults 13 .......................................................... 2-111 22-330-00 Supplies Plan Activation Code Entry Locked................................................. 2-140
16-891-00, 16-892-00 Edge Server Error ....................................................................... 2-111 22-330-01 to 22-332-00 Queue Timed Out ..................................................................... 2-141
16-900-19 to 16-909-19 Other Network Faults 14 .......................................................... 2-112 22-335-00 to 22-340-00 Service Faults........................................................................... 2-141
16-910-19 to 16-919-19 Other Network Faults 15 .......................................................... 2-112 22-350-01, 22-350-02 Software Detects Non-Valid Xerox SOK ..................................... 2-142
16-920-19 to 16-929-19 Other Network Faults 16 .......................................................... 2-113 22-351-01 to 22-351-03 SOK Write Failure..................................................................... 2-142
16-930-19 to 16-939-19 Other Network Faults 17 .......................................................... 2-113 22-352-00, 22-352-01 Serial Number Lost/Missing......................................................... 2-143
16-940-19 to 16-949-19 Other Network Faults 18 .......................................................... 2-114 22-360-00 Service Plan Inconsistant............................................................................... 2-143
16-950-19 to 16-959-19 Other Network Faults 19 .......................................................... 2-114 22-370-00 Unable to Communicate with XSA Database ................................................ 2-144
16-960-19 to 16-969-19 Other Network Faults 20 .......................................................... 2-115 22-371-00, 22-372-00 Fax Application Registration Error............................................... 2-144
16-975-19 to 16-979-35 Other Network Faults 21 .......................................................... 2-115 22-407-00 to 22-421-00 Embedded Fax Faults .............................................................. 2-145
16-980-00 to 16-989-35 Other Network Faults 22 .......................................................... 2-116 22-701-04 Module Completion Fault ............................................................................... 2-145
16-990-00 to 16-999-35 Other Network Faults 23 .......................................................... 2-117 22-720-00, 22-721-00 Service Registry Errors................................................................ 2-146
22-750-04 to 22-755-17 Configuration Mismatch RAP ................................................... 2-146
Chain 19 - Image Processing
19-300-00 to 19-310-00 Image Disk (HDD) Failure ........................................................ 2-119 Chain 42 - Drive, Cooling, and Laser Unit
19-401-00, 19-402-00 Out of Memory............................................................................. 2-119 41-340-00 to 41-414-00 IOT NVM Error.......................................................................... 2-147
19-403-00 Out of Memory - Job in EPC.......................................................................... 2-120 41-388-00 Marking Logic Fail.......................................................................................... 2-147
19-409-00 Video Integrity Fault ....................................................................................... 2-120 42-313-00 Side Cooling Fan Failure ............................................................................... 2-148
19-410-00 to 19-410-13 Image Structure Failure RAP ................................................... 2-121 42-330-00 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail.................................................................................. 2-148
19-750-00 EPC Memory Size Fault ................................................................................ 2-121 45-301-00 to 45-305-00 IOT I/F Error ............................................................................. 2-149
19-752-00 Image Rotation Config Fault .......................................................................... 2-122
19-754-00 Image Disk Config Fault ................................................................................ 2-122 Chain 62 - Scanner
19-760-00 Test Patterns are Missing from EPC ............................................................. 2-123 61-020-00 to 61-340-00 ROS Error................................................................................. 2-151
62-311-00 to 62-389-00 IIT Scan Error ........................................................................... 2-151
Chain 20 - Fax 62-316-00 DADF Motor Fail ............................................................................................ 2-152
20A Fax Troubleshooting Entry....................................................................................... 2-125 62-790-00 PreIPS XFail .................................................................................................. 2-152
20B Unable To Send A Fax ............................................................................................ 2-125
20C Unable To Send A Fax To Some Machines ............................................................ 2-127 Chain 70 - Media Handling
20D Unable To Receive A Fax........................................................................................ 2-128 70-099-00 I/F IOTFED Communication......................................................................... 2-153
20E Fax Will Not Print ..................................................................................................... 2-129 71-101-00 Tray1 Misfeed Jam ........................................................................................ 2-153
20F Fax Board Checkout ................................................................................................ 2-129 71-215-00 Tray 1 Feeder Composition Error .................................................................. 2-154
20G Fax Problems on Digital Networks .......................................................................... 2-130 72-098-00 to 74-098-00 Option Feeder Mode................................................................. 2-154
20H Fax Tab Not Available RAP ..................................................................................... 2-130 72-101-00 Tray 2 Misfeed Jam ....................................................................................... 2-155
20-302-00 to 20-305-00 Fax Board Hardware or Software Error.................................... 2-131 72-102-00 Feeder Path 2 Sensor On Jam (RC2)............................................................ 2-155
20-320-00 Fax Fault Not Cleared by Card Reset............................................................ 2-131 72-215-00 Tray 2 Feeder Composition Error .................................................................. 2-156
20-322-00 NV Device Not Fitted to Basic Fax Card........................................................ 2-132 72-216-00 Option Feeder Motor2 Error........................................................................... 2-156
20-323-00, 20-324-00 Fax System Memory is Low ........................................................ 2-132 73-101-00 Tray3 Misfeed Jam ........................................................................................ 2-157
20-327-00 Registers Cannot be Accessed on Extended Card ....................................... 2-133 73-102-00 Path 3 Sensor On Jam (RC3) ........................................................................ 2-157
20-331-00 to 20-341-00 Fax Network Line 1 Fault ......................................................... 2-133 73-215-00 Tray 3 Feeder Composition Error .................................................................. 2-158
20-342-00 Error Accessing File on a NV Device............................................................. 2-134 73-216-00 Option Feeder Motor3 Error........................................................................... 2-158
20-345-00 FaxPort1 Modem Failure ............................................................................... 2-134 74-101-00 Tray 4 Misfeed Jam ....................................................................................... 2-159
20-701-00 Phonebook Download Failed......................................................................... 2-135 74-215-00 Tray 4 Feeder Composition Error .................................................................. 2-159
20-710-00, 20-711-00 Fax Card Overwrite Errors .......................................................... 2-135 74-216-00 Option Feeder Motor4 Error........................................................................... 2-160
75-101-00 Bypass Misfeed Jam...................................................................................... 2-160
Chain 22 - System Errors 77-101-00 Regi Off Jam .................................................................................................. 2-161
22-300-05 to 22-309-04 Other Network Faults 24 .......................................................... 2-137 77-102-00 Psync On Jam................................................................................................ 2-161
22-310-04 to 22-318-04 Other Network Faults 25 RAP .................................................. 2-137 77-103-00, 77-104-00, 77-106-00 Exit On/Off Jam......................................................... 2-162
22-319-04 IOT Integrity Problem While Printing a Job.................................................... 2-138 77-110-00 Feeder Regi Sensor On Jam ......................................................................... 2-162
22-320-00, 22-321-00 Scan to File Fault ........................................................................ 2-138 77-123-00 Duplex Regi On Jam...................................................................................... 2-163
22-321-04 RS422l ResponseTimeOutError .................................................................... 2-139 77-300-00 Front Door Interlock Open ............................................................................. 2-163
77-301-00 Rear Door Interlock Open.............................................................................. 2-164
77-900-00 IOT Static Jam ............................................................................................... 2-164
77-901-00 Feeder Static Jam.......................................................................................... 2-165
Chain 95 - Software Upgrade Errors

91-401-00, 91-402-00 K Drum Cartridge Life Near End ................................................. 2-167
91-913-00 K Drum Cartridge Dead Stop Error ................................................................ 2-167
91-914-00 to 91-936-00 K Drum Cartridge Error ............................................................ 2-168
92-315-00 ATCFail [K] .................................................................................................... 2-168
92-584-00, 92-586-00 Internal - Over Temp Failure ....................................................... 2-169
92-650-00 K Image Calibration Error 1 .......................................................................... 2-169
92-661-00 Environment Temperature Sensor Fail......................................................... 2-170
92-805-00 24V Fan Off Detect ........................................................................................ 2-170
93-317-00 K Drum Cartridge Dispense Fail ................................................................... 2-171
93-425-00, 93-912-00 K Toner Cartridge Life Near End ................................................. 2-171
93-925-00, 93-926-00, 93-928-00 K Toner Cartridge Error ........................................... 2-172
93-938-00 CRUM Validation ........................................................................................... 2-172
93-973-00 Toner CRUM [K] Not in Position .................................................................... 2-173
94-419-00, 94-422-00 BTR Near Life End ...................................................................... 2-173
95-000-00 to 95-305-00 Upgrade Failure........................................................................ 2-174
95-300-00 to 95-302-00 Upgrade Failure : Incompatible Product ................................... 2-175
95-303-00, 95-304-00 Upgrade Failure: Downgrade / Sidegrade ................................... 2-176
95-305-00 Upgrade Failure: Platform Sync..................................................................... 2-176
OF - Other Faults
OF 1 Unusual Noises ...................................................................................................... 2-177
OF 2 Control Panel Touch Screen Failure ...................................................................... 2-178
OF 3 Status Codes and Messages ................................................................................. 2-179
OF 4 Convenience Stapler Failure.................................................................................. 2-195
OF 5 Multi-feed Error ...................................................................................................... 2-196
OF 6 Power On Self Test (POST) ................................................................................... 2-196
02-302-00, 02-306-00, 02-308-00 Flash Failure 02-312-00 Application Checksum Failure
02-302-00 Flash rewrite failure 02-312-00 Application checsum failure
02-306-00 Flash erase failure Procedure

02-308-00 Flash download failure
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Procedure not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING Cycle system power. The error persists.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Y N
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Cycle system power. The error persists. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-5 02-302-00, 02-306-00, 02-308-00, 02-312-00
02-315-00 Service Registry Bad Data 02-316-00, 02-317-00 SRS Error
02-315-00 Service registry bad or corrupted data 02-316-00 SRS returns to LUI invalid fields, invalid data or missing data.
NOTE: The status code 16-503 is raised with this fault code. 02-317-00 LUI gets no response from SRS.
Procedure NOTE: The status code 16-503 is raised with these fault codes.
WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. WARNING
Moving parts can cause injury. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Cycle system power. The error persists. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Y N Moving parts can cause injury.
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
02-315-00, 02-316-00, 02-317-00 2-6 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
02-320-00 Data Time Out Error 02-321-00 XEIP Browser Does Not Respond or is Dead
02-320-00 Control Panel does not receive requested data from the CCM within the specified 02-321-00 XEIP browser does not respond or is dead
time limit.
NOTE: Status code 02-521 is raised with this fault code.
Procedure
Procedure WARNING
WARNING Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Moving parts can cause injury. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Cycle system power. The error persists. Y N
Y N Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-7 02-320-00, 02-321-00
02-380-00, 02-381-00 UI Communication Fault 02-390-00 Configurable Services Not Stable
02-380-00 Communication via H-H USB net path connection between network controller and 02-390-00 During power up, not all configurable services achieved a stable state after 5 min-
Control Panel is not working. Status code 02-501 is raised with this fault code. utes. Status code 02-590 is raised with this fault code.
02-381-00 Communication via USB connection between CC and Control Panel is not working. Procedure
Status code 02-502 is raised with this fault code.
WARNING
Procedure Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
WARNING Moving parts can cause injury.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Cycle system power. The error persists.
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Y N
Moving parts can cause injury. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
CAUTION
Before a new Control Panel is installed, identify the machine software level. Check the compat- Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
ibility of the software on the new user interface assembly. Install the software to meet the cus-
tomer machine requirements.
Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions
Check connections between the IP Board and Control Panel, REP 1.2.1. The connections
are secure.
Y N
Secure the connections.
Install new components as necessary:

• Control Panel, PL 1.2 Item 1
• IP Board, PL 18.1 Item 98
03-306-00 Upgrade Request Failed - Downgrade Not 03-307-00 Sync Failure. Unable to Enter SW Upgrade
Allowed 03-307-00 Software upgrade synchronization failure
03-306-00 Downgrade of system software not allowed
The reload process does not start and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent
and upgrade report printed. An entry is made in Upgrade History log.
The reload process is aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and
upgrade report printed. An entry is made in Upgrade History log.
Procedure
Procedure WARNING
Moving parts can cause injury. Obtain a current system software set, then perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error
persists.
Obtain a current system software set, then perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error
Y N
persists.
Y N
03-316-00 Communication Fault 03-317-00, 03-318-00, 03-319-00 IOT NVM Error
03-316-00 CCM cannot communicate with IOT. Communications have failed. An automatic 03-317-00 Error saving critical IOT NVM
reset is initiated 1 time. Status codes 03-561 and 03-505 are raised with this fault code.
03-318-00 Error initializing IOT NVM
Initial Actions
03-319-00 Error restoring critical IOT NVM
• If the fault occurs during a software upgrade, wait 15 minutes for the software program-
ming operation to complete, before performing the next action.
• Check fault history for other 03-xxx faults. If 03-xxx fault codes occur randomly, the cause
Procedure
may be electrical noise. WARNING
WARNING
persists.
Y N Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Y N
Check connections between the IIT and IOT at the IP, IIT Control, and MCU Boards. The con-
nections are secure. Install new components as necessary:
Y N • IP Board, REP 18.1.98
Secure the connections. • MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.

Y N

• IP Board, REP 18.1.98
• IIT Control Board, REP 18.1.4
• MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
03-316-00, 03-317-00, 03-318-00, 03-319-00 2-10 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
03-320-00 Upgrade Failed - Incompatible Product Type 03-324-00 File Transfer Failure During SW Upgrade
03-320-00 Incompatible Product Type 03-324-00 SW Upgrade File Transfer Failure
Software upgrade aborted due to incompatible product type. System software set does not Software upgrade aborted due to file transfer failure. The upgrade process is aborted and the
match the product hardware. printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and upgrade report printed. An entry is made
in Upgrade History log.
Procedure
WARNING Procedure
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do WARNING
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Moving parts can cause injury. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Check the version number installed and obtain the correct system software set. Perform GP 9 Moving parts can cause injury.
to reload system software. The error persists. Download a new system software set for the product, then perform GP 9 to reload system soft-
Y N ware. The error persists.
Retry system software reload. The error persists.
Y N Retry the system software reload from a different USB port. The error persists.
• IP Board, REP 18.1.98 Install new components as necessary:
• IIT Control Board, REP 18.1.4 • IP Board, REP 18.1.98
• MCU Board, REP 18.2.2 • MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
03-325-00 Wall Clock Fault 03-326-00 Upgrade Failed - Version Same as Machine
03-325-00 System clock did not incremented within the specified time limit. The operating sys- 03-320-00 Upgrade is not required
tem detected the system clock failed to increment within 1.5 seconds during power on. Status
code 03-505 is raised with this fault code. Software upgrade is not required, identical system software set is already on the printer. The
upgrade process is aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and
NOTE: The printer may boot with this fault, but printing may be disabled. upgrade report printed. An entry is made in Upgrade History log.
Initial Actions Procedure

WARNING WARNING
Check fault history for other 03-xxx fault codes. If 03-xxx fault codes occur randomly, the cause
Check the version number installed and obtain the correct system software set. Perform GP 9
may be electrical noise.
to reload system software. The error persists.
Y N
Procedure Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Y N Perform GP 9 to reload system software.

Y N
Check battery installation on the IP Board. The error persists.

Y N

03-325-00, 03-326-00 2-12 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
03-327-00 SW Upgrade Failed 03-329-00 Upgrade Request Failed due to Active
03-327-00 Upgrade failure Diagnostics
03-329-00 Upgrade failure due to active diagnostics
Software upgrade has failed. The upgrade process is aborted and the printer resets. If config-
ured and possible, an email alert is sent and upgrade report printed. An entry is made in Software upgrade request during active diagnostics. The upgrade process is aborted and the
Upgrade History log. printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and upgrade report printed. An entry is made
in Upgrade History log.
Procedure
WARNING Procedure
Obtain a current system software set, then perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error Moving parts can cause injury.
persists. Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Y N
Y N

03-330-00 Upgrade Failed Security Feature Active 03-331-00, 03-332-00 Communication Fault with NC
03-329-00 Upgrade failure due to active security feature 03-331-00 Main controller board cannot communicate with network controller. Status code 03-
563 is raised with this fault code.
Software upgrade request during while a security feature is active. The upgrade process is
aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and upgrade report printed. 03-332-00 Unable to reestablish communications with the network controller after 12 minutes.
An entry is made in Upgrade History log. Status code 03-518 is raised with this fault code.
Procedure Initial Actions

WARNING Check fault history for other 03-xxx fault codes. If 03-xxx fault codes occur randomly, the cause
Moving parts can cause injury. Procedure
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists. WARNING
Y N
Y N

Y N

03-338-00 CCM Reset 03-346-00, 03-347-00 Communication Fault with UI
03-338-00 The main controller on CCM reset because either the watch dog timer timed out or 03-346-00 Unable to reestablish communication with the Control Panel after 30 seconds. Sta-
because the application SW wrote to an illegal address. tus code 03-520 is raised with the fault code.
Initial Actions 03-347-00 IP Board cannot communicate with the Control Panel. Continue to attempt to estab-
lish communication for 30 seconds. Status code 03-521 is raised with the fault code.
NOTE: Network printing remains operational.

WARNING Check fault history for other 03-xxx fault codes. If 03-xxx fault codes occur randomly, the cause
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do may be electrical noise.
Cycle system power. The error persists. WARNING
Y N
Y N
Y N
• IP Board, REP 18.1.98 Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Y N

• Control Panel, REP 1.2.1
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-15 03-338-00, 03-346-00, 03-347-00
03-355-00 CCM POST Failure 03-380-00 POST Boot Failure
03-338-00 CCM POST failure. NVM battery may be dead. 03-380-00 POST boot failure. Fault assumes no Control Panel communications.
Initial Actions NOTE: PWS communication for diagnostic purposes available.

Check SD Card and IP Board battery installation. Initial Actions
Procedure may be electrical noise.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Procedure
Y N

Y N

• Control Panel, REP 1.2.1
03-390-00 Upgrade Automation Failed 03-397-00 System Configuration Error
03-390-00 Automatic upgrade process failure. 03-390-00 System Configuration Error
Initial Actions Initial Actions

Check fault history for other 03-xxx fault codes. If 03-xxx fault codes occur randomly, the cause Check fault history for other 03-xxx fault codes. If 03-xxx fault codes occur randomly, the cause
may be electrical noise. may be electrical noise.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Moving parts can cause injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Cycle system power. The error persists. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions Perform SCP 6 Final Actions
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists. Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Install new components as necessary: Install new components as necessary:

• IP Board, REP 18.1.98 • SD Card, REP 18.1.97
• Control Panel, REP 1.2.1 • IP Board, REP 18.1.98
03-398-00 SIM Card Serial Number Mismatch 03-399-00 SIM Card Data Cannot be Processed
03-398-00 SIM card serial number did not match the serial number contained in system CCS 03-399-00 Unable to establish communications with the SIM Card. Status code 22-560 is
NVM. Status code 22-559 is raised with this fault code. raised with this fault code.
NOTE: Printing is disabled by this fault. NOTE: Printing is disabled by this fault.

Check fault history for other 03-xxx fault codes. If 03-xxx fault codes occur randomly, the cause Check fault history for other 03-xxx fault codes. If 03-xxx fault codes occur randomly, the cause
may be electrical noise. may be electrical noise.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists. Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Y N Y N

• SD Card, REP 18.1.97 • SD Card, REP 18.1.97
• IP Board, REP 18.1.98 • IP Board, REP 18.1.98
03-401-00, 03-403-00 FAX Not Detected 03-417-00 Incompatible FAX Software Detected
03-401-00 Basic FAX not detected/confirmed. Status code 03-547 is raised with this fault code. 03-417-00 FAX software version supplied at power up is not compatible with the CCM. Status
code 03-546 is raised with this fault code.
03-403-00 Extended FAX not detected/confirmed. Status code 03-548 is raised with this fault
code. Initial Actions
Initial Actions may be electrical noise.
may be electrical noise. Procedure
WARNING
Procedure
WARNING not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Moving parts can cause injury.
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Moving parts can cause injury. Y N
Check FAX Board connections. The error persists. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions Install new components as necessary:
• FAX Board, REP 18.1.7
Cycle system power. The error persists. • IP Board, REP 18.1.98
Y N

Y N

• FAX Board, REP 18.1.7
03-777-00 Power Loss Detected 03-788-00 Failed to Exit Power Save Mode
03-777-00 The printer detected an AC power loss. 03-788-00 Failed to exit power save mode
Initial Actions NOTE: Status code 03-598 is raised with this fault code.
• Connect the printer directly to a dedicated AC outlet. Procedure
• Check fault history for other 03-xxx fault codes. If 03-xxx fault codes occur randomly, the
cause may be electrical noise.
WARNING
Procedure Moving parts can cause injury.
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions
Check AC Inlet connections. The error persists. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N

• AC Inlet Harness, REP 18.4.99
03-790-00 Time Zone Overridden to GMT: DST Disabled
03-790-00 Time Zone overridden to GMT: DST Disabled. Contact the system admin to reset.
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-21 03-790-00
03-790-00 2-22 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
05-110-00 DADF Pick-up Jam 05-112-00 DADF Jam During Rotation of Document
05-110-00 DADF pick-up jam. DADF registration sensor does not detect the media leading 05-112-00 DADF jam during rotation of document. DADF registration sensor does not detect
edge in the specified time from feed start. the media leading edge in the specified time from feed start.

• Remove all documents from the DADF. • Remove all documents from the DADF.
• Make sure that the customer is not using damaged documents. • Make sure that the customer is not using damaged documents.
• Clean the DADF registration sensor and surrounding area. • Clean the DADF registration sensor and surrounding area.
• Check that the Pick-up Assembly is installed correctly, REP 21.1.97. • Check that the Pick-up Assembly is installed correctly, REP 21.1.97.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
NOTE: To access the DADF registration sensor, remove the DADF Top Cover, REP 21.1.98. NOTE: To access the DADF registration sensor, remove the DADF Top Cover, REP 21.1.98.
Open the DADF Top Cover and clean the area surrounding the DADF Pick-up Assembly. The Open the DADF Top Cover and clean the area surrounding the DADF Pick-up Assembly. The
error persists. error persists.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Clean or replace the DADF Pick-up Assembly, REP 21.1.97. The error persists. Clean or replace the DADF Pick-up Assembly, REP 21.1.97. The error persists.
Y N Y N

• DADF Pick-up Assembly, REP 21.1.97 • DADF Pick-up Assembly, REP 21.1.97
• DADF Assembly, REP 21.1.1 • DADF Assembly, REP 21.1.1
• IIT Control Board, REP 18.1.4 • IIT Control Board, REP 18.1.4
05-121-00 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor On Jam 05-900-00 ADF Sensor Static Jam
05-121-00 The feed sensor is not turned on in the time specified. In Duplex mode, the feed 05-900-00 The DADF Top Cover interlock switch is opened during DADF operation. Paper
sensor is not turned on after a specified time. remains in paper path after cover is closed..

• Remove all documents from the DADF. • Remove all documents from the DADF.
• Make sure that the customer is not using damaged documents. • Make sure that the Top Cover closes correctly.
• Clean the DADF registration sensor and surrounding area. • Check the switch actuator on the DADF Top Cover. If the actuator is damaged, install a
• Check that the Pick-up Assembly is installed correctly, REP 21.1.97. new DADF Top Cover, REP 21.1.98.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Check the DADF Top Cover properly actuates the interlock switch. The error persists.
NOTE: To access the DADF registration sensor, remove the DADF Top Cover, REP 21.1.98.
Y N
Open the DADF Top Cover and clean the area surrounding the DADF Pick-up Assembly. The Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
error persists.
Y N Replace the DADF Assembly, REP 21.1.1.
Clean or replace the DADF Pick-up Assembly, REP 21.1.97. The error persists.
Y N

• DADF Pick-up Assembly, REP 21.1.97
• DADF Assembly, REP 21.1.1
05-940-00 DADF No Original Fail
05-940-00 Original has been removed. Status code 05-535 is raised with this fault code.
Initial Actions
• Remove all documents from the DADF.
• Clean the DADF registration sensor and surrounding area.
• Check that the Pick-up Assembly is installed correctly, REP 21.1.97.
Procedure
WARNING
NOTE: To access the DADF registration sensor, remove the DADF Top Cover, REP 21.1.98.
Open the DADF Top Cover and clean the area surrounding the DADF Pick-up Assembly. The
error persists.
Y N
Clean or replace the DADF Pick-up Assembly, REP 21.1.97. The error persists.
Y N

• DADF Pick-up Assembly, REP 21.1.97
10-311-00 to 10-376-00 Fuser Thermal Error 10-420-00, 10-421-00 Fuser End of Life
10-311-00 Center STS sensor burnout detection 10-420-00 Fuser Assy Near Life. Status code 10-524 is raised with this fault code.
10-321-00 Hard Relay OFF 10-421-00 Fuser Assy Life End. Status code 10-523 is raised with this fault code.
10-324-00 Sub lamp ON consecutive errors Procedure

10-326-00 Cool Down Timeout
WARNING
10-328-00 Warming up - timeout supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
10-334-00 STS center-side sensor failure WARNING
Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot.
10-337-00 Heat Roll Paper twine Error
Check the Fuser life count. Fuser life count is at or near end of life.
Y N
10-338-00 Main lamp ON consecutive errors
Cycle system power. The error message is displayed.
Y N
10-372-00 Center STS High-temperature anomaly
Reassemble and perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
10-373-00 Side STS Disconnection abnormality
Replace the Fuser, REP 7.1.1.
10-374-00 Side STS High-temperature anomaly
10-375-00 Center STS Low-temperature anomaly
10-376-00 Side STS Low-temperature anomaly
NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 10-527 are raised with this fault code.
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Y N
Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
Replace the Fuser, REP 7.1.1
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-27 10-311-00 to 10-376-00, 10-420-00, 10-421-00
10-902-00 Fuser Missing 10-903-00 Main Error updating data
10-902-00 Fuser missing 10-902-00 Main Error updating data
NOTE: Status code 09-639 is raised with this fault code. NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 10-527 are raised with this fault code.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING WARNING
Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot. Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot.
Reseat the Fuser. The error persists. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions. Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
Replace the Fuser, REP 7.1.1. Replace the Fuser, REP 7.1.1.
10-902-00 , 10-903-00 2-28 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
12-930-00 Exit Tray Full
12-930-00 Exit Tray Full
Initial Actions
• Empty the output tray.
• Check the full stack acutator for damage or obstructed movement.
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Y N
Use dC330 code 71-122 to check Full Stack Sensor operation. The sensor signal changes.
Y N
Remove the Exit Chute Assembly to check the sensor, acutator, and harness. The sen-
sor is connected and the harness undamaged.
Y N
Replace the Full Stack Sensor or repair the harness. If the actuator is damaged,
replace the Exit Chute Assembly.
Replace the MCU Board, REP 18.2.2

• Full Stack Sensor, REP 17.1.9
• Exit Chute Assembly, REP 17.1.99
16A Network Error Entry 16B FTP or SMB Unable to Connect to Remote Server
Use this RAP when the customer reports network failures. e.g. Cannot connect to the scan The printer cannot connect, find or login to the scan server.
server when using FTP or SMB protocols, or when a folder on the scan server cannot be
opened. Procedure
NOTE: The fault message appears on the confirmation report. The report may take several NOTE: The FTP/SMB protocol is followed by a colon and port number, :21 for FTP and :139
minutes to print after scanning the document. for SMB.
Initial Actions Scan the document using the default template and one other template. The fault is present
on both templates.
Consult your manager before troubleshooting the customer’s network, as the policy varies
Y N
according to region.
The failed template is incorrectly configured. Ask the customer or system administrator to
verify the settings of the web template that failed, including the login password.
Procedure
Ask the customer to open the printer’s CWIS page. The printer’s CWIS page opens.
NOTE: If it is possible to log into CWIS by entering the printer’s IP address, then the network
Y N
controller on the IP Board is good.
Look at the front of the Configuration report. Make sure HTTP is enabled and set to port
Perform the following: 80. The settings are correct.
Y N
1. Check that the printer date and time are correctly set.
Enable HTTP and set the port to 80. Restart this RAP from the beginning. If this path
2. Print a Configuration page.
has been followed previously, escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the
3. Check that confirmation report printing is enabled. If necessary, ask the customer to customer does not have a system administrator, they should contact the Customer
enable printing of the confirmation report. Support Center or request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which is sub-
4. Ensure that the printer is configured for scan to file: ject to a charge.
a. Check the back of the configuration report under the heading Workflow Scanning.
b. If a IP address or name is not listed next to Alt1 Repository Protocol, ask the cus- Disconnect the network cable from the printer. Make sure the PWS network adaptor set-
tomer to configure the machine before continuing. tings are set to Auto. Use a crossover cable to connect the PWS to the printer. Either
the two LEDs on the IP Board or PWS are lit, indicating a connection.
5. Go to the relevant procedure:
Y N
• 16B FTP or SMB Unable to Connect to Remote Server RAP. Perform the following:
• 16C Remote Directory Lock Failed RAP. 1. Change the network speed setting of the machine.
2. If the LEDs light, use the new network speed setting. Inform the customer that
the network speed has been changed then follow the Yes path from this step.
3. If the LEDs do not light, install a new IP Board, REP 18.1.98.
Correctly configure the PWS IP address to communicate with the printer, refer to Set a
Static IP Address on the PWS. Make sure to disable the PWS firewall. Ping the printer
from the PWS.
NOTE: Re-enable the PWS firewall after completion of this procedure.
The printer responds to the ping request.

Y N
Perform an Altboot, GP 9.
The printer software is up to date.

Y N
Upgrade the software, GP 9. The fault persists.
Y N
Perform the Customers Settings Check. Customer settings were changed.

A B
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-31 16A, 16B
A B C D E
Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a
system administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or The customer can ping the default gateway IP address.
request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a Y N
charge. Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a sys-
tem administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or request a
Retry the job. The job was successful. Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Y N
Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a Perform the Customers Settings Check. Customer settings were changed.
system administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or Y N
request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a sys-
charge. tem administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or request a
Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Retry the job. The job was successful.
Perform the Customers Settings Check. Customer settings were changed. Y N
Y N Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a sys-
Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a system administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or request a
tem administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Y N Perform the Customers Settings Check. Customer settings were changed.
Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a sys- Y N
tem administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or request a Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a system
Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge. administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or request a Xerox ana-
lyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Ask the customer to ping the scan servers IP address or name. Y N
Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a system
NOTE: The scan server is the computer the job is being sent to. The scan server’s IP address
administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or request a Xerox ana-
or name appears on the confirmation report.
lyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
The customer can ping the scan server.
Check the configuration report for default gateway IP address listed under TCP/IPv6 Set-
tings. A default gateway IP address is listed. Customers Settings Check
Y N
NOTE: Both the configuration and confirmation reports are required to check the customers
Perform the Customers Settings Check. Customer settings were changed.
settings. Corrections must be made through the printer’s CWIS page.
Y N
Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a Check the following with the customer, ask the customer to correct any errors:
system administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or
1. The scan server is online.
request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a
charge. NOTE: The scan server is the computer that the job is being sent.
Retry the job. The job was successful. 2. The scan server’s IP address or name is correct.
Y N 3. The path and user name are correct.
Escalate the fault to the system administrator. If the customer does not have a 4. The Share name is correct, referred too as the Volume on the configuration report (SMB
system administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Center or protocol only).
request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a 5. Check that the correct password has been entered on the printer’s CWIS page.
charge.
NOTE: The password is not printed on the configuration or confirmation reports.
C D E
16B 2-32 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
16C Remote Directory Lock Failed 16-000-00 to 16-000-26 Cannot Create RPC With ENS
Use this RAP when the customer reports that the machine has logged onto the scan server, 16-000-00 Format Service Non Shutdown NC Faults
but cannot create a folder inside of the scan directory. The creation of the scan folder is neces-
sary for the machine to successfully complete the can to file job. 16-000-01 ENS Service Non Shutdown NC Faults
NOTE: The scan server is the computer that the job is being sent. 16-000-09 Cannot create RPC connection with ENS
Procedure 16-000-14 Cannot create RPC connection with ENS

The machines login name that it is using to log onto the scan server, for this file repository,
does not have sufficient rights. Ask the customer to verify the rights for this user at the scan 16-000-19 Cannot create RPC connection with ENS
server, or escalate the problem to their system administrator. If the customer does not have a
System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox 16-000-26 Cannot create RPC connection with ENS
analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes.
Procedure
WARNING
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-33 16C, 16-000-00 to 16-000-26
16-001-09 to 16-001-90 Unable to do Startup 16-002-09 to 16-002-46 Unable to Register as RPC Server
Synchronization 16-002-09 Unable to Register as RPC server
16-001-09 Unable to do startup synchronization
16-002-14 Unable to Register as RPC server
16-002-19 Unable to Register as an RPC server
16-002-26 Could not become an RPC Server
16-001-26 Unable to Start up and synchronize with SC
16-002-46 Unable to Register as an RPC server
16-001-90 Unable to do startup synchronization Procedure
NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes. WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-001-09 to 16-001-90, 16-002-09 to 16-002-46 2-34 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
16-003-09 to 16-003-90 Too Many IPC Handles 16-004-14 to 16-005-92 RPC Failure to Register
16-003-09 Too many IPC Handles 16-004-14 RPC Connect Failure to NC Registration Service
16-003-14 Too many IPC Handles 16-004-19 RPC Connect Failure to NC Registration Service
16-003-19 Too many IPC Handlers 16-004-26 RPC Connect Failure to NC Registration Service
16-003-90 Utility Insert Handler Failure 16-004-46 RPC Failed to Connect to with NC Service
NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes. 16-005-14 RPC Call Failure to NC Registration Service
Procedure 16-005-19 RPC Call Failure to NC Registration Service

WARNING
16-005-26 RPC Call Failure to NC Registration Service
16-005-46 RPC Failed to Register with NC Service
Y N
16-005-90 RPC call to NC Registration Failed

Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes.
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Procedure

WARNING
Y N

Y N
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-35 16-003-09 to 16-003-90, 16-004-14 to 16-005-92
16-006-09, 16-006-19 Cannot Register for Events 16-007-92 to 16-010-99 Invalid IPC / RPC Data
16-006-09 Cannot register for events 16-007-92 Invalid RPC Data Received
16-006-19 Cannot register for events 16-009-09 Invalid IPC Data Received
NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes. 16-010-14 Unable to send IPC
Procedure 16-010-99 Unable to send IPC

WARNING
Y N

Y N
16-006-09, 16-006-19, 16-007-92 to 16-010-99 2-36 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
16-013-14, 16-014-14 Copier Synchronization Error 16-015-14, 16-015-19 SESS Data Store Variable Not Set
16-013-14 Digital Copier ENS synchronization error 16-015-14 SESS data store environmental variable not set
16-014-14 Digital Copier ENS registration error 16-015-19 SESS data store environmental variable not set
NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes. NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-37 16-013-14, 16-014-14, 16-015-14, 16-015-19
16-016-14, 16-016-19 Data Store Initialization Failed 16-017-19 to 16-021-26 Send Event Failure / Could Not Get
16-016-14 Data store initialization failed Host Name RAP
16-017-19 Send Event Failure Unable to send event to NC ENS
16-016-19 Data store initialization failed
16-021-19 NC PM Registration Connect Error
Procedure 16-021-26 Service could not get Host Name
WARNING NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes.
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Procedure
Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING
Cycle system power. The error persists. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Y N not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Moving parts can cause injury.
Y N

Y N
16-021-46 Unable to Get Host Name 16-023-09, 16-023-26 RPC Call Failure
16-021-46 Unable to get Host Name 16-023-09 RPC Call Failure to ENS
NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with this fault code. 16-023-26 RPC Call Failure to ENS
Procedure NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes.
WARNING
Procedure
If a single instance occurs, cycle system power. The error persists. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N

Y N
16-026-09 to 16-026-92 Memory Allocation Error 16-027-90 Unable to Obtain Well Known Queue ID
16-026-09 Memory Allocation Failure 16-027-90 Unable to obtain well known queue ID
16-026-14 Malloc Error NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with this fault code.
16-026-46 Memory Allocation Error Procedure

WARNING
16-026-90 Malloc Error Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
16-026-92 Memory Allocation Fault
Y N
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N

Y N
16-026-09 to 16-026-92, 16-027-90 2-40 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
16-028-09, 16-028-90 Unable to Complete RPC Call / Invalid 16-030-19 Unable to Obtain Client RPC Handle
Range String 16-030-19 Unable to obtain client RPC handle to EJS
16-028-09 Unable to complete RPC call
16-028-90 Invalid Range String Procedure
NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with this fault code. WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N
Y N
Y N
16-031-09 Invalid Event Notification Received 16-032-19, 16-039-00 NVM Connection Failure / Pthread
16-031-09 Invalid event notification received Create Error
16-032-19 NVM Connection Failure
Procedure 16-039-00 Pthread Create Error
WARNING NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with these fault codes.
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Y N
Y N
Y N
16-040-92 Semaphore Fault 16-048-09 Unable to Set Binding
16-040-92 Semaphore fault 16-048-09 Unable to set binding
NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with this fault code. NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with this fault code.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Cycle system power. The error persists. If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
16-048-14, 16-048-90 Cannot Set NC Client Binding 16-048-99 Cannot Set NC Client Binding
16-048-14 Cannot set NC client binding 16-048-99 Unable to set client binding
16-048-90 Cannot set NC client binding Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Cycle system power. The error persists. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Y N
Y N
16-048-14, 16-048-90 , 16-048-99 2-44 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
16-150-09 Cannot Send Registration Event 16-150-14 Unable to Obtain RPC Transport
16-150-09 Cannot send Registration Event 16-150-14 Unable to obtain RPC transport
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
Y N
16-150-19 NC Sync Peer Service Fault 16-150-26 Fault Service Failed to Write to Log
16-150-19 Unable to sync peer infrastructure services. Operating system tries 3 times; If fault 16-150-26 Fault Service Failed to write to log
continues, the ESS is reset.
Procedure
Procedure WARNING
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
16-150-90 Invalid IPC Request Destination 16-150-92 Consumer Interface Fault
16-150-90 Invalid IPC request destination 16-150-92 Consumer interface fault
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Cycle system power. The error persists. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N
16-151-09 to 16-151-19 Invalid IPC Command / SNMP Reg 16-151-26 Fault Service Failed to Get a Log Handle
Failure 16-151-26 Fault service failed to get a log handle
16-151-09 Invalid IPC command
Procedure
16-151-14 SNMP event registration failed WARNING
16-151-19 Invalid IPC command
Procedure Y N
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N

Y N
16-151-90 Put Environment Variable Failure 16-152-09 Internal IPC Failure
16-151-90 Put environment variable failure 16-152-09 Internal IPC failure
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
Y N
16-152-14 Empty Internal Event Received by ENS 16-152-19 Unable to Send Request to SESS
16-152-14 Empty internal event received by ENS 16-152-19 Unable to send request to SESS
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists. If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Y N Y N
16-152-26 Fault Service Could Not Open Fault Log 16-153-09 Unable to Obtain IPC Queue
16-152-26 Fault Service could not open Fault Log 16-153-09 Unable to obtain IPC queue
Procedure NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with this fault code.
WARNING Procedure
If a single occurrence, perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Y N
Y N
Check the Hard Drive harness connections. The error persists.
Y N
Y N
Install a new Hard Drive.
16-153-14 Cannot Initialize Internal Event List 16-153-19 NVM Save Failure
16-153-14 Cannot initialize internal event list 16-153-19 NVM Save Failure
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Cycle system power. The error persists. Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Install new components as necessary:

16-154-09 ESS Registration Configuration Error 16-154-14 Cannot Create Internal Event Queue
16-154-09 ESS Registration service configuration error 16-154-14 Cannot create internal event queue
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
If a single occurrence, perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Verify system software version, download a new version and install. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-154-19 NVM Read Failure 16-155-19 NC Failed to Boot from Alternate Partition
16-154-19 NVM read failure 16-155-19 NC Failed to Boot from Alternate Disk Partition
NOTE: Status codes 03-518 and 16-502 are raised with this fault code. Procedure
Procedure WARNING
Y N
Y N

Y N

16-156-19 Service Run Loop Failed 16-160-09 NC Registration Service Process Death
16-156-19 Service run loop failed 16-160-09 ESS Registration Service Process Death
NOTE: Status code 16-575 is raised with this fault code. NOTE: Status code 16-575 is raised with this fault code.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
Y N
Check fault history log for possible root cause. This error is a symptom of another problem.
16-161-09 to 16-164-09 Cannot Send Reg Event / List 16-429-00, 16-431-00 Unable to Write to Data Store / Get
Access Failure System Time
16-161-09 Cannot send registration event 16-429-00 Unable to write to data store
NOTE: Status code 16-576 is raised with this fault code. 16-431-00 Unable to get system time
16-162-09 NC Platform Manager Service Process Death

Procedure
NOTE: Status code 16-577 is raised with this fault code. WARNING
16-163-09 NC DM Agent Service Process Death
16-164-09 List access failure (create, add, find, delete) Y N
Procedure
WARNING Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N

Y N
Check fault history log for possible root cause. These errors are symptoms of other problems.
16-161-09 to 16-164-09, 16-429-00, 16-431-00 2-56 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
16-432-00 Unknown Scheduler Received 16-433-00 RPC Call Failed
16-432-00 Unknown scheduler received 16-433-00 RPC call failed
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
Y N
16-434-00 Unable to Change Scheduler in DM 16-600-07 to 16-600-67 Cannot Create RPC Connection
16-434-00 Unable to change scheduler received 16-600-07 Cannot create RPC connection to ENS
Procedure 16-600-35 Cannot create RPC connection to ENS

WARNING 16-600-46 Cannot create RPC connection to ENS
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. 16-600-66 Unable to create RPC connection to ENS
Cycle system power. The error persists. 16-600-67 Unable to create RPC connection to ENS
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Procedure
WARNING
Y N

Y N
16-434-00, 16-600-07 to 16-600-67 2-58 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
16-601-26 to 16-601-46 Queue Setup / System Control 16-601-47 Diag Service Failed IPC Queue Setup
Failed / Invalid UI Info 16-601-47 Diagnostics service failed IPC queue setup
16-601-26 Fault Service Failed IPC Queue Setup
Procedure
16-601-35 System control initialization Failed WARNING
16-601-46 Invalid UI Information (RPC data) Returned
Procedure Cycle system power. The error persists.
WARNING Y N
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Moving parts can cause injury. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N

Y N
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-59 16-601-26 to 16-601-46, 16-601-47
16-601-66, 16-601-67 Unable to do Start up 16-601-68 Unable to Start Up and Sync with SC
Synchronization 16-601-68 Unable to start up & synchronize with SC
16-601-66 Unable to do start up synchronization
Procedure
16-601-67 Unable to do start up synchronization WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
16-601-105 Unable Synchronize At Start Up 16-602-07 to 16-602-105 RPC Service Registration Failure
16-601-105 Unable to do start up synchronization 16-602-07 RPC Service Registration Failure
Procedure 16-602-09 Unable to unregister as RPC service

WARNING 16-602-11 RPC Server Registration failed
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. 16-602-28 RPC Server Registration failed
Cycle system power. The error persists. 16-602-35 RPC Server Registration
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. 16-602-38 RPC Server Registration Failed
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. 16-602-66 Unable to Register as an RPC Server
16-602-67 Unable to Register as an RPC Server
Procedure
WARNING
Y N

Y N
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-61 16-601-105, 16-602-07 to 16-602-105
16-603-11, 16-603-28 Replace Handler Call Failed 16-603-46 to 16-603-67 Too Many IPC Handlers
16-603-11 Replace Handler call failed 16-603-46 Too many IPC handlers
16-603-28 Replace Handler call failed 16-603-66 Too many IPC handlers
Procedure 16-603-67 Too many IPC handlers

WARNING
Procedure
Y N

Y N
16-603-68 Replace Handler Call Failed 16-603-105, 16-604-14 RPC Call Failure to NC Registration
16-603-68 Replace handler call failed Service
16-603-105 RPC call failure to network controller registration service.
Procedure
WARNING 16-604-14 RPC call failure to network controller registration service
Y N

Y N
16-604-38,16-604-99 Could Not Register With Reg Service 16-604-105 SESS Data Store Variable Not Set
16-604-38 Could not register with registration service 16-604-105 SESS data store environmental variable not set
16-604-99 Could not register with registration service Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-604-38,16-604-99, 16-604-105 2-64 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
16-605-07 Unable to Register with Registration Service 16-605-14 to 16-605-105 RPC Registration Failure
16-605-07 Unable to register with registration service 16-605-14 RPC call failure to ESS registration service
Procedure 16-605-26 Fault Service timed out

WARNING 16-605-35 RPC Call Failure to NC Registration Service
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. 16-605-47 RPC Call Failure to NC Registration Service
Cycle system power. The error persists. 16-605-66 RPC Call Failure to NC Registration Service
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. 16-605-67 RPC Call Failure to NC Registration Service
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. 16-605-105 Unable to unregister as RPC service during shutdown
Procedure
WARNING
Y N

Y N
16-606-07 to 16-606-99 Cannot Register For Events 16-606-105 OS Problem
16-606-07 Cannot register for events 16-606-105 OS problem
16-606-35 Cannot register for events Procedure

16-606-46 Cannot register for events
WARNING
16-606-99 Cannot register for events not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Y N
WARNING Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N
16-607-19 to 16-608-14 Invalid RPC Data / Unable to Free 16-608-26 Fault Service Failed to Unbind RAP
Resources 16-608-26 Fault service failed to unbind with SC
16-607-19 Invalid RPC data received
Procedure
16-607-46 Invalid RPC data received WARNING
16-607-47 Invalid RPC disk diagnostic data received
16-607-92 Invalid RPC data received
Y N
16-607-105 Service run loop failed
16-608-09 Unable to free IPC resources
Y N
16-608-11 IPC unregister failed
16-608-14 Unable to free IPC resources
Install a new Hard Drive.
Procedure
WARNING
Y N

Y N
16-608-28 to 16-608-67 Unable to Free IPC Resources 16-608-105 Build UI SVC Obtain Client Failed
16-608-28 IPC unregister fail 16-608-105 Build UI SVC obtain client failed
16-608-35 Unable to Free IPC resources Procedure

16-608-38 Unable to unregister as IPC server
WARNING
16-608-46 Unable to Free IPC resources not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-608-66 Unable to Free IPC resources If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N
16-608-67 Unable to Free IPC resources Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.

Y N
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N

Y N
16-609-07 Unknown Message Received 16-609-19 to 16-609-105 Invalid IPC Data Failure
16-609-07 Unknown message received from DM agent 16-609-19 Invalid RPC data received
Procedure 16-609-26 IPC Fault Service

WARNING 16-609-46 Invalid IPC Data Received
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. 16-609-47 Invalid IPC Data
If a single occurrence, perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists. 16-609-92 Invalid IPC Data Received
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. 16-609-105 Too many IPC handlers
Check the Hard Drive harness connections. The error persists. Procedure
Y N
WARNING
Install a new Hard Drive, REP 18.1.97 not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Y N

Y N
Install a new Hard Drive, REP 18.1.97
16-610-00, 16-610-07 IPC Send Failure 16-610-09 Cannot send IPC Message to NC Platform
16-610-00 IPC send failure to NC TripleA service 16-610-09 Cannot send IPC message to NC Platform Manage
16-610-07 IPC Send Failure to DM Agent Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Y N

Y N
16-610-11 to 16-610-90 Unable to Send IPC Message 16-610-92 Failure to Send Queue Status
16-610-11 IPC communication failed 16-610-92 Failure to send queue status
16-610-19 Unable to send IPC message Procedure

16-610-26 Unable to send IPC message
WARNING
16-610-28 IPC communication failed not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-610-35 Unable to send IPC message Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
16-610-46 Unable to send IPC message Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
16-610-90 IPC send response error Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Procedure
WARNING
Y N

Y N
16-610-99 Unable to Send IPC Message RAP 16-611-07, 16-611-38 Client Removal Failure
16-610-99 Unable to send IPC message 16-611-07 Client removal failure
Procedure 16-611-38 Client removal failure

WARNING
Procedure
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Y N
Y N
Y N
16-611-19 to 16-611-99 Unable to Remove RPC Connection 16-612-09 to 16-612-68 Unable to Do Shutdown Sync RAP
16-611-09 Cannot remove RPC connection 16-612-09 Unable to do shutdown synchronization
16-611-19 Unable to remove RPC connection 16-612-35 Unable to do shutdown synchronization
16-611-47 Cannot remove RPC connection Procedure

16-611-66 Unable to remove RPC connection
WARNING
16-611-67 Unable to remove RPC connection not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-611-99 Cannot remove RPC connection If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Y N

Y N
16-612-47 Upgrade Request Failed - Downgrade Not 16-613-09 to 16-614-19 DC Sync / Comms Error
Allowed 16-613-09 DC registration synchronization error
03-306-00 Downgrade of system software not allowed
16-613-14 DC ENS synchronization error
The reload process is aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and
16-613-19 DC sys mgr sync error
16-614-09 DC registration communications error

Procedure
WARNING 16-614-14 Digital copier ENS registration error
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. 16-614-19 DC sys mgr communications error
Obtain the current system software set, then perform GP 9 to reload system software. The Procedure
error persists. WARNING
Y N
Y N
16-614-47 Invalid Software Upgrade 16-615-35 to 16-615-90 SESS Data Store Variable Not Set
16-614-47 Invalid SW upgrade file 16-615-35 SESS data store environmental variable not set
The reload process is aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and 16-615-46 SESS data store environmental variable not set
16-615-66 SESS data store environmental variable not set
Procedure
16-615-67 SESS data store environmental variable not set
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 16-615-90 SESS data store environmental variable not set
Obtain the current system software set, then perform GP 9 to reload system software. The
error persists.
WARNING
Y N Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Y N
16-615-47 Multiple Software Upgrade File 16-616-35 to 16-616-46 Data Store Initialization Failure
16-615-47 Multiple SW upgrade files in directory 16-616-35 Data Store initialization failure
The reload process is aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and 16-616-38 Error - Shared Memory Failure
16-616-46 Data Store Initialization Failed
Procedure
WARNING Procedure
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Moving parts can cause injury. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Remove all but the current system software set, then perform GP 9 to reload system software. Moving parts can cause injury.
The error persists. If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Y N
16-616-47 IPC Message Failure 16-616-67 Submission of Email or IFax Job Failed
16-616-47 IPC message failure. 16-616-67 Submission of Email or IFax Job Failed
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists. If a single occurrence, the network controller automatically retries. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Y N Y N
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Send a different job. The error persists.
Y N
Save customer NVM with dC361, then reset and restore NVM. The error persists.
Y N
16-617-19 Send Event Failure Unable to send event to NC 16-617-47 Upgrade Request Failed -TAR Extraction Failure
16-617-19 Send Event Failure Unable to send event to NC ENS 16-617-47 TAR extraction failure
Procedure The reload process is aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and
WARNING
For a single occurrence, cycle system power. The error persists.
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Y N
16-618-47 DLM SPI Extraction Failure RAP 16-619-14 to 16-619-93 Unable to unregister Registration
16-618-47 DLM SPI Extraction failure service
16-619-14 Unable to unregister Registration service
Procedure
WARNING 16-619-19 Unable to unregister Registration service
16-619-26 Could not unregister with Registration Service
16-619-46 Unable to unregister with NC due to RPC timeout
Y N
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
16-619-47 Upgrade Request Failed - DMPR Failure at Web 16-620-07 to 16-620-99 Registration Service Failed
16-619-47 Upgrade request failed - DMPR failure at web 16-620-07 Failure to unregister with NC
The reload process is aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and 16-620-14 Unable to unregister Registration service
Procedure
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 16-620-38 Unable to unregister with NC Registration Service
Moving parts can cause injury. 16-620-39 Completed job log is unable to Unregister with Registration Service
Y N 16-620-46 Unable to Unregister with Registration Service
16-620-90 Unable to unregister with NC (Reg Service failure)
16-620-92 Unable to unregister with Registration Service
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
16-620-47 Upgrade Request Rejected 16-621-00 to 16-621-99 Unable to Get Host Name
16-620-47 Upgrade request rejected 16-621-00 Unable to get host name
The reload process is aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and 16-621-07 Unable to get host name
16-621-11 Unable to get host name
Procedure
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 16-621-35 Get Host Name failed
Moving parts can cause injury. 16-621-38 Unable to get host name
Y N 16-621-47 Get Host Name failed
16-621-66 Unable to get the host name
16-621-67 Unable to get the host name
16-621-99 Get Host Name failed
Initial Actions
Check printer network settings.
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
16-622-07 to 16-622-46 Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-622-47 FTP "get" Failure
16-622-07 Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-622-47 FTP "get" failure
16-622-09 Corrupt O/S RPC Table The reload process is aborted and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent and
16-622-11 Corrupt O/S RPC Table
Procedure
WARNING
16-622-19 Corrupt O/S RPC Table Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
16-622-26 Corrupt O/S RPC Table Moving parts can cause injury.
16-622-28 Corrupt O/S RPC Table Y N
16-622-47 Software upgrade file failure.
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
16-622-66 to 16-622-68 Failed to Unregister as RPC Service 16-623-35, 16-623-47, 16-624-46 RPC Call Failure
During Shutdown 16-623-35 RPC Call Failure to ENS
16-622-66 Failed to unregister as RPC service during shutdown
16-623-47 RPC Call Failure to ENS
16-622-67 Failed to unregister as RPC service during shutdown
16-624-46 Unable to create RPC connection
16-622-68 Cannot unregister from registration service
Procedure
Procedure WARNING
Y N
Y N
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-83 16-622-66 to 16-622-68, 16-623-35, 16-623-47, 16-
16-625-35 to 16-625-90 Invalid IPC Type 16-626-00 to 16-626-67 Memory Allocation Error
16-625-35 Invalid IPC Type 16-626-00 Memory Allocation Error
16-625-46 Invalid IPC Message Type 16-626-11 Can't allocate memory to load a template
16-625-66 Invalid IPC Message Type 16-626-38 Memory Allocation Error
16-625-67 Invalid IPC Message Type 16-626-47 Memory Allocation Error
16-625-90 Invalid Queue Service IPC message type 16-626-67 Memory allocation failed
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Reseat IP Board RAM. The error persists.
Y N
Use dC361 to save customer NVM settings, then reset and restore NVM. The error persits.
Y N
16-628-07 to 16-628-67 Range String Variable Error 16-629-11 to 16-629-93 No Acknowledgment For RPC
16-628-07 Range String could not be computed 16-629-11 RPC call failure
16-628-09 Unable to complete RPC call 16-629-26 Fault Service Call to PSW Callback failed
16-628-35 Unable to complete RPC call 16-629-46 No Acknowledgment to RPC Message. RPC time-out
16-628-46 Range String calculation failed 16-629-67 No acknowledgment for RPC message.
16-628-66 Object write value out of range 16-629-68 No acknowledgment for RPC message.
16-628-67 Cannot get range environment variable 16-629-92 No Acknowledgment to RPC Message. RPC timeout.
Procedure 16-629-93 No Acknowledgment to RPC Message. RPC timeout

WARNING
Procedure
Y N
16-630-09 to 16-630-99 Unable to Get RPC Client Handle 16-631-19 to 16-636-99 XDR Data Error
16-630-09 Unable to connect to a service using RPC 16-631-19 Invalid Event Notification Received
16-630-26 Fault Service Failed to get RPC Client Handle 16-631-46 Unexpected Event Notification
16-630-35 Unable to Get RPC Client Handle 16-633-19 NVM Detach Error
16-630-38 Client Create Failed 16-634-46 Unable to specify Shutdown Routine during Initialization
16-630-46 Unable to Get RPC Client Handle 16-635-07 Cannot free XDR data
16-630-47 Unable to Get RPC Client Handle 16-635-35 Cannot free XDR data
16-630-66 Unable to get RPC client handle. 16-635-46 Unable to free XDR data
16-630-67 Unable to get RPC client handle. 16-635-99 Cannot free XDR data
16-630-68 Unable to get RPC client handle. 16-636-35 Unable to unmarshall XDR data
16-630-99 Unable to Get RPC Client Handle 16-636-99 Unable to unmarshall XDR data
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
16-637-11 to 16-637-95 File Error 16-638-66 to 16-641-46 O/S Failure
16-637-11 Can't open template cache file 16-638-66 Unable to initialize with queue library
16-637-26 Unable to open file 16-638-67 Unable to initialize with queue library
16-637-38 Unable to Open File for Write 16-639-38 Create Thread Fault
16-637-47 Failed to Open File 16-639-46 Pthread create error
16-637-66 File I/O error. 16-640-28 RPC call failure
16-637-67 File I/O error. 16-640-35 RPC send
16-637-93 Unable to open local file 16-640-46 Unable to create Semaphore
16-637-95 Unable to open local file 16-641-00 Cannot log fault to NC Fault Log
Procedure 16-641-26 Cannot log fault to ess fault log

WARNING 16-641-46 Cannot log fault to NC fault service
WARNING
Y N
16-642-46 to 16-645-67 File I/O Errors 16-646-26 to 16-650-99 Invalid Service Attribute
16-642-46 Invalid Internal Parameters 16-646-26 Failed to delete file
16-642-47 Invalid Internal Parameters 16-647-19 Unable to get Time and Date
16-643-19 Unable to close file 16-647-26 Unable to become Client of Diag Service
16-643-26 Unable to close file 16-649-35 Invalid service attribute defaults
16-643-47 Failed to close a file 16-650-35 Invalid service attribute requested
16-644-11 Can't read template cache file 16-650-99 Invalid service attribute requested
16-644-26 Unable to read from file Procedure

16-644-47 SWVerify Get_next_proc failed
WARNING
16-644-66 File I/O error not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-644-67 File I/O error Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
16-645-11 Can't write updated template cache file Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
16-645-26 Unable to write to file Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-645-46 Failed to Write File
16-645-47 Failed to Write File
16-645-66 File I/O error
16-645-67 File I/O error
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
16-651-19 to 16-656-38 Registration Failure 16-658-07 Unable to Get Host Name
16-651-19 Cannot register for SESS Events 16-658-07 Unable to get host name
16-651-35 Cannot register for SESS Events Initial Actions

Check printer network settings.
16-651-99 SPI register failed
16-652-38 Unable to Enroll Spi Callbacks Procedure

WARNING
16-652-99 SPI enroll failed
16-653-38 Error - Invalid Job Handle Fault
16-654-38 Return from spi_register Fault
Y N
16-654-99 Return from Log_init Fault

16-655-38 Return from spi_register Fault
16-656-38 RPC processing fault
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
16-658-07 to 16-667-95 Parser Utility Errors 16-667-28 Parser utility set status failed.
16-659-11 Parser utility open failure.

16-667-95 Parser utility set status failed.
16-659-28 Parser utility open failure.

Procedure
16-659-93 Parser utility open failure. WARNING
16-659-95 Parser utility open failure. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-660-95 Cannot read local directory entries.
Y N
16-660-99 Service initialization failed.
16-661-95 Cannot create spool directory.

16-662-11 Parser utility template failed to parse.
16-663-11 Parser utility destroy template failed
16-664-11 Parser utility parser closing failed
16-665-95 Unable to detach from child thread
16-666-11 Parser utility invocation failed.
16-666-95 Parser utility invocation failed
16-667-11 Parser utility set status failed.
16-658-07 to 16-667-95 2-90 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
16-668-47 Write NVM Failed 16-668-93, 16-668-95 Unable To Determine Local File
16-668-47 Write NVM Failed Statistics
16-668-93 Unable to determine local file statistics
Procedure
WARNING 16-668-95 Unable to determine local file statistics
Y N
Y N
Replace the IP Board, REP 18.1.98.
16-669-28 to 16-670-00 Unable To Write Job Template 16-670-11 to 16-671-47 Unable To Decode Template File
16-669-28 Unable to write job template to network controller disk. 16-670-11 Unable to decode template file
16-669-93 Unable to write job template to network controller disk. 16-670-28 Unable to decode template file
16-669-95 Unable to write job template to network controller disk. 16-670-47 Save NVM Failed
16-670-00 Unable to lock/unlock data store. 16-670-93 Unable to decode template file
Procedure 16-671-00 Sort jobs failed

WARNING 16-671-47 Init NVM failed
WARNING
Y N
16-671-93 to 16-673-95 File Error 16-674-00 to 16-709-00 XSA Database Error
16-671-93 Unable to encode template file 16-674-00 XSA RPC Server Death
16-671-95 Unable to encode template file 16-674-09 XSA RPC Server Death
16-672-09 Unable to remove file from system 16-675-00 XSA Database Server Death
16-672-95 Unable to remove file from system 16-700-00 Unknown Attribute Requested
16-673-95 Cannot remove local directory 16-700-35 Unknowm attribute requested
Procedure 16-701-00 Unable to communicate with XSA database

WARNING 16-701-68 Unable to communicate with Postgre database. Status code 16-536 is raised with
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do this fault code.
Moving parts can cause injury. 16-701-99 Unable to communicate with XSA database
Y N 16-702-00 Unable to communicate with XSA database
16-702-95 Unable to communicate with XSA database
16-707-00 Unknown Queue Request received
16-709-00 Unknown Modify request received
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
16-710-00 to 16-750-11 Unable To Create Client Handle 16-750-14 to 16-750-90 Invalid Request
16-710-00 NC Internal Communication Failure 16-750-14 Retry SNMP event registration
16-710-35 IPC send failure 16-750-19 Invalid Online/ Offline request
16-716-00 Data Store init failed 16-750-26 Invalid number of faults requested
16-716-00 Data Store init failed 16-750-35 Queue Service library Initialization failed
16-718-00 Data Store Full 16-750-38 Error - SPI Init Fault
16-718-00 Data Store Full 16-750-46 Unknown Object (on Read)
16-720-00 Disk Partition Full 16-750-47 SC Diag Startup failed
16-720-00 Disk Partition Full 16-750-66 Failure to set service state
16-728-00 Unable to compute Range String 16-750-67 Failure to set service state
16-730-00 Unable to create Client Handle 16-750-90 Invalid Queue Service IPC Queue ID
16-730-35 Unable to create Client Handle Procedure

16-730-66 Unable to create Client Handle
WARNING
16-740-19 Error - NC Hard Disk IIO Failure not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-742-19 On Demand Image overwrite failed Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
16-750-07 Message Received from DM not Processed correctly Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
16-750-09 Cannot Add existing Service Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-750-11 Template cache file is missing
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
16-750-92 to 16-751-26 Database Error 16-751-28 to 16-751-93 Unknown Attribute
16-750-92 Bad file descriptor 16-751-28 Templates attributes are invalid, or syntax error
16-750-93 IFS error when requesting memory 16-751-35 Failure to initialize with DM Agent
16-750-95 Local Spool area does not exist 16-751-38 Warning- Unknown Attribute
16-751-00 Database Error known by Service Registry or registry not available 16-751-46 Unknown Object (on Write)
16-751-07 Message Received from NC AAA not Processed correctly 16-751-47 SWVerify RepairDir failed
16-751-09 Registration receives unrequested ENS notification 16-751-66 Unable to send event to NC ENS
16-751-11 Initialization procedure fails 16-751-67 Unable to send event to NC ENS
16-751-14 SESS SC event registration failed 16-751-92 Job State Fault
16-751-19 Unable to set time / date 16-751-93 Invalid template attribute
16-751-26 Unrecognized Fault Code Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
Y N
16-752-00 to 16-752-47 Invalid File Details 16-752-66 to 16-753-28 Scan to FAX Registration Error
16-752-00 File Cabinet Application Registration Error. Status code 17-552 is raised with this 16-752-66 Scan to FAX services registration error
fault code.
16-752-67 Scan to Distribution services registration error
16-752-07 Queue Service Library Initialization Failed
16-752-92 Printspi can't read frame type from data store
16-752-09 Attempt to register too many services
16-752-93 Error accessing job(s) in job list
16-752-14 Retry SESS Sys Control event registration
16-752-95 File transfer operation failure
16-752-19 Cannot Acknowledge System Mode Change
16-753-00 File Cabinet Application Un-Registration Error. Staus code 17-561 is raised with this
16-752-26 Unrecognized SESS Error Code fault code.
16-752-28 Template cache file is missing 16-753-09 No. of services attempt to go below zero
16-752-35 Failure to initialize with PrintSpi 16-753-14 Invalid event number error received by ENS
16-752-46 Invalid table row (on Read) 16-753-19 Unable to send event to NC ENS
16-752-47 Invalid Test Pattern Source 16-753-26 Unable to become Client of PSW
Procedure 16-753-28 Cannot communicate with UI for template list request

WARNING
Procedure
Y N
16-753-35 to 16-754-09 Data Store Read Failure 16-754-14 to 16-754-68 OS Error
16-753-35 Unable to change EJS status to offline 16-754-14 Event notification via IPC error - no queue
16-753-46 Invalid table row (on Write) 16-754-19 Shutdown Request Reason Unknown
16-753-47 Failed to Close Directory 16-754-26 Fault Service encountered error reading fault log
16-753-66 Data Store Read Failure 16-754-28 Initialization procedure fails
16-753-67 Data Store Read Failure 16-754-35 Can not generate SESS event
16-753-90 Null Return Address 16-754-46 Attempted write of read-only object
16-753-92 Printspi can't read frame type from data store 16-754-47 SWVerify Repair file failed
16-753-93 Error adding job(s) in job list 16-754-66 OS problem
16-753-95 Requested transfer protocol not supported 16-754-67 OS problem
16-754-09 Exiting w/NC services still registered 16-754-68 Initialize procedure fails
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
16-754-90 to 16-755-28 Fault Service Error 16-755-35 to 16-756-14 Request Error
16-754-90 Attempt to Free Null Node 16-755-35 Unable to update Data Store attribute
16-754-92 Consumer Interface Fault 16-755-46 Object type mismatch
16-754-93 Error deleting jobs from job list 16-755-47 SWVerify Repair permission failed
16-754-95 Unable to remove advisory lock on network server 16-755-67 Cancel Request Failed
16-755-00 Service Registry cannot initialize database 16-755-90 Exceeding Queue Array Size
16-755-09 Unable to register requested service 16-755-93 Unable to initialize with IFS
16-755-14 Event notification via IPC error - full queue 16-755-99 Unable to abort job fault
16-755-19 Unable to provide new s/w config to SESS 16-756-09 Unable to unregister requesting service
16-755-26 Fault Service failed to Clear Fault Log 16-756-14 RPC creation error: RPC coms to client services error
16-755-28 Cancel Request Failed Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
Y N
16-756-26 to 16-757-26 NVM Corrupt 16-757-35 to 16-758-26 Unable to Write NVM
16-756-26 Memory Allocation Failure 16-757-35 Unable to write NVM value
16-756-35 Unable to read NVM value 16-757-46 Failed to get a specific IPC queue
16-756-46 ServiceRun loop failed 16-757-47 SWVerify Repair chksum failed
16-756-47 SC Run Diagnostic failed 16-757-66 Unable to write NVM
16-756-66 Unable to read NVM value 16-757-67 Unable to write NVM
16-756-67 Unable to read NVM value 16-757-93 Unable to set ICS document state
16-756-93 IPA operation failed 16-758-09 Invalid service failure reported
16-757-09 Invalid RPC parameters 16-758-14 RPC communications error to client
16-757-14 RPC Control error 16-758-19 Unable to Unregister Registration Service
16-757-19 System Manager callback sm_operation complete failed 16-758-26 Fault Service: Error trying to access queue ID
16-757-26 Fault Service could not close Fault Log Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Y N
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Replace the IP Board, REP 18.1.98.
16-758-35 to 16-759-26 Service Run Loop Failed 16-759-46 to 16-760-46 Fail to Enable Process
16-758-35 Unable to change EJS state to OFF line 16-759-46 Failed to disable or enable a process
16-758-46 Registration Monitor Failure 16-759-47 Failed to Abort Process
16-758-47 Error Finding Job Id 16-759-66 OA event register failed
16-758-66 ServiceRun loop failed 16-759-67 OA event register failed
16-758-67 ServiceRun loop failed 16-759-93 Unable to create .DAT file
16-758-93 Unable to obtain data store object handle 16-760-09 Scan To File process death
16-759-09 Unable to map process death 16-760-14 Invalid unregister request.
16-759-14 Request for wildcard from non-NC 16-760-19 NC Initializing
16-759-19 NC Failed Cold Reset 3 Times in a Row 16-760-26 Unable to become Client of RDT
16-759-26 Unrecognized Service ID requesting Fault Information 16-760-46 Processes is in an unknown state
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
16-760-47 to 16-761-46 File Error 16-761-47 to 16-769-95 Other Network Faults 1
16-760-47 Incorrect Checksum partition 1 16-761-47 SWVerify Init File failed
16-760-67 Create List Failed 16-761-67 Failed to Retrieve Public List
16-760-68 SRS returns invalid or missing data 16-761-68 Login gets no response from SRS (No IPC Response?)
16-760-93 Job report failure from CCM 16-761-93 Image conversion to TIFF failed
16-760-99 Request for system policy failed 16-761-95 Unable to read template pool
16-761-09 LPD process death 16-762-09 Netware process death
16-761-14 Invalid RPC data 16-762-14 Invalid internal table type
16-761-19 NC Shutting Down 16-762-19 DC Platform Mgr Comm Error
16-761-26 Unable to become client of UI 16-762-26 Unable to become client of SCS Diag Service
16-761-46 Ethernet status file error 16-762-46 Token ring status file error
Procedure 16-762-47 Missing File

WARNING 16-762-67 Invalid Index for Recipient List
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. 16-762-68 Service Registry Bad data / Corrupted
Cycle system power. The error persists. 16-762-93 IFSImageDoneX call failed
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. 16-762-95 Unable to read document repository
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. 16-763-09 NetBios process death
16-763-14 Reached internal limit for events
16-763-19 System Manager Comm Error
16-763-26 No acknowledgment to RPC message. RPC time-out
16-763-46 DHCP status file error
16-763-47 Invalid Permission
16-763-67 Failed to retrieve LDAP list
16-763-93 Document image count not found
16-763-95 Internal destination error
16-764-09 AppleTalk process death
16-764-14 Internal Logic error 16-768-19 Hold/release of jobs error
16-764-19 Set Up of the SIGALRM Signal failed 16-768-46 Request had invalid parameters
16-764-46 RARP status file error 16-768-47 NC Not Attached to Server
16-764-47 Incorrect Checksum partition 2 16-768-67 Error performing Public search
16-764-67 Create List Failed 16-768-93 Increment image count failed
16-765-09 Banyan Vines process death 16-768-95 Cannot get Network advisory lock file name
16-765-19 SystemMgr call failed 16-769-09 HTTP process death
16-765-46 Failed to clear SM status 16-769-19 Novell Network communications error
16-765-47 Novell Daemon not running 16-769-46 Config Methods library error
16-765-67 Failed to Retrieve Recipient List 16-769-47 NC Not Attached to print queue
16-765-93 Unable to access data store 16-769-67 Failed to Cancel Search Request
16-766-09 Adobe process failure 16-769-93 IFS deregister call failed
16-766-19 DM admin error 16-769-95 Cannot determine appropriate lock name/address
16-766-46 Failed to set SM status Procedure

16-766-47 No Servers Responded
WARNING
16-766-67 Failed to Bind to LDAP Server not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-766-93 TIFF handle has become null Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
16-766-95 Cannot create Image file name Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
16-767-09 HP PCL process death Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-767-19 Request to cancel spooling job error
16-767-46 Failed to send SESS alert/event
16-767-47 Server in Config list not up
16-767-67 Error performing LDAP search
16-767-93 Get Document Image Count failed
16-767-95 Cannot determine filing policy for transfer
16-768-09 Parallel process death
16-770-09 to 16-779-95 Other Network Faults 2 16-776-46 TCPIP invalid interface
16-770-09 Unexpected process death

16-776-95 Cannot clean up after job completion
16-770-19 Online/Offline request time out

16-777-09 NC Completed Job Log Service/SPI process death
16-770-46 Cannot register for SESS events

16-777-19 Cannot access Data Store element
16-770-47 Attached to Queue and Server 16-777-46 TCPIP invalid addressing
16-770-67 Required attribute missing

16-777-95 Cannot log requested network server
16-771-09 Print Service EJS process death

16-778-09 NC Configuration Utility process death
16-771-19 Online/Offline callback failure

16-778-19 Invalid Enable Demo Job setting
16-771-46 Internal error with Synchronizer queue

16-778-46 TCPIP socket failure
16-771-47 Novell Config Info Failure

16-778-95 Cannot generate confirmation sheet
16-772-09 NC Print SPI process death

16-779-00 Power Save Complete callback failed
16-772-19 Failure to set NC Platform Manager service state

16-779-09 NC Diagnostic Service process death
16-772-46 TCPIP status file error 16-779-19 Power Save Complete callback failed
16-772-47 RPC Failure for communication 16-779-46 TCPIP interface attach
16-772-95 Invalid transfer request

16-779-47 SESS IPX test failed on open for send
16-773-09 NC Print Service Surrogate process death 16-779-95 Cannot create the template/job log name.
16-773-19 Unknown client requested online/offline

Procedure
16-773-46 Failed requesting platform reset WARNING
16-774-09 NC Protocol Module process death not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-774-19 Can not obtain RPC connection Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
16-774-46 BOOTP status file error
16-775-19 Can not obtain Data Store handle for server object Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-775-46 TCPIP missing configuration data
16-775-95 Cannot create temporary file name
16-776-09 NC Fault Service process death
16-776-19 Cannot delete jobs using Job Map library
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-103 16-770-09 to 16-779-95
16-780-00 to 16-789-47 Other Network Faults 3 16-785-47 SESS IPX test bad data in receive
16-780-00 Power Saver request time out

16-786-09 Token Ring process death
16-780-09 NC Authentication SPI process death

16-786-19 NC failure to uncompress upgrade file
16-780-19 Power Saver request time out

16-786-46 TCPIP ELT File Failure
16-780-46 TCPIP enable interface 16-786-47 SESS IPX test unknown error
16-780-47 SESS IPX test failed on open for receive

16-787-09 Sub agent process death
16-780-95 Cannot determine the remote directory

16-787-19 IOT SW Upgrade failed
16-781-09 NC Counters Utility process death

16-787-46 TCPIP IPC failure
16-781-19 Network Upgrade Checksum Error

16-787-47 SESS Apple test zip failure - network unreachable
16-781-46 TCPIP NVRAM Failure.

16-788-09 Serial process death
16-781-47 SESS IPX test failed on bind for send

16-788-19 NC PM Failed to install Scan to File
16-782-09 NC Configuration Synchronization process failure

16-788-46 Dynamic DNS status file error
16-782-19 SW Upgrade manifest mismatch 16-788-47 SESS Apple test no zones found
16-782-46 TCPIP Gateway Failure 16-789-09 Connectivity Configuration Server process death
16-782-47 SESS IPX test failed on bind for receive

16-789-19 NC PM Failed to install LAN FAX
16-783-09 Unable to send sc_proc_disable() 16-789-46 Autonet status file error
16-783-19 NC Failure to enter upgrade mode. 16-789-47 SESS Apple test unknown error
16-783-46 TCPIP host file failure

Procedure
16-783-47 SESS IPX test send failure WARNING
16-784-09 Missing service type not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-784-19 Upgrade aborted - IOT failed to enter Upgrade Mode
Y N
16-784-46 TCPIP Resolve File Failure Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
16-784-47 SESS IPX test receive failure Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-785-09 NC SNMP Agent process failure
16-785-19 Upgrade aborted - UI failed to enter Upgrade Mode
16-785-46 TCPIP Resolve File Failure
16-790-09 to 16-799-47 Other Network Faults 4 16-798-09 POP3 process death
16-790-09 Lan Fax process death

16-798-19 Option already enabled
16-790-19 NC PM Failed to install Job Based Accounting

16-798-47 SESS NetBIOS test too many commands
16-790-47 SESS Banyan test unknown error

16-799-09 SMTP process death
16-791-09 Accounting process death 16-799-19 Option already enabled
16-791-19 Scan to File DLM is not defined

16-799-47 SESS NetBIOS test invalid adapter
16-791-46 DHCP for IPv6 failed. Status code 17-512 is raised for the fault code.
Procedure
16-791-47 SESS Banyan test no network WARNING
16-792-09 Tiff process death not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-792-19 Lan Fax DLM is not defined
Y N
16-792-47 SESS Banyan test open failure
16-793-09 Port9100 process death

16-793-19 Job Based Accounting DLM is not defined
16-793-47 SESS Banyan test echo failure
16-794-09 Cross platform synchronization error
16-794-19 Install Password mismatch
16-794-47 SESS Banyan test no servers
16-795-09 Slpsa process death
16-795-19 NC PM Failed to remove LAN FAX
16-795-47 SESS NetBIOS test no lanas found
16-796-09 SSDP process death
16-796-19 NC PM Failed to remove Scan to File
16-796-47 SESS NetBIOS test invalid command
16-797-09 USB process death
16-797-19 NC PM Failed to remove Job Based Accounting
16-797-47 SESS NetBIOS test interface busy
16-800-09 to 16-809-47 Other Network Faults 5 16-807-09 Job log service unavailable
16-800-09 List access failure (create, add, find, delete)

16-807-19 State change failed
16-800-19 Option not supported

16-807-47 SESS NetBIOS test memory allocation error
16-800-46 Ethernet Initialization failure

16-808-00 Job Tracker Service Death Error
16-800-47 SESS NetBIOS test cannot cancel 16-808-09 Job tracker service unavailable
16-801-09 Invalid SESS event/IPC error

16-808-47 SESS NetBIOS test no more minor devices available
16-801-19 Serial Number mismatch

16-809-00 Kerberos Service Death Error
16-801-46 Token Ring Initialization failure

16-809-09 Kerberos service unavailable
16-801-47 SESS NetBIOS test oem x (unusual network problem)

16-809-47 SESS NetBIOS test token ring board was stopped

Procedure
16-802-19 Counters do not match WARNING
16-802-46 DHCP Initialization failure not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-802-47 SESS NetBIOS test adapter malfunction Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
16-803-09 Invalid SESS event/IPC error Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
16-803-46 RARP Initialization failure

16-803-47 SESS NetBIOS test cannot init token ring
16-804-47 SESS NetBIOS test no cable connected to board
16-805-19 Accounting install failed
16-805-47 SESS NetBIOS test could not join ring
16-806-00 CPI service Death Error
16-806-09 CPI service unavailable
16-806-19 Counters did not increment
16-806-47 SESS NetBIOS test cable not connected to MAU
16-807-00 JobLog Service Death Error
16-810-00 to 16-819-47 Other Network Faults 6 Procedure
16-810-00 Scan To Distribution Service Death Error WARNING
16-810-09 Scan service unavailable not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-810-19 Failed to remove Accounting
Y N
16-810-47 SESS NetBIOS test network is bad Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
16-811-00 SMB Service Death Error

16-811-09 SMB service unavailable
16-811-19 Failed to change the enable upgrade flag
16-811-47 SESS NetBIOS test command timed out
16-812-00 TCP/IP Service Death Error
16-812-09 TCPIP service unavailable.
16-812-19 Failed to change the enable upgrade flag.
16-812-47 SESS NetBIOS test message incomplete
16-813-00 WS Scan Temp Service Death Error
16-813-09 Scan service unavailable
16-813-47 SESS NetBIOS test no resources on local adapter
16-814-00 Scan Compressor Service Death Error
16-814-09 Scan compressor service unavailable
16-814-47 SESS NetBIOS test duplicate name in local name table
16-815-09 Service Registry process death
16-815-47 SESS NetBIOS test name table is full
16-816-09 EIP Service not responding
16-816-47 SESS NetBIOS test unexpected protocol received
16-817-47 SESS NetBIOS test NetBIOS/ix being reset
16-818-47 SESS NetBIOS test NetBIOS/ix being stopped
16-819-47 SESS NetBIOS test NetBIOS/ix not loaded
16-820-47 to 16-829-47 Other Network Faults 7 16-830-47 to 16-839-47 Other Network Faults 8
16-820-47 SESS NetBIOS test NetBIOS/ix not running 16-830-47 GetNetData IP Diagnostic - failed to get default router
16-821-47 SESS NetBIOS test MAC driver went offline 16-831-47 GetNetData IP Diagnostic - failed to get subnet mask
16-822-47 SESS NetBIOS test error during reset 16-832-47 GetNetData IP Diagnostic - failed to get local devices
16-823-47 SESS NetBIOS test unknown error 16-833-47 GetNetData IP Diagnostic - failed on ARP
16-824-47 SESS UNIX test unknown error 16-834-47 Novell GetNetData - failed getting default file server
16-825-47 Echo Test Failure; SESS diag name not found 16-835-47 Novell GetNetData - failed getting frame type
16-826-47 SESS Apple test zip failure - system error 16-836-47 Novell GetNetData - failed to init netwar
16-827-47 SESS Apple test zip failure - invalid parameters 16-837-47 GetNetData - Diagnostic Name not found
16-828-47 SESS Apple test zip failure - no router found 16-838-47 SWVerify Setup Alarm Failed
16-829-47 SESS Apple test zip failure - unknown zip error 16-839-47 SWVerify Repair Filelength Failed
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
16-840-47 System call failed 16-850-47 Failed to add substitution string
16-841-47 SWVerify Missing Directory 16-851-47 Failed calling stream editor
16-842-47 SWVerify Process Not Running 16-852-47 Failed to process fault for error report
16-843-47 SWVerify Repair Timeout 16-853-47 Failed to get last reset time
16-844-47 Failed to save data to NVM 16-854-47 Failed on call to fault service
16-845-47 Failed to initialize NVM 16-855-47 Failed on call send event
16-846-47 Failed to restore contents of NVM 16-856-47 Failed on system command
16-847-47 Failed to write value to NVM 16-857-47 Failed to find process
16-848-47 Failed to read faults 16-858-47 Failed to dump log
16-849-47 Failed to create command array 16-859-47 Failed on software verify
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
16-860-47 No response for IP Ping Test 16-870-47 SESS NETBIOS test illegal name number
16-861-47 Registration Monitor Failure 16-871-47 SESS NETBIOS test cannot find name or no answer
16-862-47 SESS NETBIOS test invalid cancel command 16-872-47 SESS NETBIOS test name in use
16-863-47 SESS NETBIOS test illegal buffer length 16-873-47 SESS NETBIOS test name deleted
16-864-47 SESS NETBIOS test illegal local session number 16-874-47 SESS NETBIOS test session abnormal end
16-865-47 SESS NETBIOS test session closed 16-875-47 SESS NETBIOS test name conflict
16-866-47 SESS NETBIOS test command cancelled 16-876-47 SW verify setup SIGTERM Failed
16-867-47 SESS NETBIOS test name deregistered 16-877-47 SESS PCI test unknown error
16-868-47 SESS NETBIOS test local session table full 16-878-47 SESS PCI test failed to open driver
16-869-47 SESS NETBIOS test no listen in remote computer 16-879-47 SESS PCI test failed flushing stream buffer
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
16-880-47 to 16-890-47 Other Network Faults 13 16-891-00, 16-892-00 Edge Server Error
16-880-47 SESS PCI test failed on put msg call 16-891-00 Edge server auto registration failed. Status code 17-562 is raised with this fault
code.
16-881-47 SESS PCI test invalid argument
16-892-00 Edge server communication failed. Status code 17-563 is raised with this fault code.
16-882-47 SESS PCI test failed on put msg call
Procedure
16-883-47 SESS PCI test failed on ioctl call
WARNING
16-884-47 SESS PCI test control flag area too small Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
16-885-47 SESS PCI test driver not initialized Moving parts can cause injury.
16-886-47 SESS PCI test info request failed Y N
16-887-47 SESS PCI test driver failed to register
16-888-47 SESS PCI test driver failed to unregister
16-889-47 SW verify get data failed
16-890-47 SW verify get next proc failed
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
16-900-19 Failed to open on SMC driver 16-910-19 Failed to untar File
16-901-19 Failed to make ioctl call using SMC driver 16-911-19 Error changing directory
16-902-19 Address specified is invalid 16-912-19 Install script did not execute
16-903-19 Result from ioctl does not match FD 16-913-19 Write failure to file
16-904-19 Invalid ioctl request 16-914-19 Shared memory was corrupted
16-905-19 Unknown ioctl failure 16-915-19 Open failed
16-906-19 Malloc failed for net upgrade 16-916-19 CRC Failed
16-908-19 Error opening file 16-917-19 Failed to close on checksum
16-909-19 Error transfer data to CCM 16-918-19 CRC comparison failed
Procedure 16-919-19 Restart request failed

WARNING
Procedure
Y N
16-920-19 ELT Daemon start failed 16-930-19 Failed to remove jobs
16-922-19 NVM store failed 16-931-19 Failed to close on SMC driver
16-923-19 Failed saving persistent data 16-932-19 NVM write failure
16-924-19 Failed in restoring persistent data 16-933-19 Failed to remove file
16-925-19 Failed saving web config data 16-934-19 Job Based Accounting not enough dc memory
16-926-19 Failed to save data store values 16-935-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot read/write attributes to machine.
16-927-19 Failed to restore web config data 16-936-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot connect to remote server.
16-928-19 Failed to install files 16-937-19 Auto-Upgrade failed Cannot login to remote server
16-929-19 Failed to restore data store values 16-938-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot access directory on remote server
Procedure 16-939-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Multiple upgrade files found on remote server
WARNING
Procedure
Y N
Check the system software set version, then perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-940-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Machine is in diagnostics mode. 16-950-19 Scan to email image processing hardware not available
16-941-19 Auto-Upgrade failed. NC to CCS Coms failure 16-951-19 Internet fax image processing hardware not available
16-942-19 Auto-Upgrade failed. Upgrade file is invalid 16-952-19 Scan to Email memory size error
16-943-19 Auto-Upgrade failed. File is invalid. Installed software is more recent 16-953-19 Internet fax memory size error
16-944-19 Auto-Upgrade failed. File is invalid. Corruption detected 16-954-19 Internet Fax Application Registration Error. Status code 17-553 is raised with this
fault code.
16-945-19 Auto-Upgrade failed - File not valid for machine
16-955-19 Internet Fax Application Registration Error. Status code 17-557 is raised with this
16-946-19 Failed install Scan to Email fault code.
16-947-19 Failed to install internet Fax 16-956-19 Internet Fax Application Registration Error. Status code 17-554 is raised with this
fault code.
16-948-19 Remove of Scan to Email option failed
16-957-19 Internet Fax Application Registration Error. Status code 17-558 is raised with this
16-949-19 Remove of Internet Fax option failed fault code.
Procedure 16-958-19 Failed to install Kerberos.

WARNING 16-959-19 Failed to install SMB.
WARNING
Check the system software set version, then perform GP 9 to reload system software. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
16-960-19 Failed to install SMTP 16-975-19 Failed to install Disk Overwrite
16-961-19 Failed to remove Kerberos. 16-976-19 Failed to install Immediate Image Overwrite
16-962-19 Failed to remove SMB. 16-977-00 Queue List Jobs failure
16-963-19 Failed to remove SMTP 16-977-19 NC PM failed to remove Disk Overwrite
16-964-19 Failed to Cancel operation 16-977-35 Queue List Jobs failure
16-965-19 Failed to send Platform Unavailable 16-978-00 Unable to get copy jobs
16-966-19 Failed to install job tracker 16-978-19 NC PM failed to remove Job Overwrite
16-967-19 Failed to remove job tracker 16-978-35 Unable to get copy jobs
16-968-19 Failed to install POP3 16-979-00 Unknown attribute returned
16-969-19 Failed to remove POP3 16-979-19 NC PM failed to remove Embedded Fax
Procedure 16-979-35 Unknown attribute returned

WARNING
Procedure
Y N
16-980-00 to 16-989-35 Other Network Faults 22 16-988-19 Server Fax Application Un-Registration Error. Status code 17-556 is raised with this
fault code.
16-980-00 DM request Handle NULL
16-988-35 Unknown signature value returned
16-980-19 NC PM failed to install G4
16-989-00 Unknown Plex Value returned
16-980-35 DM request Handle NULL
16-989-19 Disk Encryption operation failed on one or more partitions due to a higher priority
16-981-00 Unable to Obtain Job Handle
operation
16-981-35 Unable to Obtain Job Handle

16-989-35 Unknown Plex Value returned
16-982-00 Unknown Finishing Value returned

Procedure
16-982-19 Failed to remove Embedded Fax WARNING
16-982-35 Unknown Finishing Value returned not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
16-983-00 Unknown Offset value returned
Y N
16-983-19 Failed to remove G4
16-983-35 Unknown Offset value returned

16-984-00 Unknown Job State Reason value returned
16-984-35 Unknown Job State Reason value returned
16-985-00 Unknown Medium Type value returned
16-985-19 Workflow Scanning Application Registration Error. Status code 17-554 is raised with
this fault code.
16-985-35 Unknown Medium Type value returned
16-986-00 Unknown Collation value returned
16-986-19 Workflow Scanning Application Un-Registration Error. Status code 17-558 is raised
with this fault code.
16-986-35 Unknown Collation value returned
16-987-00 Unknown Tray value returned
16-987-19 Server Fax Application Registration Error. Status code 17-551 is raised with this
fault code.
16-987-35 Unknown Tray value returned
16-988-00 Unknown signature value returned
A
16-990-00 to 16-999-35 Other Network Faults 23 Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
16-990-00 Promote response from DM received with errors
16-990-35 Promote response from DM received with errors
16-991-00 Request to DM to promote Job Failed
16-991-35 Request to DM to promote Job Failed
16-992-00 Unable to build SESS Job Identifier for promote
16-992-35 Unable to build SESS Job Identifier for promote
16-993-00 Unable to get admin. name from data store for promote
16-993-35 Unable to get admin. name from data store for promote
16-994-00 Cancel response from DM received with errors
16-994-35 Cancel response with errors
16-995-00 Request to DM to Cancel Job Failed
16-995-35 Request to DM to Cancel Job Failed
16-996-00 Warning- Unable to build SESS Job Identifier
16-996-35 Warning- Unable to build SESS Job Identifier
16-997-00 Unable to get admin. name from data store
16-997-35 Unable to get admin. name from data store
16-998-00 Job not set to Released State
16-998-35 Job not set to Released State
16-999-00 Could Not Obtain Job PIN for Authorization
16-999-35 Could Not Obtain Job PIN for Authorization
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
A
19-300-00 to 19-310-00 Image Disk (HDD) Failure 19-401-00, 19-402-00 Out of Memory
19-300-00 Unable to read from Image Disk 19-401-00 Out of Memory - Stress Document
19-301-00 Unable to write to Image Disk 19-402-00 Out of Memory - Stress Job
19-302-00 Bad Data received from Disk NOTE: Status code 19-502 is raised with these fault codes.
19-303-00 Unable to Format Image Disk Initial Actions

Break the print job into smaller files.
19-310-00 Disk System capacity fault
Procedure
WARNING
Procedure Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. If this fault remains for more than five minutes, cycle system power. The error persists.
Go to SCP 6 Final Actions.
Check that the SATA cable from the IP Board to the Hard Drive is connected and not dam-
aged. The cable is good.
Y N
Install a replacement SATA cable.
Check the power harness from the LVPS to the Hard Drive. The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the harness as necessary.

• Hard Drive, REP 18.1.97
19-403-00 Out of Memory - Job in EPC 19-409-00 Video Integrity Fault
19-403-00 Out of Memory - job in EPC 19-409-00 Video integrity fault
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
No service action is required. Re-scan the job. Cycle system power, then re-run the job.
19-410-00 to 19-410-13 Image Structure Failure RAP 19-750-00 EPC Memory Size Fault
19-410-00 Mark Output Timeout 19-750-00 EPC Memory Size fault
19-410-01 Video Decompressor fault Procedure

19-410-02 Compress Image timeout
WARNING
19-410-03 Decompress Image timeout not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
19-410-04 Merge Image timeout No service action required. Re-run the job.
19-410-05 Rotate Image timeout
19-410-06 Network Input Failure
19-410-07 E-Fax Send/Receive Failure
19-410-08 Scan Input Failure
19-410-09 Byte Count Error
19-410-10 Set Up Too Late
19-410-11 DMA Master Abort
19-410-12 Huffman Error
19-410-13 EOR ERROR
NOTE: Status code 19-510 is raised with -00. 19-505 is raised with the other fault codes listed.
Procedure
WARNING
If this fault remains for more than five minutes, cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
19-752-00 Image Rotation Config Fault 19-754-00 Image Disk Config Fault
19-752-00 Image Rotation Config fault 19-754-00 Image Disk Config fault
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Cycle system power, then re-run the job. Cycle system power, then re-run the job. The error persists.
Y N
Go to 19-300-00 to 19-310-00 Image Disk (HDD) Failure RAP.
19-760-00 Test Patterns are Missing from EPC
19-754-00 Test Patterns are missing from EPC
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
20A Fax Troubleshooting Entry 20B Unable To Send A Fax
Use this RAP to isolate components which contribute to Fax communications failure. Use this RAP to isolate components which contribute to a send failure.

• Check that the telephone and Fax line cables are properly connected. • Refer to the 20A Fax Entry RAP and complete all initial actions.
• Use a hand set to dial remote number and listen to dial type, (tone / pulse)
• Check the fault history. Go to the appropriate RAP. Procedure
• Check the Fax setup for active features that would inhibit transmission, such as: Delayed WARNING
start time, Local name and ID are set, Dialing type or junk Fax prevention.
Check the following: not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
– Fax country setting Moving parts can cause injury.
– Line setup Verify with the customer that analog phone line is operational. Connect a telephone handset
– Options into line outlet and listen for a dial tone. Use a known good telephone handset. The dial tone
– Dial type setting, tone / pulse. is present.
Y N
• Print a Fax Activity Report and check for error codes.
Use the line test tool to check the telephone line. The green normal indicator light is
on.
Procedure Y N
WARNING Ask the customer to request a line check by the telephone company.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Use a telephone handset to dial a known good number. The ring back is heard.
Y N
Ask the customer to request a line check by the telephone company.
The Fax tab is available
Y N Enable audio line monitor and set to Enable and High volume.
Go to 20H Fax Tab Not Available. Dial the Fax number and listen for a dial tone or dialing and answer tones. A Fax tone is
present.
The printer will send a Fax to all machines. Y N
Y N Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the value at the following location:
The printer will send a fax to some machines. NVM ID 200-415 Line1CurrentDetect = 0
Y N NVM ID 200-416 Line2CurrentDetect = 0 A Fax tone is present.
Go to 20B Unable To Send A Fax. Y N
Go to the 20F Fax Board Checkout.
Go to 20C Unable To Send A Fax To Some Machines RAP. Install new components as necessary:
• Fax Board, REP 18.1.7
The printer will receive a fax from the remote machine.
Y N • Telephone cable
Go to 20D Unable To Receive A Fax.
The Fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax
machine. Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax
The Fax prints out.
Reports. Print a Protocol Report and check for errors.
Y N
Go to 20E Fax Will Not Print.
The dial tone - dialling answer tones are present.
The error is cleared. Y N
The exchange is receiving the digits too quickly or is not processing the digits cor-
Y N
Go to 20G Fax Board Checkout. rectly. Ask the customer if the exchange is DTMF (Dual Tone Multiple Frequency) or
pulse dialing.
The Fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax machine. Print a Perform the following:
Protocol Report and check for errors. • Ensure the printer is set for the correct dialing tone.
A B
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-125 20A, 20B
A B C
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the values at NVM ID 200-201 • Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Set NVM ID 200-397 FaxTimeBeforeDial to 13.
FaxLine1DialTypeDef and at NVM ID 200-202 FaxLine2DialTypeDef set to 0 =
Tone or 1 = Pulse. The Fax only dials once and hangs up or the busy tone has unusual timing, frequency or level.
• Insert a pause ( , ) between the first and second digit of the dial string. In the Are the busy tones recognized.
Dialling Options select Dialling Characters / Pause / Add Character / Save. Y N
• Check the number for a voice or tone answer.
The Fax only dials once and hangs up or the busy tone has unusual timing, frequency or • Check that the values at NVM ID 200-237 to 200-241 are set to the correct defaults
level. The busy tones are recognized. to match the appropriate country setting.
Y N
Check the number for a voice or tone answer. The fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax machine. Print a
Protocol Report and check for errors. Re-enter the details from the fax options.
The Fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax machine.
Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax Reports. Print a
Protocol Report and check for errors. Re-enter the details from the fax options
Check that the customer is dialing the correct number. The number is correct.
Y N
Ask the customer to dial the number using the appropriate access codes.
Enable audio line monitor (Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting /
Transmission Defaults / Audio Line Monitor) and set to Enable. Select High volume and max
time.
Dial the Fax number and listen for a dial tone or dialing and answer tones. A Fax tone is
present.
Y N
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the value at the following location:
NVM ID 200-415 Line1CurrentDetect = 0
NVM ID 200-416 Line2CurrentDetect = 0 A Fax tone is present.
Y N
Go to the 20F Fax Board Checkout.
• Fax Board, REP 18.1.7.
• Telephone cable
Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax Reports. Print a
Protocol Report and check for errors.
The dial tone - dialling answer tones are present.

Y N
The exchange is receiving the digits too quickly or is not processing the digits correctly.
Ask the customer if the exchange is DTMF (Dual Tone Multiple Frequency) or pulse dial-
ing.
Perform the following:
• Ensure that the machine is set for the correct dialing tone.
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the values at NVM ID 200-201
FaxLine1DialTypeDef and at NVM ID 200-202 FaxLine2DialTypeDef set to 0 = Tone
or 1 = Pulse.
• Insert a pause ( , ) between the first and second digit of the dial string. In the Dialling
Options select Dialling Characters / Pause / Add Character / Save.
C
20B 2-126 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
20C Unable To Send A Fax To Some Machines Y N
Use this RAP to isolate components which contribute to a failure to send a Fax to some
Print a Protocol Report and check for errors.
machines.
The machine will resend up to 10 times before printing the failure report. Set number of
Initial Actions resends to 1 or 2.
• Refer to the 20A Fax Entry RAP and complete all of the initial actions.
Procedure
WARNING
The correct number is being dialled to make the connection. The connection is made.
Y N
The exchange is not processing the digits correctly, the machine needs longer pause
between digits.
• Insert a pause ( , ) between the first and second digit of the dial string. In the Dialling
Options select Dialling Characters / Pause / Add Character / Save.
• Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Change setting at NVM ID 200-410 FaxDTMFTone-
Time to 100.
Call the fax number from a known good telephone and listen for the answer fax tone. The Fax
tone is heard.
Y N
Fax on remote end is not picking up or no Fax is connected. Advise customer to check the
machine at the remote end.
Print a Protocol Report. The Protocol Report shows RNR (Receive Not Ready) is received
from the remote Fax repeatedly until time out and DCN (Disconnect). Check communication
failure after V34-PH2 / V34-PH3 or DCS / TCF. The remote Fax receives and prints the
Fax.
Y N
Compatibility problem with remote Fax.
• Print a Protocol Report and check for communication errors.
• Line quality too poor for Super G3 to function correctly. Possible mains interference
on line.
• Disable V34 (Super G3). Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the value at the fol-
lowing locations:
– NVM ID 200-087 T30MaxSpeedL1Tx = 11 (14400).
– NVM ID 200-088 T30MaxSpeedL2Tx = 11 (14400).
• When sending to a PC fax or fax server that has an ISDN card, there is a need to
customize the CEQ values. Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Set the value at NVM ID
203-031 to 0.
The Protocol Report shows MCF (Message Confirmation) is not sent by the remote Fax (last
page), only DCN (Disconnect). The failure report printed out, but the remote fax prints
multiple copies of the job or failed page.
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-127 20C
A
20D Unable To Receive A Fax Receive a three page test Fax from the original Fax machine. Print a Protocol Report and
check for errors. The Protocol Report shows communication failure after CSI / DIS
Use this RAP to isolate components which contribute to the fax not received from the machine.
(Called Subscriber Identified / Digital Identification Signal) or DCS / TCF (Digital Com-
mand Signal / Training Check) or after V34-PH2 / V34-PH3 or EQM (Eye Quality Monitor)
Initial Actions value greater than 5000.
• Refer to the 20A Fax Entry RAP and complete all of the initial actions. Y N
The problem may be intermittent, inform the operator of the remote machine, they should
Procedure report the problem to the telephone company.
WARNING Perform the following:

Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do • Confirm line is standard PSTN / PBX analogue line
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. • Line quality too poor for Super G3 or G3 to function correctly. Possible mains interference
on line. Possible DSL line, not properly filtered.
Verify with the customer that analog phone line is operational. Use a known good telephone
• Ask customer to request Fax capable service from telephone company.
handset or use the line test tool to check the telephone line. The dial tone is present.
• If mains noise, install a new Fax Board, REP 18.1.7. Use line 1.
Y N
Ask the customer to request a line check by the telephone company. • Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Set the value at the following locations:
Ensure Fax service is enabled and supported on that line by a PBX administrator. – NVM ID 200-085 T30 Maximum resolution Line 1 Rx = 7
– NVM ID 200-086 T30 Maximum resolution Line 2 Rx = 7
Call the handset from another telephone. The phone rings.
This sets the receive resolution capabilities for line 1 and line 2 to 400 x 400 max, this will
Y N
shorten the DIS.
Ask the customer to request a line check by the telephone company.
Ensure Fax service is enabled and supported on that line by a PBX administrator. • The DIS field is too long to enable successful communication.
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Change NVM ID 200-141 USSTOCKSUPPORTRAX to 0
Enable audio line monitor and set to Enable and High volume. (disable).
Dial the Fax number and listen for a dial tone or dialing and answer tones. A Fax tone is • Disable V34 (Super G3). Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write and reset the value at the follow-
present. ing locations:
Y N – NVM ID 200-089 T30MaxSpeedL1Rx = 11 (14400)
Go to 20G Embedded Fax Checkout
– NVM ID 200-090 T30MaxSpeedL2Rx = 11 (14400)
If the problem still exists try a lower line receive (Rx) speed: 12 = 12000, 13 = 9600, 14 =
7200, 15 = 4800, 16 = 2400
• Telephone cable • Send a three page test Fax from a known good fax machine.
Reconnect the fax and call the fax number from a independent telephone line and listen for a
Fax tone. The machine answers and a fax tone is heard.
Y N
Print an Activity Report. Check for receive calls on the Activity Report. Machine probably
does not bleep to indicate incoming call.
Check that the NVM values at NVM ID 200-203, NVM ID 200-423 and 200-426 are set to
the correct defaults to match the appropriate country setting. The machine answers and
a Fax tone is heard.
Y N
Go to 20G Fax Board Checkout
Print a Protocol Report and check for errors.
A
20D 2-128 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
20E Fax Will Not Print 20F Fax Board Checkout
Use this RAP to solve Fax printing problems. Use this RAP to check for problems with the Fax Board.

• Check the condition of the media in all trays. • Cycle system power
• Check that the trays are loaded with the appropriate media for printing the Fax. • Check that the Fax Board is correctly grounded.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
• If the received Fax has mixed size documents (example, the first prints are 8.5 x 11 and Check for +5V from the USB port. The voltage is good.
then followed by 8.5 x 14 prints). Check in the ‘All Incomplete Jobs’ queue, the job will Y N
print 8.5 x 11 pages without printing 8.5 x 14 pages and then the job will be deleted. Install a new components as required.
Perform the following: • USB cable
In Tools menu, go to Fax setup and select: • IP Board, REP 18.1.98
– Receive Defaults.
– Receive Printing mode and change to Manual.
– In paper sizes, select correct page for each size to match the paper in the tray. • IP Board, REP 18.1.98.
– Save and then change back to Auto. Save and Exit. Switch on the machine. The fault is cleared.
• If prompted for a size paper that is not loaded in trays. Y N
Perform the following: Return to the original fault code RAP and perform the remaining actions in the procedure.
In Tools menu, go to Fax setup and select:
– Receive Defaults. Go to SCP 6 and perform the final actions.
– Receive Printing mode.

– Select manual, change small paper setting to None and Save.
NOTE: For small, long and large paper sizes select NONE if the corresponding
paper is not loaded in the paper trays.
– Change setting to Auto and Save.
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-129 20E, 20F
20G Fax Problems on Digital Networks 20H Fax Tab Not Available RAP
Use this RAP to isolate the problem when using digital networks. Use this RAP to isolate the problem when the Fax service is not available or greyed out.
The Fax option was designed as an analog Group 3 device. This will have the best perfor- Initial Actions
mance when connected to a dedicated analog phone PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Net- • Cycle system power.
work) line or POTS (Plain Old Telephone system).
• Check Fax Board installation.
• The Fax option will function on the following technologies:
– ADSL - Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line Procedure
– DSL - Digital Subscriber Line WARNING
– VOIP - Voice Over Internet Protocol Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
– FOIP - Fax Over Internet Protocol, (T.38 protocol). not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
– T1 Trunk / E1 Trunk (Europe).
The Fax tab is displayed on the Control Panel.
NOTE: Due to the compression used on these technologies. The level of perfor- Y N
mance will be lower than on a PSTN or POTS. The fax installation was not completed.
Go to Fax Setup. Select Enable and Save. Cycle system power. This will initiate the ‘Fax
• The Fax option will not function on the following technology:
Install Wizard’ and follow the prompts on the screen to complete the install of the Fax.
– ISDN - Integrated Services Digital Network
Initial Actions The Fax tab is displayed after installation.
• Cycle system power. Y N
• Check with the customer or IT person on what network the Fax service is being used and Check that the Fax Board is installed correctly, REP 18.1.7.
what is the quality of service.
1. Cycle system power.
• Check that an analogue adapter or a connection for analogue terminals is available.
2. Check the connection between the Fax Board and IP Board.
• Ask the customer to check with service provider that an analogue port for Fax service has
3. Switch on the printer.
been provided and enabled.
The super fine tab is displayed.

Procedure Y N
WARNING The Server Fax may be enabled.
Go to Admin / Tools / Service Setting / Embedded Fax Setting / Fax Setup and press Dis-
able and Save. This will disable the Server Fax.
After installing Fax Module. The Fax selection tab is greyed out and requesting a pass
Perform the steps that follow:
code to enable the Fax (Scan to E-mail installed).
• Go to 20A Fax Entry RAP. Y N
• Request the latest SPAR release. The fax is installed correctly. Send a three page test fax to a known good fax machine.
• Disable V34. Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax Reports. Print a
Protocol Report and check for errors.
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write and reset the value at the following locations:
– NVM ID 200-087 T30MaxSpeedL1Tx = 11 (14400)
Reload system software with the AltBoot procedure, GP 9.
– NVM ID 200-088 T30MaxSpeedL2Tx = 11 (14400)
– NVM ID 200-089 T30MaxSpeedL1Rx = 11 (14400) NOTE: Software should only be loaded on a working machine. Loading or reloading software
onto a machine (or fax card) that has a fault will not work.
– NVM ID 200-090 T30MaxSpeedL2Rx = 11 (14400)
– NVM ID 203-105 V34toV21FallbackTime = 20
• If problems are still not resolved after these actions, then escalate the problem using the
normal escalation process
20G, 20H 2-130 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
20-302-00 to 20-305-00 Fax Board Hardware or Software 20-320-00 Fax Fault Not Cleared by Card Reset
Error 20-320-00 5 instances of unrecoverable fax fault not cleared by card reset
The Fax Board will automatically reset.
20-302-00 Fax Card Hardware or Software error Initial Actions
• Backup the phone book and customer settings, refer to dC361 Save and Restore.
20-303-00 Fax Card Hardware or Software error
20-305-00 Fax Card Hardware or Software error Procedure

WARNING
Initial Actions Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
• Backup the phone book and customer settings, refer to dC361 Save and Restore. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
WARNING Y N
Clear Fax NVM. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization, select Embedded Fax NVM initialization and
perform the routine, All Data. The error persists.
Y N Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
Y N

Y N
Go to 20F Fax Board Checkout.
20-322-00 NV Device Not Fitted to Basic Fax Card 20-323-00, 20-324-00 Fax System Memory is Low
20-322-00 NV device not fitted to basic fax card 20-323-00 Fax system memory is low
Initial Actions 20-324-00 Not enough memory to use Fax Service


WARNING • Backup the phone book and customer settings, refer to dC361 Save and Restore.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do • Delete saved Fax documents.
Cycle system power. The error persists. WARNING
Y N
perform the routine, All Data. The error persists. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Install new parts as necessary: Clear Fax NVM. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization, select Embedded Fax NVM initialization and
Y N
Install new parts as necessary:

20-327-00 Registers Cannot be Accessed on Extended 20-331-00 to 20-341-00 Fax Network Line 1 Fault
Card 20-331-00 No comms via PSTN1 port. Status code 20-562 is raised with this fault code
20-327-00 Registers cannot be accessed on the Extended card
20-332-00 No comms via PSTN2 port. Status code 20-563 is raised with this fault code
20-338-00 Fax communication error at power up or re-boot. Status code 20-549 is raised with
Initial Actions this fault code.
20-339-00 Fax Card Internal Fault. Status code 20-571 is raised with this fault code.
Procedure 20-340-00 FaxPort2ModemFailure. Status code 20-572 is raised with this fault code.
WARNING
20-341-00 Miscellaneous Basic Card problems. Status code 20-547 is raised with this fault
code
Initial Actions
Y N • Backup the phone book and customer settings, refer to dC361 Save and Restore.
Procedure
WARNING
Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Install new parts as necessary: Cycle system power. The error persists.
• Fax Board, REP 18.1.7 Y N
Check the connection between the Fax and IP Boards, REP 18.1.7. The connection is good.
Y N
Repair the connection.
Check the phone line. Plug a phone into the line and check for a dial tone. If a phone is not
available then use a line test tool. The phone line connection is good.
Y N
Inform the customer to have the line checked by the telephone company.

• Telephone cable
20-342-00 Error Accessing File on a NV Device 20-345-00 FaxPort1 Modem Failure
20-342-00 Error accessing file on a NV device 20-345-00 FaxPort1ModemFailure

• Backup the phone book and customer settings, refer to dC361 Save and Restore. • Backup the phone book and customer settings, refer to dC361 Save and Restore.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
Clear Fax NVM. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization, select Embedded Fax NVM initialization and Reseat USB connections between the Fax and IP Boards. The error persists.
perform the routine, All Data. The error persists. Y N
Y N Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. perform the routine, All Data. The error persists.
Y N
20-701-00 Phonebook Download Failed 20-710-00, 20-711-00 Fax Card Overwrite Errors
20-701-00 Phonebook download failed 20-710-00 IIO Error occurred on fax card when overwriting the job
Initial Actions 20-711-00 ODIO Error on fax card when overwriting compact flash memory
• Check that the Fax Board is correctly grounded.
NOTE: Status code 19-506 is raised with these fault codes.

WARNING • Check that the Fax Board is correctly grounded.
Y N
Reseat USB connections between the Fax and IP Boards. The error persists.
Y N
Y N
Reseat USB connections between the Fax and IP Boards. The error persists.
Y N
Y N
Install a new IP Board, REP 18.1.98. • Fax Board, REP 18.1.7
22-300-05 to 22-309-04 Other Network Faults 24 22-310-04 to 22-318-04 Other Network Faults 25 RAP
22-300-05 Image Complete fault 22-310-04 Extended Job Service fault
22-300-10 DVMA Transfer fault 22-311-04 Sequencer response fault
22-300-16 Clock overflow fault. Status code 03-561 is raised with this fault code 22-314-04 Module Registration Error
22-301-05 Scan resource fault 22-315-04 Module completion fault. Status code 22-503 is raised with this fault code.
22-309-04 No Accepts received fault. Five consecutive 22-309-04 will cause 22-319-04. 22-316-04 Job Paper Tray fault. Status code 22-504 is raised with this fault code.
Procedure 22-317-04 Job Finishing fault

WARNING 22-318-04 Job IOT fault
WARNING
Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Y N
22-319-04 IOT Integrity Problem While Printing a Job 22-320-00, 22-321-00 Scan to File Fault
22-319-04 IOT Integrity problem while printing a job 22-320-00 Scan to File install fault
This fault can result in two ways: 22-321-00 Scan to File remove fault
1. IOT cycles down and back up 10 times without printing a page within the same job caus-
ing a 22-319-04. Initial Actions
2. 5 consecutive 22-309-04 will also cause a 22-319-04. Refer to 22-309-04 for more infor- Check Scan to file is correctly configured.
mation.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Y N Y N
Check power is supplied directly from a wall outlet and the outlet provides adaquate power. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Power is OK.
Y N
Connect the printer to an adaquate power source.
22-321-04 RS422l ResponseTimeOutError 22-323-00 to 22-327-00 Service Faults
22-321-04 RS422l ResponseTimeOutError (Config Mismatch) 22-323-00 LAN FAX remove fault
NOTE: Status code 22-501 is raised with this fault code. 22-324-00 Scan to Email install fault
Initial Actions 22-325-00 Scan to Email remove fault

• Check machine configuration.
22-326-00 IFAX install Fault
Procedure
22-327-00 IFAX remove Fault
WARNING
WARNING
Y N
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Y N
22-328-00 Incomplete System Information 22-330-00 Supplies Plan Activation Code Entry Locked
22-328-00 Incomplete System Information. Accounting Service Data is corrup 22-330-00 Supplies Plan Activation Code entry locked; too many attempts
NOTE: Status code 22-564 is raised with this fault code. Procedure
Procedure WARNING
Y N
Y N
Obtain a new PIN and try again in 24 hours.
22-330-01 to 22-332-00 Queue Timed Out 22-335-00 to 22-340-00 Service Faults
22-330-01 List Jobs Request Timed out between UI and CCS 22-335-00 JBA install fault
22-330-02 Queue to NC print Timeout 22-336-00 JBA Remove Fault
22-330-03 Queue to Scan to file Timeout 22-337-00 ODIO install fault
22-330-04 Queue to FaxSend Timeout 22-338-00 ODIO remove fault
22-330-05 Queue to DC JOB service Timeout 22-339-00 IIO install fault
22-330-06 Queue to Scan to distribution Timeout 22-340-00 IIO remove fault
22-332-00 Plan Conversion entry locked; too many attempts Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
Cycle system power. The error persists. Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
Y N
Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
22-350-01, 22-350-02 Software Detects Non-Valid Xerox 22-351-01 to 22-351-03 SOK Write Failure
SOK 22-351-01 software option key 1 Write Failure
22-350-01 Software detected non-valid Xerox software option key 1
22-351-02 software option key 2 Write Failure
22-350-02 Software detected non-valid Xerox software option key 2 or 3
22-351-03 software option key 3 Write Failure
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Y N
Y N
Ignore all requested options from the software option key (SOK).
Ignore all requested options from the software option key (SOK).
22-352-00, 22-352-01 Serial Number Lost/Missing 22-360-00 Service Plan Inconsistant
22-352-00 Serial number lost/missing. A password routine may be required to write serial num- 22-360-00 Service plan inconsistant. A password routine may be required to write service plan/
ber to machine. region to machine.
22-352-01 Password routine required to write serial number to machine. NOTE: Status code 22-581 is raised with these fault codes.
NOTE: Status code 22-557 is raised with these fault codes. Procedure
WARNING
Initial Actions
NOTE: The SD Card is also referred to as the product enablement key. not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
• Check that the SD Card is present and fully inserted in the IP Board.
• Check fault history for 03-xxx fault codes. Go to the appropriate RAP.
Y N
Procedure
WARNING Install hardware removed before fault was raised. The error persists.
Y N
Recover using SD Card (PagePack only).
Check the serial number reported on the Control Panel matches the chassis label. The num-
bers are different.
Y N

Y N
Use dC132 to restore the serial number.
22-370-00 Unable to Communicate with XSA Database 22-371-00, 22-372-00 Fax Application Registration Error
22-370-00 Unable to communicate with XSA database 22-371-00 Fax Application Registration Error. Status code 22-566 is raised with this fault code
NOTE: Status code 22-562 is raised with this fault code. 22-372-00 Fax Application Un-Registration Error. Status code 22-567 is raised with this fault
code
Procedure
WARNING Procedure
Cycle system power. The error persists. Moving parts can cause injury.
Y N
Y N
Reseat USB connections on the Fax and IP boards. The error persists.
Y N
22-407-00 to 22-421-00 Embedded Fax Faults 22-701-04 Module Completion Fault
22-407-00 Install Embedded Fax Fault 22-701-04 Module completion fault
22-417-00 Removal Embedded Fax Fault Procedure

22-419-00 Enable Embedded Fax Fault
WARNING
22-421-00 Disable Embedded Fax Fault not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Y N
WARNING Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Reseat USB connections on the Fax and IP boards. The error persists.
Cycle system power. The error persists. Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
Y N
Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions. Perform GP 9 to reload system software.
Reseat USB connections on the Fax and IP boards. The error persists.
Y N
22-720-00, 22-721-00 Service Registry Errors 22-750-04 to 22-755-17 Configuration Mismatch RAP
22-720-00 Service Registry Bad data / Corrupted 22-750-04 Output Device Configuration Mismatch
22-721-00 Triple A gets no response from SRS 22-750-17 Accessory Card Configuration Mismatch
NOTE: Status code 16-503 is raised with these fault codes. 22-751-04 Paper Tray Configuration Mismatch
Procedure 22-754-17 UI Config change fault

WARNING
22-755-17 RDT Configuration Mismatch
Moving parts can cause injury. Initial Actions
Cycle system power. The error persists. Check option installation. Reseat all connections betwen the option and printer.
Y N
Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions. Procedure
WARNING
Y N
41-340-00 to 41-414-00 IOT NVM Error 41-388-00 Marking Logic Fail
41-340-00 IOT NVM-Verify Data Read error 41-388-00 Marking Logic Fail
41-342-00 F/W Exception Handling Error NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 04-561 are raised with this fault code.
41-400-00 IOT NVM-Read NVM failure version Procedure

WARNING
41-402-00 IOT NVM-Read the data write copy failed area at three locations Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
41-404-00 IOT NVM-Ack-time error 1byte Read
CAUTION
41-406-00 IOT NVM-Ack-time error Continuous Read
Do not replace the MCU and IP Boards at the same time. Replace or check the IP Board first,
41-408-00 IOT NVM-Write on the device can not start Busy then cycle system power before replacing the MCU Board.
41-410-00 IOT NVM-Can not Write (Verify error) Y N
41-412-00 IOT NVM-Write process is completed without
Check the wiring and connections between the MCU and IP Boards. The error persists.
41-414-00 IOT NVM-Write retry processing over Y N
Perform a Forced AltBoot GP 9 to reload system software. The error persists.
Procedure Y N
WARNING Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
Moving parts can cause injury. • MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
CAUTION • IP Board, REP 18.1.98
then cycle system power before replacing the MCU Board.
Y N
Check the wiring and connections between the MCU and IP Boards. The error persists.
Y N

42-313-00 Side Cooling Fan Failure 42-330-00 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail
42-313-00 Cooling Fan Fail 42-330-00 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail

• Check for accumulations of dust, debris or other obstructions preventing Fan rotation. • Check for accumulations of dust, debris or other obstructions preventing Fan rotation.
• Check the Fan harness for damage. • Check the Fan harness for damage.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Use dC330 code 42-003 to test the LVPS Fan. The Fan rotates. Use dC330 code 42-001 to test the Rear Fan. The Fan rotates.
Y N Y N
Check the Fan harness and connections between the Fan and LVPS. The wiring is Check the Fan harness and connections between the Fan and LVPS. The wiring is
good. good.
Y N Y N
Secure the connections or repair the Fan harness as necessary. Secure the connections or repair the Fan harness as necessary.

• LVPS Fan, REP 4.1.1 • Rear Fan, REP 19.3.9
• LVPS, REP 18.1.12 • LVPS, REP 18.1.12
45-301-00 to 45-305-00 IOT I/F Error
41-301-00 I/F Ack Unreceived High
41-302-00 I/F Ack Unreceived Low
41-303-00 I/F Received Buffer Overflow
41-304-00 I/F Send Buffer High Overflow
41-305-00 I/F Send Buffer Low Overflow
Procedure
WARNING
CAUTION
then cycle system power before replacing the MCU Board. Simultaneous replacement of IP
and MCU Boards will make the printer inoperable.
Y N
Check the wiring and connections between the MCU and IP Boards. The wiring is good.
Y N
Re-seat loose connectors or install new components as necessary:
61-020-00 to 61-340-00 ROS Error 62-311-00 to 62-389-00 IIT Scan Error
61-020-00 ROS Rotation fail 62-311-00 IISS LOGIC Fail. Status code 03-557 is raised with this fault code.
61-327-00 ROS Warm up fail 62-317-00 IIT Video Over-run
61-340-00 ROS LD fail 62-318-00 IIT Scanning Timing error
NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 06-515 are raised with this fault code. 62-319-00 PLL Lock Time Out error
Procedure 62-321-00 Scan failure

WARNING
62-322-00 S/W Parameter error
Moving parts can cause injury. 62-360-00 CRG Position Fail

62-345-00 IISS EEPROM Fail
Y N
62-362-00 X Hard Fail
Use dC330 code 61-001 to test the Laser Unit motor. The Laser Unit motor rotates.
62-380-00 AGC Fail
Y N
Replace the Laser Unit, REP 2.1.1
62-386-00 AOC Fail
Replace the IP Board, REP 18.1.98 62-389-00 CRG Over Run Fail
NOTE: Status code 14-517 is raised with these fault codes.
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
Check connections and wiring between the IIT Assembly (Scanner) and IP Board. The wiring
is good.
Y N
Repair or reseat wiring as needed.

• IIT Assembly, REP 21.1.14
62-316-00 DADF Motor Fail 62-790-00 PreIPS XFail
62-316-00 DADF Motor Fail 62-790-00 PreIPS XFail. Bank note detected.
NOTE: Status code 14-517 is raised with this fault code. Procedure
Procedure WARNING
Y N
Y N
Check connections and wiring between the IIT Assembly and IP Board. The wiring is good.
Check connections and wiring between the DADF Assembly and IP Board. The wiring is
Y N
good.
Y N
• IIT Assembly, REP 21.1.14
• IP Board REP 18.1.98
70-099-00 I/F IOTFED Communication 71-101-00 Tray1 Misfeed Jam
70-099-00 I/F IOTFED Communication 71-101-00 Tray1 Misfeed Jam
NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 92-530 are raised with this fault code. NOTE: Status code 07-501 is raised with this fault code.

• Lock the Optional Feeder to the printer. • Check media condition.
• Reseat the printer on the Optional Feeder. • Check for obstructions in the media path.
• Check for damage to the option connections. • Check Tray 1 media guides and lift operation.
• Check Feed Roller condition.
Procedure • Check actuator condition.
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Procedure
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or WARNING
WARNING supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 20. The module injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
is heavy. Check the Nudger, Feed, and Retard Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The roll-
Cycle system power. The error persists. ers are undamaged and clean.
Y N Y N
Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions. Clean or replace the rollers.
Remove the printer from the Optional Feeder. Check feeder option connector continuity. The Use dC330 code 071-102 to test the Registration Sensor. The sensor signal changes.
harnesses are undamaged. Y N
Y N Check the connection between the HVPS and MCU Board. The connection is secure.
Repair the damaged option harness. Y N
Secure the connection.
lnstall new components as necessary:
• Feeder Board, REP 11.1.5 Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5.
Use dC330 code 071-005 to test the Feed Clutch. The clutch activates.
Y N
Replace the Feed Clutch, REP 15.2.16.
Use dC330 code 071-001 to test the Main Drive Assembly. The motor rotates.
Y N
Replace the Main Drive Assembly, REP 3.1.1.

• Feed Rollers, REP 9.2.98
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-153 70-099-00 , 71-101-00
71-215-00 Tray 1 Feeder Composition Error 72-098-00 to 74-098-00 Option Feeder Mode
71-215-00 Tray 1 Feeder Composition Error 72-098-00 Option Feeder2 Mode
NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 72-215 are raised with this fault code. 73-098-00 Option Feeder3 Mode
Procedure 74-098-00 Option Feeder4 Mode

WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 77-098 are raised with this fault code.
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 20. The module
is heavy.
Verify product and option compatibility, The Tray is supported.
Y N
WARNING
Install the correct Tray. Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 20. The module
is heavy.
Perform GP 9 to reload system software. Reinstall the Tray and test. The error persists. Cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
Perform a Forced AltBoot GP 9 to reload system software. Remove the Optional Feeder, then obtain the appropriate system software set and perform GP
9 to reload system software. Reinstall the Optional Feeder and test. The error persists.
Y N
Replace the Feeder Board, REP 11.1.5.
72-101-00 Tray 2 Misfeed Jam 72-102-00 Feeder Path 2 Sensor On Jam (RC2)
72-101-00 Tray2 Misfeed Jam 72-102-00 Feeder Path 2 Sensor On Jam (RC2)

• Check media condition. • Check for obstructions in the media path.
• Check for obstructions in the media path. • Check Optional Feeder Path Sensor actuator condition.
• Check Tray 2 media guides and lift operation.
• Check Feed and Take Away Roller condition. Procedure
• Check actuator condition. WARNING
Procedure supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
WARNING injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the Nudger, Feed, and Separator Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The
rollers are undamaged and clean.
Y N
Clean or replace the rollers.
Check the Nudger, Feed, and Retard Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The roll-
ers are undamaged and clean.
Use dC330 code 071-102 to test the Registration Sensor. The sensor signal changes.
Y N
Y N
Clean or replace the rollers. Check the connection between the HVPS and MCU Board. The connection is secure.
Y N
Use dC330 code 071-119 to test the Tray 2 Path Sensor. The sensor signal changes.
Y N
Replace the Path Sensor, REP 11.4.4. Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5.
Use dC330 code 071-018 to test the Tray 2 Feed Solenoid. The clutch activates. Use dC330 code 071-119 to test the Tray 2 Path Sensor. The sensor signal changes.
Y N Y N
Replace the Path Sensor, REP 11.4.4.
Use dC330 code 071-021 to test the Tray 2 Registration. The clutch activates. Use dC330 code 071-018 to test the Tray 2 Feed Solenoid. The clutch activates.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Registration Clutch, REP 11.2.20. Replace the Feed Clutch, REP 11.1.8.
Use dC330 code 071-009 to test the Tray 2 Feed Motor. The motor rotates.
Use dC330 code 071-021 to test the Tray 2 Registration. The clutch activates.
Y N Y N
Replace the Feed Motor, REP 11.1.5. Replace the Registration Clutch, REP 11.2.20.
lnstall new components as necessary: Use dC330 code 071-009 to test the Tray 2 Feed Motor. The motor rotates.
• Option Feeder Feed Assembly, REP 11.1.20 Y N
• MCU Board, REP 18.2.2 Replace the Feed Motor, REP 11.1.5.

• Option Feeder Feed Assembly, REP 11.1.20
72-215-00 Tray 2 Feeder Composition Error 72-216-00 Option Feeder Motor2 Error
72-215-00 Tray 2 Feeder Composition Error 72-216-00 Option Feeder Motor2

• Check Optional Feeder part number. • Check for obstructions in the media path.
• Check Optional Feeder installation. • Check Optional Feeder installation.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Cycle system power. The error persists. Use dC330 code 071-009 to test the Tray 2 Feed Motor. The motor rotates.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Replace the Feed Motor, REP 11.1.7
lnstall new components as necessary: lnstall new components as necessary:

• Option Feeder Board, REP 11.1.5 • Option Feeder Board, REP 11.1.5
• Optional Feeder Assembly, REP 11.1.99 • MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
73-101-00 Tray3 Misfeed Jam 73-102-00 Path 3 Sensor On Jam (RC3)
73-101-00 Tray3 Misfeed Jam 73-102-00 Path 3 Sensor On Jam (RC3)

• Check media condition. 1. Check for obstructions in the media path.
• Check for obstructions in the media path. 2. Check Optional Feeder Path Sensor actuator condition.
Check the Nudger, Feed, and Separator Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The
Y N
Y N
Y N
Clean or replace the rollers. Check the connection between the HVPS and MCU Board. The connection is secure.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Path Sensor, REP 11.4.4. Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5.
Use dC330 code 071-019 to test the Tray 3 Feed Solenoid. The clutch activates. Use dC330 code 071-120 to test the Tray 3 Path Sensor. The sensor signal changes.
Y N Y N
Use dC330 code 071-022 to test the Tray 3 Registration. The clutch activates. Use dC330 code 071-019 to test the Tray 3 Feed Solenoid. The clutch activates.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Registration Clutch, REP 11.2.20. Replace the Feed Clutch, REP 11.1.8.
Y N Y N
Replace the Feed Motor, REP 11.1.5. Replace the Registration Clutch, REP 11.2.20.
lnstall new components as necessary: Use dC330 code 071-012 to test the Tray 3 Feed Motor. The motor rotates.
• Option Feeder Feed Assembly, REP 11.1.20 Y N
• MCU Board, REP 18.2.2 Replace the Feed Motor, REP 11.1.5.

73-215-00 Tray 3 Feeder Composition Error 73-216-00 Option Feeder Motor3 Error
73-215-00 Tray 3 Feeder Composition Error 73-216-00 Option Feeder Motor3

• Check Optional Feeder part number. • Check for obstructions in the media path.
• Check Optional Feeder installation. • Check Optional Feeder installation.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Cycle system power. The error persists. Use dC330 code 071-012 to test the Tray 3 Feed Motor. The motor rotates.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Replace the Feed Motor, REP 11.1.7.

• Option Feeder Board, REP 11.1.5 • Option Feeder Board, REP 11.1.5
• Optional Feeder Assembly, REP 11.1.99 • MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
74-101-00 Tray 4 Misfeed Jam 74-215-00 Tray 4 Feeder Composition Error
74-101-00 Tray4 Misfeed Jam 74-215-00 Tray 4 Feeder Composition Error
NOTE: Status code 07-504 is raised with this fault code. NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 77-216 are raised with this fault code.

• Check media condition. 1. Check Optional Feeder part number.
• Check for obstructions in the media path. 2. Check Optional Feeder installation.
Y N
1. Option Feeder Board, REP 11.1.5
Y N
Clean or replace the rollers. 2. Optional Feeder Assembly, REP 11.1.99
3. MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
Y N
Use dC330 code 071-019 to test the Tray 3 Feed Solenoid. The clutch activates.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Registration Clutch, REP 11.2.20.
Y N
Replace the Feed Motor, REP 11.1.5.

74-216-00 Option Feeder Motor4 Error 75-101-00 Bypass Misfeed Jam
74-216-00 Option Feeder Motor4 75-101-00 Bypass Misfeed Jam
NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 77-216 are raised with this fault code. NOTE: Status code 07-505 is raised with this fault code.

1. Check for obstructions in the media path. 1. Check media condition.
2. Check Optional Feeder installation. 2. Check for obstructions in the media path.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Use dC330 code 071-015 to test the Tray 4 Feed Motor. The motor rotates. Check the Nudger, Feed, and Separator Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The
Y N rollers are undamaged and clean.
Replace the Feed Motor, REP 11.1.7. Y N
1. Option Feeder Board Use dC330 code 071-102 to test the Registration Sensor. The sensor signal changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor.
Use dC330 code 071-004 to test the Feed Solenoid. The solenoid activates.
Y N
Replace the MSI Feed Solenoid.
Y N

1. MSI Pick-up Assembly, REP 13.1.15
77-101-00 Regi Off Jam 77-102-00 Psync On Jam
77-101-00 Regi Off Jam 77-102-00 Psync On Jam
NOTE: Status code 07-522 is raised with this fault code. NOTE: Status code 07-5?? is raised with this fault code.

1. Check media condition. 1. Check media condition.
2. Check for obstructions in the media path. 2. Check for obstructions in the media path.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Check the Nudger, Feed, and Separator Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The Check the Nudger, Feed, and Separator Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The
rollers are undamaged and clean. rollers are undamaged and clean.
Y N Y N
Clean or replace the rollers. Clean or replace the rollers.
Use dC330 code 071-102 to test the Registration Sensor. The sensor signal changes. Use dC330 code 071-102 to test the Registration Sensor. The sensor signal changes.
Y N Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor. Replace the Registration Sensor.
Use dC330 code 071-006 to test the Registration Clutch. The clutch activates. Use dC330 code 071-006 to test the Registration Clutch. The clutch activates.
Y N Y N
Replace the Registration Clutch. Replace the Registration Clutch.
Use dC330 code 071-001 to test the Main Drive Assembly. The motor rotates. Use dC330 code 071-001 to test the Main Drive Assembly. The motor rotates.
Y N Y N
Replace the Main Drive Assembly, REP 3.1.1. Replace the Main Drive Assembly, REP 3.1.1.
lnstall new components as necessary: Cycle system power. The error persists.
1. Transport Assembly, REP 15.1.6 Y N
2. MCU Board, REP 18.2.2 Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.

Y N

1. Transport Assembly, REP 15.1.6
77-103-00, 77-104-00, 77-106-00 Exit On/Off Jam 77-110-00 Feeder Regi Sensor On Jam
77-103-00 Exit Off Jam 77-110-00 Feeder Regi sensor On Jam
77-104-00 Exit Off Early Jam NOTE: Status code 07-520 is raised with this fault code.
77-106-00 Exit On Jam Initial Actions

1. Check media condition.
NOTE: Status code 07-5?? is raised with this fault code. 2. Check for obstructions in the media path.
Initial Actions
1. Check Exit Sensor actuator operation.
Procedure
2. Check for obstructions in the media path. WARNING
WARNING Check the Nudger, Feed, and Separator Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer rollers are undamaged and clean.
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Y N
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Clean or replace the rollers.
WARNING
Y N
Check the Nudger, Feed, and Separator Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The Replace the Registration Sensor.
Y N
Use dC330 code 071-006 to test the Registration Clutch. The clutch activates.
Clean or replace the rollers. Y N
Replace the Registration Clutch.
Use dC330 code 071-103 to test the Exit Sensor. The sensor signal changes.
Y N Use dC330 code 071-001 to test the Main Drive Assembly. The motor rotates.
Replace the Exit Sensor. Y N
Y N lnstall new components as necessary:
Use dC330 code 071-007 to test the Exit Clutch. The clutch activates. 2. MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
Y N
Replace the Exit Clutch.
Y N
Replace the Registration Clutch.
Y N

1. Exit Chute Assembly, REP 17.1.99
77-103-00, 77-104-00, 77-106-00, 77-110-00 2-162 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
77-123-00 Duplex Regi On Jam 77-300-00 Front Door Interlock Open
77-110-00 Duplex Regi On Jam 77-300-00 Front Door Interlock Open

1. Check Rear Cover latch and fitment. 1. Check Front Cover latch and fitment.
2. Check media condition. 2. Check front interlock actuator
3. Check for obstructions in the media path. 3. Check Front Interlock Switch position and condition.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
WARNING Use dC330 code 041-300 to test the Front Interlock Switch. The switch signal changes.
Y N
Repair the Front Interlock Switch.
Check the Duplex, Exit, and Pinch Rollers for excessive wear or contamination. The rollers
are undamaged and clean.
Y N 1. Front Cover Assembly, REP 19.1.96
Y N
Replace the Registration Clutch. REP 15.2.4.
Use dC330 code 071-008 to test the Exit Invert Clutch. The clutch activates.
Y N
Replace the Exit Invert Drive Assembly, REP 3.1.3.
Y N

1. Duplex Chute Assembly, REP 14.1.12
2. Exit Drive Assembly, REP 3.1.2
77-301-00 Rear Door Interlock Open 77-900-00 IOT Static Jam
77-301-00 Rear Door Interlock Open 77-900-00 IOT Static Jam

1. Check Rear Cover latch and fitment. 1. Clear any media from the media path.
2. Check rear interlock actuator 2. Check for obstructions at or near the Retgistration Sensor Actuator.
3. Check Rear Interlock Switch position and condition. 3. Cycle system power.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
WARNING Use dC330 code 071-102 to test the Registration Sensor. The sensor signal changes.
Y N
Use dC330 code 041-301 to test the Rear interlock Switch The switch signal changes.
Y N
Replace the Rear Interlock Switch, REP 15.1.97. 1. Transport Assembly, REP 15.1.6
1. Rear Door Assembly, REP 19.3.99
2. LVPS, REP 18.1.12
77-901-00 Feeder Static Jam
77-901-00 Feeder Static Jam
Initial Actions
1. Clear any media from the media path.
2. Check for obstructions at or near the Exit Sensor.
3. Cycle system power.
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Use the appropriate dC330 code ( 071-118, 119, or 120) to test all Optional Tray Path Sen-
sors. Each sensor signal changes.
Y N
Replace the affected Path Sensor, REP 11.4.4.

1. Feed Assembly, REP 11.1.20
91-401-00, 91-402-00 K Drum Cartridge Life Near End 91-913-00 K Drum Cartridge Dead Stop Error
91-401-00 K Drum Cartridge Life Near End 91-913-00 K Drum Cartridge Dead Stop Error
91-402-00 K Drum Cartridge Life End NOTE: Status code 09-521 is raised with these fault codes.
NOTE: Status code 09-533 is raised with these fault codes. Initial Actions
• Reseat the Drum Cartridge.
Initial Actions • Verify Drum Cartridge is genuine Xerox.
• Reseat the Drum Cartridge.
• Cycle system power.
• Verify Drum Cartridge is genuine Xerox.
• Cycle system power. Procedure
WARNING
Procedure
WARNING supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Cycle system power. The error persists.
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Y N
Check Drum Cartridge life count. The Drum Cartridge is at or near end of life. Go to SCP 6 and complete the Final Actions.
Y N
Reseat the Drum Cartridge and cycle system power. The error persists. Check Drum Cartridge life count. The Drum Cartridge is at or near end of life.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions Reseat the Drum Cartridge and cycle system power. The error persists.
Y N
lnstall new components as necessary: Perform SCP 6 Final Actions
• Xerographic Connector, REP 5.1.10
• MCU Board, REP 18.2.2 lnstall new components as necessary:
• Toner Cartridge, REP 8.1.2
Replace the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1 from customer stock. • Xerographic Connector, REP 5.1.10
Replace the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1 from customer stock.
91-914-00 to 91-936-00 K Drum Cartridge Error 92-315-00 ATCFail [K]
91-914-00 K Drum Cartridge Comm Error 92-315-00 ATCFail [K]
91-915-00 K Drum Cartridge Data Error NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 04-563 are raised with this fault code. Fault codes are not
cleared by power Off/On if the number of of ATC Fail faults reched the threshold value.
91-921-00 K Drum Cartridge Missing. Status code 09-553.
Initial Actions
91-936-00 K Drum Cartridge ID Error • Verify Drum Cartridge is genuine Xerox.
• Clean the area surrounding the ATC Sensor.
• Inspect the Drum Cartridge Xerographic Connector.
Initial Actions • Cycle system power.
• Verify Drum Cartridge is genuine Xerox.
• Inspect the Drum Cartridge Xerographic Connector. Procedure
• Cycle system power. WARNING
WARNING
Check the Drum Cartridge life count. Drum Cartridge life remains.
Y N
Replace the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1 from customer stock.
Check Xerographic Connector condition. The Xerographic Connector is good. Check Xerographic Connector condition. The Xerographic Connector is good.
Y N Y N
Replace the Xerographic Connector. The error persists. Replace the Xerographic Connector. The error persists.
Y N Y N

• Xerographic Connector, REP 5.1.10 • Xerographic Connector, REP 5.1.10
• MCU Board, REP 18.2.2 • MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
Replace the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1 from customer stock. Replace the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1 from customer stock.
92-584-00, 92-586-00 Internal - Over Temp Failure 92-650-00 K Image Calibration Error 1
92-584-00 Internal temperature over temp Broken. Status codes 03-561 and 04-563 are raised 92-650-00 K Image Calibration Error 1
with this fault code.
NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 09-548 are raised with this fault code. .
92-586-00 Internal - Over temp failure
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Verify Drum Cartridge is genuine Xerox.
• Verify printer installation complys with environmental specifications. • Clean the area surrounding the ATC Sensor.
• Clear vents of any dust accumulation. • Inspect the Drum Cartridge Xerographic Connector.
• Cycle system power. • Cycle system power.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Use dC140 code 091-200 to check environmental sensor operation. The sensor is good. Check the Drum Cartridge life count. Drum Cartridge life remains.
Y N Y N
Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5. Replace the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1 from customer stock.
Use dC330 code 042-001 to test the Rear Fan. The fan rotates. Check Xerographic Connector condition. The Xerographic Connector is good.
Y N Y N
Replace the Rear Fan, REP 19.3.9. Replace the Xerographic Connector. The error persists.
Y N
Use dC330 code 042-003 to test the LVPS Fan The fan rotates. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions
Y N
Replace the LVPS Fan, REP 4.1.1. lnstall new components as necessary:
• Xerographic Connector, REP 5.1.10
lnstall new components as necessary: • MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
• HVPS, REP 18.2.5
• LVPS, REP 18.1.12 Replace the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1 from customer stock.
92-661-00 Environment Temperature Sensor Fail 92-805-00 24V Fan Off Detect
92-661-00 Environment Temperature Sensor Fail 92-584-00 24V fan off detect.

WARNING • Clear vents of any dust accumulation.
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer • Cycle system power.
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Procedure
Use dC140 code 091-200 to check environmental sensor operation. The sensor is good. WARNING
Y N
Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5.
• MCU Board, REP 18.2.2 Use dC330 code 042-003 to test the LVPS Fan The fan rotates.
Y N
Replace the LVPS Fan, REP 4.1.1.
Use dC140 code 091-200 to check environmental sensor operation. The sensor is good.
Y N

• LVPS Fan, REP 4.1.1.
• LVPS, REP 18.1.12
92-661-00 , 92-805-00 2-170 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
93-317-00 K Drum Cartridge Dispense Fail 93-425-00, 93-912-00 K Toner Cartridge Life Near End
93-317-00 K Drum Cartridge Dispense Fail 93-425-00 K Toner Cartridge Life Near End
NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 09-548 are raised with this fault code. . 93-912-00 K Toner Cartridge Life End
Initial Actions NOTE: Status code 09-501 is raised with these fault codes.
• Verify Toner Cartridge is genuine Xerox.
• Reseat and lock the Toner Cartridge.
Initial Actions
• Reseat and lock the Toner Cartridge.
Procedure • Cycle system power.
WARNING
Procedure
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or WARNING
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer
Check Toner Cartridge life count. Toner Cartridge life remains. supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
Y N injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Replace the Toner Cartridge, REP 8.1.2. Check Toner Cartridge life count. The Toner Cartridge is at or near end of life.
Y N
Remove and gently shake the Toner Cartridge. Replace the cartridge, then cycle system power Reseat and lock the Toner Cartridge, then cycle system power. The error persists.
and retest. The error persists. Y N
Y N Perform SCP 6 Final Actions
Use dC330 code 093-001 to briefly test the Dispense Motor The motor rotates. • Toner Cartridge from customer stock, REP 8.1.2
Y N • Toner CRUM Assembly, REP 5.1.99
Replace the Dispense Motor, REP 5.1.5.
Check Xerographic Connector condition. The Xerographic Connector is good. Replace the Toner Cartridge, REP 8.1.2 from customer stock.
Y N
Replace the Xerographic Connector. The error persists.
Y N

• Toner Cartridge from customer stock, REP 8.1.2
• Drum Cartridge from customer stock, REP 8.1.1
Replace the Toner Cartridge, REP 8.1.2 from customer stock.
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-171 93-317-00 , 93-425-00, 93-912-00
93-925-00, 93-926-00, 93-928-00 K Toner Cartridge Error 93-938-00 CRUM Validation
93-925-00 K Toner ID Error 93-938-00 Crum validation
93-926-00 K Toner Cartridge Data Error Initial Actions

• Inspect the Toner Cartridge CRUM connector.
93-928-00 K Toner Cartridge Comm Failure
• Reseat and lock theToner Cartridge.
NOTE: Status codes 03-561 and 09-548 are raised with these fault codes. • Cycle system power.
Initial Actions Procedure

WARNING
• Inspect the Toner Cartridge CRUM connector.
Procedure Check Toner CRUM Connector condition. The Toner CRUM Assembly is good.
WARNING Y N
Replace the Toner CRUM Assembly. The error persists.
Y N
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Perform SCP 6 Final Actions
Check Toner Cartridge life count. Toner Cartridge life remains.

Y N
• Toner CRUM Assembly, REP 5.1.99
Check Toner CRUM Connector condition. The Toner CRUM Assembly is good. • MCU Board, REP 18.2.2
Y N
Replace the Toner CRUM Assembly. The error persists. Replace the Toner Cartridge, REP 8.1.2 from customer stock.
Y N

93-925-00, 93-926-00, 93-928-00 , 93-938-00 2-172 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
93-973-00 Toner CRUM [K] Not in Position 94-419-00, 94-422-00 BTR Near Life End
93-973-00 Toner CRUM [K] not in position 94-419-00 BTR Near Life End
NOTE: Status code 09-543 is raised with this fault code. 94-422-00 BTR Life End
Initial Actions NOTE: Status codes 94-320 and 94-300 respectively are raised with these fault codes.
• Reseat and lock theToner Cartridge.
Initial Actions
• Check Transfer Roller life count.
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
Check Toner CRUM Connector condition. The Toner CRUM Assembly is good.
Y N WARNING
Replace the Toner CRUM Assembly. The error persists. Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot.
Y N
Check Transfer Roller life count. The Transfer Roller is at or near end of life.
Y N
lnstall new components as necessary: • Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1
• Toner Cartridge, REP 8.1.2
• MCU Board, REP 18.2.2 Replace the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
95-000-00 to 95-305-00 Upgrade Failure 95-110-00 Upgrade Failure : HCSS BO Application
One or more system software components has failed to upgrade.

95-140-00 Upgrade Failure : DC NC Application
95-000-00 Upgrade Failure : DC Boot Code

95-141-00 Upgrade Failure : DC NC Operation System
95-001-00 Upgrade Failure : SWUP Code

95-150-00 Upgrade Failure : IIT Application
95-002-00 Upgrade Failure : DC Application 95-151-00 Upgrade Failure : Embedded Fax Application
95-008-00 Upgrade Failure : DC operating System

95-153-00 Upgrade Failure : IIT Kernel
95-009-00 Upgrade Failure : DC CIPS

95-154-00 Upgrade Failure : IIT A4 Scan
95-016-00 Upgrade Failure : SUI Application

95-155-00 Upgrade Failure : IIT CCD Module
95-019-00 Upgrade Failure : SUI H8

95-156-00 Upgrade Failure : IIT FW TES Module
95-020-00 Upgrade Failure : DADH Application

95-157-00 Upgrade Failure : DADH Quiet 100 Sheet Module
95-021-00 Upgrade Failure : External Memeory

95-158-00 Upgrade Failure : DADH 100 Sheet Module
95-022-00 Upgrade Failure : DADH Kernel

95-159-00 Upgrade Failure : DADH Quiet Module
95-030-00 Upgrade Failure : Fax Application 95-170-00 Upgrade Failure : Scanner
95-031-00 Upgrade Failure : Fax FPGA 95-180-00 Upgrade Failure : HCF FW Module
95-035-00 Upgrade Failure : Fax Boot

95-190-00 Upgrade Failure : PFM FW Module
95-038-00 Upgrade Failure : Embedded Fax 95-191-00 Upgrade Failure : PFP FW Module
95-040-00 Upgrade Failure : IOT Bootstrap 95-192-00 Upgrade Failure : HVF Application
95-041-00 Upgrade Failure : IOT Boot Loader

95-193-00 Upgrade Failure : HVF BM Application
95-042-00 Upgrade Failure : IOT Application 95-194-00 Upgrade Failure : HVF BC
95-048-00 Upgrade Failure : IOT Duplex Module 95-195-00 Upgrade Failure : HVF BM BC
95-049-00 Upgrade Failure : IOT LC Module

95-196-00 Upgrade Failure : PFP BL
95-050-00 Upgrade Failure : LCSS 1K Application 95-200-00 Upgrade Failure : C Finisher Application
95-060-00 Upgrade Failure : LCSS 2K Application 95-201-00 Upgrade Failure : D Finisher Application
95-065-00 Upgrade Failure : LCSS 2K Boot

95-202-00 Upgrade Failure : KM Finisher Application
95-070-00 Upgrade Failure : LCSS 3K Application

95-203-00 Upgrade Failure : A Finisher Application
95-100-00 Upgrade Failure : HCSS BO HCSS Application 95-204-00 Upgrade Failure : SB Finisher Application
95-206-00 Upgrade Failure PFM Tray 3 Application 95-300-00 to 95-302-00 Upgrade Failure : Incompatible
95-207-00 Upgrade Failure : PFM Tray 4 Application Product
95-300-00 Upgrade Failure : Incompatible Product
95-208-00 Upgrade Failure : PFM Tray 5 Application
95-301-00 Upgrade Failure : Incompatible HW
95-212-00 Upgrade Failure : DC IOT Proxy
95-302-00 Upgrade Failure : Incompatible FW
95-213-00 Upgrade Failure : DC IIT Proxy
95-214-00 Upgrade Failure : DC ACD and upgrade report printed. An entry is made in Upgrade History log.
95-216-00 Upgrade Failure : DC Glue Procedure

95-217-00 Upgrade Failure : DC PWS Proxy
WARNING
95-218-00 Upgrade Failure : SS Boot Code not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury.
95-219-00 Upgrade Failure : SS Application Verify product model, then obtain the appropriate system software set and perform GP 9 to
reload system software. The error persists.
95-221-00 Upgrade Failure : LVF Boot Y N
95-222-00 Upgrade Failure : LVF Application
Perform a Forced AltBoot GP 9 to reload system software.
95-223-00 Upgrade Failure : LVF BM Boot
95-224-00 Upgrade Failure : LVF BM Application
95-251-00 Upgrade Failure : DC Nomad Proxy
95-254-00 Upgrade Failure : DC URD
95-255-00 Upgrade Failure : DC SCD
Procedure
WARNING
persists.
Y N
95-303-00, 95-304-00 Upgrade Failure: Downgrade / 95-305-00 Upgrade Failure: Platform Sync
Sidegrade 95-305-00 Upgrade Failure : Platform Sync
95-303-00 Upgrade Failure : Downgrade
and upgrade report printed. An entry is made in Upgrade History log.
95-304-00 Upgrade Failure : Sidegrade
The reload process does not start and the printer resets. If configured, an email alert is sent Procedure
and upgrade report printed. An entry is made in Upgrade History log. WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Obtain a current system software set, then perform GP 9 to reload system software. The error
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. persists.
persists.
Y N
OF 1 Unusual Noises Solution:
– Remove and clean the shafts and plastic bushes with antistatic fluid.
Use this procedure to isolate unusual noises.
• Knocking noise.
NOTE: Due to the intermittent nature of unusual noises, this RAP can only give guidance on Possible causes are:
how to isolate noises. This RAP will not find all possible causes. When machines become old – The feed motor not tensioned correctly, causing the drive belts to slip.
and worn, unusual noises may arise that are not covered in this RAP.
Solution:
Procedure – Replace the DADF, REP 21.1.1.
WARNING • Gear rattle.
Possible causes are:
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. – A loose meshing of the clutch and motor gears.
Moving parts can cause injury. Solution:
1. Ask the customer to demonstrate the function that generates the unusual noise. – Replace the DADF, REP 21.1.1.
2. Check the fault and error logs. Scanner
3. Cycle system power. Wait while the printer performs a normal initialization and warm-up. Possible causes and potential solutions are:
4. Run the machine in all modes. Also use the diagnostics to run individual components. Go • Grinding.
to the relevant subsection:
• DADF
– The scan carriage is moving erratically and the scan motor is generating a grinding
• Scanner sound. The teeth of the scanner drive belt are not engaging with the capstan on the
• Bypass Tray scan motor.
• Tray 1 Solution:
• Optional Feeder Assembly – Replace the Scanner, REP 21.1.14.
• Exit Path Bypass Tray
• Fans Run the following components:
DADF • Combine dC330 code 071.001, Main Drive Assembly, and 071.004, MSI Feed Solenoid to
Possible causes and potential solutions are: test Bypass Tray feed components.
• Grinding noise. Possible causes and potential solutions are:
Possible causes are: • No drive or a knocking noise.
– Feed bearinga can stick, preventing the feed roll from free wheeling as the docu- Possible causes are:
ment is transported. – Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts.
– Large flat spots, confined to one or two areas on the retard roll, which causes feed – Contamination of the drive shafts and the bearings.
noise and an increase in jams. Solution:
Solution: – Check the Bypass Pick-up Assembly, PL 13.1 Item 15.
– Install a new Pick-up Module, PL 21.1 Item 97. – Adjust or install new components as necessary.
– Replace the DADF, REP 21.1.1. Tray 1
• Noise from the DADH input tray. Remove Tray 1 and run the following components:
Possible causes are: • Enter dC330 code 071.001 to run the Main Drive Assembly.
– Document guides. Possible causes and potential solutions are:
Solution: • Squeaks.
– Clean the DADF input tray in the area below the input guides with antistatic fluid. Possible causes are:
• Squeaks from the DADH. – Contamination of the Transport Assembly shafts and bearings.
– Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts.
– DADF exit roll assembly or take away roll assembly.
Solution:
– Clean the Feed Rollers and shafts.Replace if necessary, REP 9.2.98.
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-177 OF 1
– Check Transport Assembly. Install new parts as necessary, PL 15.2. OF 2 Control Panel Touch Screen Failure
– Check the Tray for parts that are damaged or out of position.
Use this procedure to solve Control Panel display problems when the printer has power but
– Adjust or install new components as necessary. either the display is blank, is too dark, or the touch screen responds incorrectly.
Optional Feeder Assembly
Initial Actions
NOTE: Instructions are provided for Tray 2. Troubleshoot other Optional Feeder Assemblies
using the codes applicable to the Optional Feeder under test. WARNING
Remove Tray 2 and run the following components:
• Enter dC330 code 071.009 to operate the Tray 2 Feed Motor, PL 11.1 Item 7. Moving parts can cause injury.
• Check tray lift by removing the tray and letting the tray drop, then push the tray back in. • Refer to GP 1 to access Service Diagnostics.
Possible causes and potential solutions are: • Press the Machine Status key. Select the Tools tab. Select Device Settings, then Display
• No drive or a knocking noise from the Feed Motor. Brightness. Adjust the brightness level.
Possible causes are: • Refer to REP 1.2.1 to access Control Panel wiring.
– Feed Motor, PL 11.1 Item 7 • Check and re-seat the Control Panel cable at both ends.
– Worn drive gears • If the operating system fails to boot, observe the progress bar to determine the failure.
– Failed Feed Clutch, PL 11.1 Item 8 – Yellow progress bar = XUI code booting up.
Solution: – Non moving green bar = Code loaded but not communicating.
– Check the Feed Motor and Feed Clutch connections. – Moving green bar = IP Board is operational and is trying to communicate.
– Check the Optional Feeder Assembly connection to the printer.
– Check that the tray moves freely inside the feeder assembly. Procedure
– Adjust or install new components as necessary. Check for +3.3V from the IP Board to the Control Panel. +3.3V is measured.
Exit Path Y N
Check the wiring between the IP Board and Control Panel. Repair the wiring as neces-
Run the following components: sary.
• Combine dC330 code 071.001 Main Drive Assembly and 071.007 exit clutch to run the
exit transport. Reload the system software, GP 9. The fault remains.
• Combine dC330 code 071.001 Main Drive Assembly) and 071.008 exit invert clutch to run Y N
the duplex transport. Used for duplex and paper invert. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Possible causes:
• Exit Drive Assembly, PL 3.1 Item 2 Replace the Control Panel, REP 1.2.1.
• Exit Invert Drive Assembly, PL 3.1 Item 3

• Exit Chute Assembly, PL 17.1 Item 99
Solution:
• If the noise repeats, identify the source and install new parts as necessary.
Fans
Run the following components:
• Enter dC330 code 042.001 to run the Rear Fan.

• Enter dC330 code 042.003 to run the LVPS Fan.
Possible causes:
– Bearings in the cooling fans have worn or failed.
– Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts.
Solution:
– Check for parts that are damaged or out of position.
– Adjust or install new components as necessary.
OF 1, OF 2 2-178 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
OF 3 Status Codes and Messages
The status code format is HCC-LLL-EE where HCC is the chain, LLL is the link and EE is the
Table 1 Chain 01 Status codes
extension number. The hundreds digit H is not shown in this procedure.
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
Example: Status code 01-510-00 Front door is open. 01-510-00 Front door is open The front door is open. Copying and printing are not
available. Perform the 77-300-00
Most recent fault and messages can be displayed on the UI without entering diagnostics, by Front Door Open
pressing the Machine Status button on the keypad, touching the Fault tab on the UI, then select
01-516-00 Rear Door Open. Printer rear door inter- Copying and printing are not
as appropriate:
lock open. available. Perform the 77-301-00
• Current Faults. Rear Door Open
• Current Messages. 01-540-01 Check the settings for Paper removed or Confirm the tray 1 settings
• Fault History. tray 1 added to tray 1
The following tables bring together the status codes, the relevant RAP or procedure refer- 01-540-02 Check the settings for Paper removed or Confirm the tray 2 settings
ences, and UI messages, if generated. tray 2 added to tray 2
01-540-05 Check the settings for Paper removed or Confirm Bypass Tray settings
NOTE: Not all status codes are shown in the active message window. Some status codes have Bypass Tray added to Bypass Tray
no messages.
01-541-01 Tray 1 guides are not tray 1 guide setting Paper guide position does not
Procedure set to a standard size. support a standard paper size.
Adjust paper guides.
Review fault code history, GP 2 and identify and clear any active faults. Use these tables to
01-541-02 Tray 2 guides are not tray 2 guide setting Paper guide position does not
identify a status code or message:
set to a standard size. support a standard paper size.
Adjust paper guides.
Status Code Tables
01-541-03 Tray 3 guides are not Bypass Tray guide set- Paper guide position does not
• Table 1 Chain 01 Status codes
set to a standard size. ting support a standard paper size.
• Table 2 Chain 02 Status codes Adjust paper guides.
• Table 3 Chain 03 Status codes 01-541-04 Tray 4 guides are not tray 4 guide setting Paper guide position does not
• Table 4 Chain 04 Status codes set to a standard size. support a standard paper size.
• Table 5 Chain 05 Status codes Adjust paper guides.
• Table 6 Chain 06 Status codes 01-541-05 Bypass Tray guides tray 4 guide setting Paper guide position does not
are not set to a stan- support a standard paper size.
dard size. Adjust paper guides.
01-545-01 Tray 1 guides are not Dedicated tray 1 closed Reload the required paper and
set properly with media size other correctly adjust the paper guides
• Table 10 Chain 14 Status codes than what was set
• Table 11 Chain 15 Status codes 01-545-02 Tray 2 guides are not Dedicated tray 2 closed Reload the required paper and
• Table 12 Chain 16 Status codes set properly with media size other correctly adjust the paper guides
• Table 13 Chain 17 Status codes than what was set
• Table 14 Chain 19 Status codes 01-545-03 Tray 3 guides are not Dedicated tray 3 closed Reload the required paper and
than what was set
01-545-04 Tray 4 guides are not Dedicated tray 4 closed Reload the required paper and
• Table 17 Chain 72 to 77 Status codes
• Table 18 Chain 91 to 95 Status codes than what was set
01-550-00 - NC status code - sys- Printing will start when a job is
tem is in power save received or a user initiates a job
mode at the machine
Table 1 Chain 01 Status codes Table 3 Chain 03 Status codes
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
01-551-00 - NC status code - sys- Printing will start when a job is 03-506-00 No message Copy Activity Report is No action needed.
tem is in sleep mode received or a user initiates a job Printing
at the machine 03-516-00 Scan and Copy Ser- Scanner Not Available Cycle system power.
vices not available.
Print Service is avail-
able.
Table 2 Chain 02 Status codes 03-518-00 Network controller The network controller Cycle system power. If the error
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action not available. Power is not available. persists, perform 03-331-00, 03-
off then on and notify 332-00 Communication Fault with
02-501-00 - Control Panel USB Cycle system power. If the error
system administrator NC
communication error. persists, perform 02-380-00, 02-
03-520-00 No message CCM to UI communica- Cycle system power. If the error
381-00 UI Communication Fault.
tion not established in persists, perform 03-346-00, 03-
02-502-00 - Control Panel USB Cycle system power. If the error
30 sec 347-00 Communication Fault with
communication error. persists, perform 02-380-00, 02-
UI.
381-00 UI Communication Fault.
03-521-00 No message CCM to UI communica- Cycle system power. If the error
02-516-00 System Error. Power Incomplete System Cycle system power.
tion are lost persists, perform 03-346-00, 03-
Off then On and Information.
347-00 Communication Fault with
notify system admin-
UI.
istrator.
03-535-00 Diagnostics are Machine has entered -
02-517-00 A Supplies Plan Acti- PagePack Grace The printer is in the Supplies Plan
active. The system is non-intrusive diagnos-
vation Code must be Period Active courtesy period. Enter a valid acti-
not available. Please tic mode
entered soon. vation code.
wait.
02-518-00 Courtesy Prints are PagePack Grace Supplies Plan courtesy prints are 03-536-00 Diagnostics are The machine has -
depleted. Print ser- Period Expired depleted. Enter a valid activation active. The system is entered intrusive diag-
vices are disabled. code.
not available. Please nostic mode
02-520-00 The device is not A software error has Cycle system power. If the error wait.
available occurred. persists, perform 02-320-00 Data
03-536-01 Diagnostics are The machine has -
Time Out Error.
active. The system is entered intrusive diag-
02-521-00 - The XEIP browser is Cycle system power. If the error not available. Please nostic mode via the
dead or not responding persists, perform 02-321-00 XEIP wait. PWS
Browser Does not Respond.
03-546-00 Incompatible Fax Incompatible Fax soft- Perform 03-417-00 Incompatible
02-590-00 Machine power on Configurable services Cycle system power. If the error software detected ware detected at power FAX Software Detected.
failed. Power off then are not stable at power persists, perform 02-390-00 Con- (upgrade required) on
on and notify system on figurable Services Not Stable.
03-547-00 A Fax service error Basic Fax not detected Cycle system power. If the error
administrator
has occurred. Power or confirmed persists, perform 03-401-00, 03-
off then on 403-00 FAX Not Detected.
03-548-00 Fax line 2 is unavail- Extended Fax not Cycle system power. If the error
able. Notify your sys- detected or confirmed persists, perform 03-401-00, 03-
Table 3 Chain 03 Status codes tem administrator. 403-00 FAX Not Detected.
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action 03-549-00 Fax memory error. Fax POST failure status Cycle system power.
Power off then on
03-504-00 The device is offline NC status code Cycle system power.
and notify system
03-504-01 The device is offline NC status code Cycle system power.
administrator
03-505-00 System error. Power The digital copier is not Cycle system power. If the error
off then on and notify available persists, perform 03-316-00, 03-
system administrator 325-00, 03-355-00.
OF 3 2-180 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
03-550-00 A Fax service error Fax card is unavailable Cycle system power. If the error 03-564-00 Image rotation is not Image rotation is not Cycle system power. If the error
has occurred. Power persists, perform 20-302-00 to available. Power off available persists, review fault code history
Off then On 20-305-00 Fax Board Hardware then on and notify to identify failed component.
or Software error. system administrator
03-551-00 A Fax Service error Fax service is unavail- Cycle system power. If the error 03-565-00 System error. Power System fault Cycle system power. If the error
has occurred. Power able persists, perform 20-331-00 to off them on and persists, review fault code history
Off then On 20-341-00 Fax Network Line 1 notify system admin- to identify failed component.
Fault istrator
03-557-00 Please wait... The Power on while the IIT Cycle system power. If the error 03-578-00 System Error. Power Paper Tray error Cycle system power. If the error
Scanner is attempt- is being initialized persists, perform 62-311-00 to 62- Off then On and persists, review fault code history
ing to recover. 389-00 IIT Scan Error. Notify System to identify failed component.
03-558-00 Please complete all Not defined - Administrator
steps required by the 03-589-00 Tray 3 is not avail- Paper Tray error Cycle system power. If the error
external accounting able. Notify your persists, perform 73-215-00 Tray
device to access this System Administra- 3 Feeder Composition Error.
service tor
03-558-01 Please insert card Not defined - 03-581-00 System Error. Power Paper Tray error Cycle system power. If the error
into the external Off then On and persists, review fault code history
accounting device to Notify System to identify failed component.
access this service Administrator
03-558-02 Please enter access Not defined - 03-587-00 Tray 1 is not avail- Paper Tray error Cycle system power. If the error
code into external able. Notify your persists, perform 71-215-00 Tray
accounting device to System Administra- 1 Feeder Composition Error
access this service tor
03-558-03 Please insert money Not defined - 03-588-00 Tray 2 is not avail- Paper Tray error Cycle system power. If the error
into the external able. Notify your persists, perform 72-215-00 Tray
accounting device to System Administra- 2 Feeder Composition Error.
access this service tor
03-558-04 Please insert key Not defined - 03-590-00 Tray 4 is not avail- Paper Tray error Cycle system power. If the error
counter into the able. Notify your persists, perform 74-215-00 Tray
external accounting System Administra- 4 Feeder Composition Error.
device to access this tor
service 03-597-00 Communication The document feeder is Cycle system power. If the error
03-561-00 Please wait... the The system is recover- Wait until the system recovers. If error. Power off then not available. Use the persists, perform 05-110-00
system is attempting ing the error persists, perform 10- on and notify sys- document glass DADF Pickup Jam
to recover 311-00 to 10-376-00 Fuser Ther- tem administrator
mal Errors 03-598-00 System Error. Power Unable to set Ready Cycle system power. If the error
03-562-00 Some jobs may have When some jobs may Removed upon user intervention Off then On and mode persists, perform 03-788-00
been deleted have been deleted notify system admin- Failed to Exit Power Save Mode
03-563-00 The network control- Network service are Wait until the system recovers. If istrator.
ler is initializing. being established the error persists, perform, per-
Copy and print jobs form the 03-331-00, 03-332-00
may be delayed Communication Fault with NC
05-570-00 Reload sheets in Docu- DADF jam clearance. Re-sort and reload the
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action ment Feeder. document originals.
04-561-00 System error. Power Software Logic Failure Cycle system power. If the error Cycle system power. If
off then on and notify persists, perform 41-388-00 the error persists, per-
system administrator Marking Logic Fail form 05-940-00 DADF
04-563-00 System error. Power Image module system Cycle system power. If the error No Original Fail
off then on and notify fault/ hardware failure persists, review fault code history 05-575-00 The number of originals Paper jam in the Document Re-sort and reload the
system administrator to identify failed component. was less than the num- Feeder. document originals.
04-565-00 System error. Power IME controller commu- Cycle system power. If the error ber originally scanned. Cycle system power. If
off then on and notify nication failure persists, perform 45-301-00 to the error persists, per-
system administrator 45-305-00 IOT I/F Error form 05-940-00 DADF
04-566-00 System error. Power IME controller commu- Cycle system power. If the error No Original Fail
off then on and notify nication failure persists, perform 45-301-00 to
system administrator 45-305-00 IOT I/F Error
04-567-00 Output tray Offset- OCT offset failure Cycle system power. If the error
ting is not available. occurred persists, review fault code history
Power Off then On to identify failed component. Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
and Notify System
06-515-00 Imaging Error. Power Unclearable Laser Unit Cycle system power. If the error
Administrator.
Off then On and fault persists, perform 62-311-00 to
04-568-00 The output tray is The OCT is full. Empty the tray. Notify System 62-389-00 ROS Error
full. Empty the output Administrator
tray

07-501-03 Tray 1 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 1 Paper jam in Bypass and Tray 1
05-501-00 The document feeder is Document feeder is up. Close the DADH. If the area. User intervention is
open error persists, perform required to clear the jam. If error
05-900-00 ADF Sensor persists, perform 71-101-00
Static Jam Tray1 Misfeed Jam
05-502-00 The document feeder top The DADH top cover is open. Close the DADH top 07-501-04 Tray 1 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 1 Paper jam in Bypass and Tray 1
cover is open cover. If the error per- area. User intervention is
sists, perform 05-900- required to clear the jam. If error
00 ADF Sensor Static persists, perform 71-101-00
Jam Tray1 Misfeed Jam
05-506-00 Paper Jam in the Docu- Document Feeder Jam. Clear the jam. If the 07-502-01 Tray 2 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 2 Paper jam in Tray 2. User inter-
ment Feeder. error persists, perform vention needed to clear the jam.
05-121-00 CVT-DADF If error persists, perform 72-101-
Feed Sensor On Jam 00 Tray2 Misfeed Jam
05-525-00 No message The Document feeder tray is Cycle system power. If 07-502-02 Tray 2 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 2 Paper jam in Tray 2. User inter-
empty the error persists, per- vention needed to clear the jam.
form 05-940-00 DADF If error persists, perform 72-101-
No Original Fail 00 Tray2 Misfeed Jam
05-535-00 No message Document feeder tray loaded -
07-502-03 Tray 2 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 2 Paper jam in Tray 2. User inter- 07-505-02 Bypass tray paper Misfeed in Bypass/MSI Bypass Tray jam. User interven-
vention needed to clear the jam. jam. tion needed to clear the jam. If
If error persists, perform 72-101- error persists, perform 75-101-00
00 Tray2 Misfeed Jam Bypass Misfeed Jam
07-503-02 Tray 3 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 3 Paper jam in Tray 3. User inter- 07-506-01 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 2 and Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
vention needed to clear the jam. Rear Door. Tray 3 rear cover User must clear the jam. If error
If error persists, perform 73-101- persists, perform 73-102-00
00 Tray3 Misfeed Jam Feeder Path 3 Sensor On Jam
07-503-03 Tray 3 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 3 Paper jam in Tray 3. User inter- (RC3)
vention needed to clear the jam. 07-506-02 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 2 and Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
If error persists, perform 73-101- Rear Door. Tray 3 rear cover User must clear the jam. If error
00 Tray3 Misfeed Jam persists, perform 73-102-00
07-503-04 Tray 3 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 3 Paper jam in Tray 3. User inter- Feeder Path 3 Sensor On Jam
vention needed to clear the jam. (RC3)
If error persists, perform 73-101- 07-506-03 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 2 and Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
00 Tray3 Misfeed Jam Rear Door. Tray 3 rear cover User must clear the jam. If error
07-504-01 Tray 4 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 4 Paper jam in Tray 4. User inter- persists, perform 73-102-00
vention needed to clear the jam. Feeder Path 3 Sensor On Jam
If error persists, perform 74-101- (RC3)
00 Tray4 Misfeed Jam 07-506-04 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 2 and Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
07-504-02 Tray 4 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 4 Paper jam in Tray 4. User inter- Rear Door. Tray 3 rear cover User must clear the jam. If error
vention needed to clear the jam. persists, perform 73-102-00
If error persists, perform 74-101- Feeder Path 3 Sensor On Jam
00 Tray4 Misfeed Jam. (RC3)
07-504-03 Tray 4 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 4 Paper jam in Tray 4. User inter- 07-507-01 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 3 rear Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
vention needed to clear the jam. Rear Door. cover User must clear the jam. If error
If error persists, perform 74-101- persists, perform 73-102-00
00 Tray4 Misfeed Jam Feeder Path 3 Sensor On Jam
(RC3)
07-504-04 Tray 4 paper jam. Misfeed in Tray 4 Paper jam in Tray 4. User inter-
vention needed to clear the jam. 07-507-02 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 3 rear Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
If error persists, perform 74-101- Rear Door. cover User must clear the jam. If error
00 Tray4 Misfeed Jam persists, perform 73-102-00
Feeder Path 3 Sensor On Jam
07-505-01 Bypass tray paper Misfeed in Bypass/MSI Bypass Tray jam. User interven-
(RC3)
jam. tion needed to clear the jam. If
error persists, perform 75-101-00 07-507-03 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 3 rear Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
Bypass Misfeed Jam Rear Door. cover User must clear the jam. If error
persists, perform 73-102-00
Feeder Path 3 Sensor On Jam
(RC3)
07-507-04 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 3 rear Paper jam behind Rear Cover. 07-510-04 Paper jam behind Jam in registration area Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
Rear Door. cover User must clear the jam. If error Rear Door. User must clear the jam. If error
persists, perform 73-102-00 persists, perform 77-900-00 IOT
Feeder Path 3 Sensor On Jam Static Jam
(RC3) 07-511-01 Paper jam behind Jam in duplex area Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
07-508-01 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 2 rear Paper jam behind Rear Cover. Rear Door. User must clear the jam. If error
Rear Door. cover User must clear the jam. If error persists, perform 77-123-00
persists, perform 72-102-00 Duplex Regi On Jam
Feeder Path 2 Sensor On Jam 07-511-02 Paper jam behind Jam in duplex area Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
(RC2) Rear Door. User must clear the jam. If error
07-508-02 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 2 rear Paper jam behind Rear Cover. persists, perform 77-123-00
Rear Door. cover User must clear the jam. If error Duplex Regi On Jam
persists, perform 72-102-00 07-511-03 Paper jam behind Jam in duplex area Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
Feeder Path 2 Sensor On Jam Rear Door. User must clear the jam. If error
(RC2) persists, perform 77-123-00
07-508-03 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 2 rear Paper jam behind Rear Cover. Duplex Regi On Jam
Rear Door. cover User must clear the jam. If error 07-511-04 Paper jam behind Jam in duplex area Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
persists, perform 72-102-00 Rear Door. User must clear the jam. If error
Feeder Path 2 Sensor On Jam persists, perform 77-123-00
(RC2) Duplex Regi On Jam
07-508-04 Paper jam behind Jam behind Tray 2 rear Paper jam behind Rear Cover. 07-513-01 Tray 1 is open Dedicated tray 1 is open Cycle system power. If the error
Rear Door. cover User must clear the jam. If error persists, review fault code history
persists, perform 72-102-00 to identify failed component.
Feeder Path 2 Sensor On Jam 07-513-02 Tray 2 is open Dedicated tray 2 is open Cycle system power. If the error
(RC2)
persists, review fault code history
07-509-01 Paper jam behind Jam in Fuser area Paper jam behind Rear Cover. to identify failed component.
Rear Door. User must clear the jam.
07-513-03 Tray 3 is open Dedicated tray 3 is open Cycle system power. If the error
07-509-02 Paper jam behind Jam in Fuser area Paper jam behind Rear Cover. persists, review fault code history
Rear Door. User must clear the jam. to identify failed component.
07-509-03 Paper jam behind Jam in Fuser area Paper jam behind Rear Cover. 07-513-04 Tray 4 is open Dedicated tray 4 is open Cycle system power. If the error
Rear Door. User must clear the jam. persists, review fault code history
07-509-04 Paper jam behind Jam in Fuser area Paper jam behind Rear Cover. to identify failed component.
Rear Door. User must clear the jam. 07-514-01 Tray 1 is open Adjustable tray 1 is Cycle system power. If the error
07-510-01 Paper jam behind Jam in registration area Paper jam behind Rear Cover. open persists, review fault code history
Rear Door. User must clear the jam. If error to identify failed component.
persists, perform 77-900-00 IOT 07-514-02 Tray 2 is open Adjustable tray 2 is Cycle system power. If the error
Static Jam open persists, review fault code history
07-510-02 Paper jam behind Jam in registration area Paper jam behind Rear Cover. to identify failed component.
Rear Door. User must clear the jam. If error 07-514-03 Tray 3 is open Adjustable tray 3 is Cycle system power. If the error
persists, perform 77-900-00 IOT open persists, review fault code history
Static Jam to identify failed component.
07-510-03 Paper jam behind Jam in registration area Paper jam behind Rear Cover. 07-514-04 Tray 4 is open Adjustable tray 4 is Cycle system power. If the error
Rear Door. User must clear the jam. If error open persists, review fault code history
persists, perform 77-900-00 IOT to identify failed component.
Static Jam
07-520-01 Paper Jam in Paper Optional tray - Static Paper jam behind Rear Cover. 07-524-04 Jam behind trays 2-4 Static Jam in optional Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
tray area. jam Regi User must clear the jam. If error tray regi area User must clear the jam. If error
persists, perform 77-901-00 persists, perform 77-101-00 Regi
Feeder Static Jam Off Jam
07-520-02 Paper Jam in Paper Optional tray - Static Paper jam behind Rear Cover. 07-533-00 Tray 3 is empty. Add Tray 3 is empty Cycle system power. If the error
tray area. jam Regi User must clear the jam. If error paper. persists, review fault code history
persists, perform 77-901-00 to identify failed component.
Feeder Static Jam 07-534-00 Tray 4 is empty. Add Tray 4 is empty Cycle system power. If the error
07-520-03 Paper Jam in Paper Optional tray - Static Paper jam behind Rear Cover. paper. persists, review fault code history
tray area. jam Regi User must clear the jam. If error to identify failed component.
persists, perform 77-901-00 07-535-00 Bypass Tray is Bypass Tray is empty Cycle system power. If the error
Feeder Static Jam empty. Add paper. persists, review fault code history
07-520-04 Paper Jam in Paper Optional tray - Static Paper jam behind Rear Cover. to identify failed component.
tray area. jam Regi User must clear the jam. If error 07-544-00 Tray 1 is empty. Add Tray 1 is empty Cycle system power. If the error
persists, perform 77-901-00 paper. persists, review fault code history
Feeder Static Jam to identify failed component.
07-522-01 Paper Jam in Paper Static Jam in optional Paper jam behind Rear Cover. 07-545-00 Tray 2 is empty. Add Tray 2 is empty Cycle system power. If the error
tray area. tray regi area User must clear the jam. If error paper. persists, review fault code history
persists, perform 77-101-00 Regi to identify failed component.
Off Jam 07-546-01 Unexpected paper Tray 1 media or type Cycle system power. If the error
07-522-02 Paper Jam in Paper Static Jam in optional Paper jam behind Rear Cover. size or type detected mismatch detected persists, review fault code history
tray area. tray regi area User must clear the jam. If error from Tray 1 to identify failed component.
persists, perform 77-101-00 Regi
07-546-02 Unexpected paper Tray 2 media or type Cycle system power. If the error
Off Jam
size or type detected mismatch detected persists, review fault code history
07-522-03 Paper Jam in Paper Static Jam in optional Paper jam behind Rear Cover. from Tray 2 to identify failed component.
tray area. tray regi area User must clear the jam. If error 07-546-03 Unexpected paper Tray 3 media or type Cycle system power. If the error
size or type detected mismatch detected persists, review fault code history
Off Jam from Tray 3 to identify failed component.
07-522-04 Paper Jam in Paper Static Jam in optional Paper jam behind Rear Cover. 07-546-04 Unexpected paper Tray 4 media or type Cycle system power. If the error
tray area. tray regi area User must clear the jam. If error size or type detected mismatch detected persists, review fault code history
from Tray 4 to identify failed component.
Off Jam
07-546-05 Unexpected paper Bypass Tray media or Cycle system power. If the error
07-524-01 Paper Jam in Paper Jam behind trays 2-4 Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
size or type detected type mismatch detected persists, review fault code history
tray area. User must clear the jam. If error
from Bypass Tray to identify failed component.
Off Jam
07-524-02 Paper Jam in Paper Jam behind trays 2-4 Paper jam behind Rear Cover.
tray area. User must clear the jam. If error Table 8 Chain 09 Status codes
Off Jam Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
07-524-03 Paper Jam in Paper Jam behind trays 2-4 Paper jam behind Rear Cover. 09-503-00 The SMart Kit Drum SMart Kit Drum Car- Cycle system power. If the error
tray area. User must clear the jam. If error Cartridge is not com- tridge is not compatible. persists, perform 91-914-00 to
persists, perform 77-101-00 Regi patible. 91-936-00 K Drum Cartridge
Off Jam Error
09-521-00 The SMart Kit Drum SMart Kit Drum Car- Cycle system power. If the error 09-594-00 Reorder SMart Kit SMart Kit Drum Car- Cycle system power. If the error
Cartridge needs tridge in is at end of life. persists, perform 91-913-00 K Drum Cartridge but tridge state is near end persists, perform 91-913-00 K
replacement. Drum Cartridge Dead Stop Error DO NOT replace of life. Drum Cartridge Dead Stop Error
Replace it NOW. until prompted.
09-533-00 Reorder SMart Kit SMart Kit Drum Car- Cycle system power. If the error 09-639-00 Fuser is missing or Fuser Missing Fuser missing or not installed
Drum Cartridge but tridge in is at end of life. persists, perform 91-913-00 K misinstalled. correctly. User intervention
DO NOT replace Drum Cartridge Dead Stop Error needed to install or lock Fuser. If
until prompted. the error persists, perform 10-
09-535-00 Drum Cartridge Drum Cartridge is miss- Cycle system power. If the error 902-00 Fuser Missing
Error. ing or not in position. persists, perform 91-913-00 K 09-661-00 Confirm if Fuser was Fuser cover confirma- Fuser replaced. User intervention
Drum Cartridge Dead Stop Error replaced. tion status is required at the local user inter-
09-543-00 Toner Cartridge is Tonor CRUM not in Cycle system power. If the error face to confirm the replacement
missing or not Position. persists, perform 93-973-00 of the Fuser.
seated properly. Toner CRUM [K] Not in Position 09-663-00 Confirm if Bias Bias Transfer Roll Confirm replacment at the Con-
09-548-00 There is a problem Xerographic system Cycle system power. If the error Transfer Roll was replacement yes/no sta- trol Panel.
with the Xerographic error. persists, perform 91-914-00 to replaced. tus
system. Call for 91-936-00 K Drum Cartridge
assistance. Error
09-553-00 Reorder SMart Kit SMart Kit Drum Car- Cycle system power. If the error
Drum Cartridge but tridge error. Call for persists, perform 91-914-00 to Table 9 Chain 10 Status codes
DO NOT replace assistance. 91-936-00 K Drum Cartridge Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
until prompted. Error
10-505-00 The Fuser is warm- The Fuser is warming Cycle system power. If the error
09-561-00 Black Toner (K) is toner crum mismatch Cycle system power. If the error ing up. Printing may up. Printing may be persists, perform 10-311-00 to
not compatible. (K) persists, perform 93-925-00, 93-
be delayed. delayed 10-376-00 Fuser Thermal Error
926-00, 93-928-00 K Toner Car-
tridge Error 10-523-00 Maintenance Kit Maintenance Kit (Fuser/ Replace the Maintenance Kit. If
needs replacement. BTR) at end of life the error persists, perform 10-
09-568-00 Reorder Toner but Low Toner Cartridge but Replace the Toner Cartridge. If
Replace SOON. 420-00, 10-421-00 Fuser Near
DO NOT replace DO NOT replace until the error persists, perform 93-
End of Life
until prompted. prompted. 425-00, 93-912-00 K Toner Car-
tridge Life Near End. 10-524-00 Reorder Mainte- Maintenance Kit (Fuser/ Check Maintenance Kit life
nance Kit but Do BTR) near end of life count. If the error persists, per-
09-582-00 System Error. Power Software Error has Cycle system power. If the error
NOT replace until form 10-420-00, 10-421-00 Fuser
Off then On and Occurred persists, use GP 9 to reload sys-
prompted. Near End of Life
notify system admin- tem software.
istrator. 10-527-00 Fuser System error. Fuser component/sen- Cycle system power. If the error
Call for assistance. sor fault persists, perform 10-311-00 to
09-584-00 Please wait... Adjust- Xerographic adjust- Wait until the system recovers. If
10-376-00 Fuser Thermal Error
ments are in ment in progress. the error persists, cycle system
progress. power. If necessary, review fault
code history to identify failed
component.
09-588-00 The Toner is empty. The Toner Cartridge is Replace the Toner Cartridge. If Table 10 Chain 14 Status codes
Replace NOW. empty. the error persists, perform 93- Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
425-00, 93-912-00 K Toner Car-
14-517-00 Scanner fault. Power Scanner fault. Cycle system power. If the error
tridge Life Near End.
off then on and notify persists, perform 62-311-00 to
system administrator 62-389-00 or review fault code
history to identify failed compo-
nent.
16-510-00 Network services involving Scan to E-mail process Cycle system power. If the
scan to E-mail are not failed problem persists check net-
15-571-00 Unauthorized ban- Banknote detection sys- Cycle system power. If the error available. Notify system work connections
knote image reproduc- tem faulted. persists, perform 62-790-00 administrator.
tion not supported. PreIPS XFail 16-511-00 Network services related Internet Fax process Cycle system power. If the
to Internet Fax are not failed problem persists check net-
available. Notify system work connections
administrator.
Table 12 Chain 16 Status codes 16-512-00 Some Network Services USB Process Death Cycle system power. If the
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action involving USB are not problem persists check USB
available. Notify your Sys- configuration.
16-501-00 Network Services with Job Job based accounting Cycle system power. If the tem Administrator.
Based Accounting not not enough DC mem- error persists, perform 16-
16-513-00 Some network services Simple service discov- Cycle system power.
available. Notify your Sys- ory. 930-19 to 16-939-19 Other
involving SSDP are not ery protocol (SSDP)
tem Administrator. Network Faults 17
available. Notify your sys- failed.
16-502-00 The network controller is Network Controller Cleared when the network tem administrator.
about to be reset. reset is about to occur controller reset is initiated.
16-514-00 Network services involving Post office protocol Cycle system power.
16-503-00 System Error. Power Off Incomplete System Cycle system power. scan to E-mail are not (POP3) (for inbound
then On and notify system Information. available. Notify system IFAX messages) pro-
administrator. administrator cess failed
16-504-00 Some Network Services Generic Fault frame The DDNS address resolu- 16-517-00 Network services involving SMTP process failed Cycle system power.
involving DDNS are not with DDNS disabled tion process has failed. scan to E-mail are not
available. Notify your Sys- Cycle system power. If the available. Notify system
tem Administrator. error persists, check the administrator
DDNS server’s network con-
16-518-00 Network services using Web services edge cli- Cycle system power. If the
nection.
WS edge client are not ent interface does not error persists, check network
16-505-00 Some network services Insufficient memory for Cycle system power. If the available. Notify your sys- work connections.
involving scan to E-mail E-mail error persists, check the net- tem administrator
are not available. Notify work connections
16-519-00 Network services using Web services client Cycle system power. If the
system administrator.
WS edge client are not controller does not error persists, check network
16-506-00 Your administrator is Your administrator is The system administrator is available. Notify your sys- work connections.
reconfiguring the system. reconfiguring the sys- saving the machine configu- tem administrator
Services will not be avail- tem ration to a remote station.
16-520-00 Network services using Web services server Cycle system power. If the
able.
WS edge client are not controller interface error persists, check network
16-507-00 Some network services SLP process stopped. Cycle system power. available. Please notify does not work. connections.
involving SLP are not Some network control- the system administrator
available. Notify your sys- ler services are not
16-521-00 Some network services The network control- Cycle system power. If the
tem administrator. available
involving CPI are not avail- ler’s CPI service pro- error persists, perform 16-
16-508-00 Autonet functions are not Autonet is not available Cycle system power. Printing able. Notify your system cess has stopped 800-09 to 16-809-47 Other
available. Notify your sys- can continue if other network administrator Network Faults 5
tem administrator. protocols are used
16-522-00 Some network services The network control- Cycle system power. If the
16-509-00 Some network services Insufficient memory for Cycle system power. Printing involving job log are not ler’s job log service error persists, perform 16-
involving Internet Fax are internet Fax can continue if other network available. Notify system process has stopped 800-09 to 16-809-47 Other
not available. Notify sys- protocols are used administrator Network Faults 5
tem administrator.
16-523-00 Some network services The network control- Cycle system power. If the 16-540-00 Ensure the USB Wireless USB Wireless Net- Ensure cables are properly
with job tracker are not ler’s job tracker service error persists, perform 16- Network Interface is prop- work not connected. connected.
available. Notify your sys- process has stopped 800-09 to 16-809-47 Other erly connected.
tem administrator Network Faults 5 16-544-00 Network cable unplugged An Ethernet cable is Ensure cables are properly
16-524-00 Some network services The network control- Cycle system power. If the unplugged connected
with Kerberos are not ler’s Kerberos service error persists, perform 16- 16-546-00 System Error. Power Off Incomplete System Cycle system power.
available. Notify your sys- process has stopped 800-09 to 16-809-47 Other then On and notify system Information. Logon
tem administrator Network Faults 5 administrator. Service Data is corrupt.
16-525-00 Scan to distribution ser- The network control- Cycle system power. If the 16-547-00 System Error. Power Off Incomplete System Cycle system power.
vices are not available. ler’s scan to distribu- error persists, perform 16- then On and notify system Information.SR
Notify your system admin- tion service process 810-00 to 16-819-47 Other administrator. defaults unable to load.
istrator has stopped Network Faults 6 16-548-00 System Error. Power Off Incomplete System Cycle system power.
16-526-00 Some network services The network control- Cycle system power. If the then On and notify system Information. SR data-
involving SMB are not ler’s SMB service pro- error persists, perform 16- administrator. base error.
available. Notify your sys- cess has stopped. 810-00 to 16-819-47 Other
16-550-00 Device entering SW Device entering SW The Device entered a soft-
tem administrator Network Faults 6
upgrade mode. ALL jobs upgrade mode - all ware upgrade mode (all jobs
16-527-00 Some network services The network control- Cycle system power. If the will be cancelled. jobs will be canceled. will be deleted). No user
involving TCP/IP are not ler’s TCP/IP service error persists, perform 16- intervention is required.
available. Notify your sys- process has stopped. 810-00 to 16-819-47 Other Device services are unavail-
tem administrator Network Faults 6 able until the software
16-528-00 Network services using The network control- Cycle system power. If the upgrade process has com-
WS scan temp are not ler’s WS scan temp error persists, perform 16- pleted.
available. Notify your sys- service process has 810-00 to 16-819-47 Other 16-551-00 Accounting out of memory. Network controller - Accounting administrator
tem administrator stopped. Network Faults 6 Notify your system admin- accounting log is full or needs to retrieve accounting
16-529-00 Network services with The network control- Cycle system power. If the istrator a hard disk full state data log from the system
Scan compressor are not ler’s Scan compressor error persists, perform 16- exists
available. Notify your sys- service process has 810-00 to 16-819-47 Other 16-552-00 Software option codes do Software Option codes Cycle system power.
tem administrator stopped. Network Faults 6 not match. do not match.
16-531-00 System Error. Power Off Incomplete System Cycle system power. 16-553-00 Additional memory is Scan-to File memory Cycle system power. Hard-
then On and Notify Sys- Information required to support scan to shortage ware must be added or
tem Administrator. file. Notify your system replaced.
16-533-00 Service limit exceeded. Controller software Remove some existing ser- administrator
New services will not be service limit exceeded vices to enable new services 16-554-00 Workflow scanning hard- Hardware must be Cycle system power. Hard-
available until some ser- to be added. Machine ser- ware must be added or added or replaced. ware must be added or
vices are removed vices are available but may replaced. Notify your sys- replaced.
be degraded tem administrator.
16-535-00 Immediate job overwrite Immediate job over- Cycle system power. If the 16-555-00 Insufficient memory for LAN Fax memory Additional memory required
failed. Perform an on write failed error persists, perform 16- Fax job. Notify your sys- shortage to support Fax. The Fax ser-
demand overwrite immedi- 710-00 to 16-750-11 tem administrator. vice is not available
ately Unable To Create Client 16-556-00 802.1X authentication Ensure 802.1X settings Check printer settings to see
Handle failed, the device will on the printer match if they match server settings.
16-536-00 Network controller error. The XSA service is Cycle system power. If the remain offline until the 802.1X network Cycle system power. If the
Some network services unavailable. Network error persists, perform 16- resolved. Please contact authentication settings. error persists, perform 16-
not available. Notify sys- controller error 674-00 to 16-709-00 XSA the system administrator. 780-00 to 16-789-47 Other
tem administrator. Database Error Network Faults 3
16-557-00 Network services using DC Platform Recovery Cycle system power. If the 16-569-00 Network services involving Network controller - Cycle system power. If the
DC platform recovery not Failed error persists, review fault a parallel port are not parallel ports are not error persists, perform 16-
available. Notify system code history to identify failed available. Notify system available 761-47 to 16-769-95 Other
administrator component. administrator Network Faults 1
16-558-00 Network services using Network controller DC Cycle system power. If the 16-570-00 Some network services Network controller - an Cycle system power. If the
DC platform recovery not communications failed error persists, review fault involving HTTP are not HTTP interpreter error error persists, perform 16-
available. Notify system code history to identify failed available. Notify your sys- has occurred, causing 761-47 to 16-769-95 Other
administrator component. tem administrator the process to fail Network Faults 1
16-559-00 Network services using Network controller Check the BOOTP Server 16-571-00 Network printing disabled. Network controller - Cycle system power. If the
BOOTP initialization not BOOTP initialization and its network connection. If Notify your system admin- print service has failed error persists, perform 16-
available. Notify system failure error persists, cycle system istrator 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other
administrator power. Network Faults 2
16-560-00 Some network services Some processes on Cycle system power. If the 16-572-00 Network printing disabled. Network controller - Cycle system power. If the
are not available due to a the network controller error persists, perform 16- Notify your system admin- print service has failed error persists, perform 16-
process error. Notify sys- have failed 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other istrator 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other
tem administrator. Network Faults 2 Network Faults 2
16-561-00 Scan to file not available. Network controller - Cycle system power. If the 16-573-00 Network printing disabled. Network controller - Cycle system power. If the
Power off then on and scan to file processes error persists, perform 16- Notify your system admin- ESS print service has error persists, perform 16-
notify system administra- have failed 759-46 to 16-760-46 Fail to istrator. failed 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other
tor Enable Process Network Faults 2
16-562-00 Some network services Network controller - the Cycle system power. If the 16-574-00 Job queue error. Power off ESS queue utility has Cycle system power. If the
involving LPD are not line printer daemon error persists, perform 16- then on and notify system failed. Only a partial list error persists, perform 16-
available. Notify your sys- (LPD) process has 760-47 to 16-761-46 File administrator is available for display 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other
tem administrator failed Error at this time Network Faults 2
16-563-00 Some network services Network controller - the Cycle system power. If the 16-575-00 The network controller The network controller Cycle system power. If the
involving Novell are not Novell netware con- error persists, perform 16- connection is about to be ESS registration ser- error persists, perform 16-
available. Notify your sys- nectivity process has 761-47 to 16-769-95 Other reset vice process has 160-09 NC Registration Ser-
tem administrator failed Network Faults 1 stopped vice Process Death
16-564-00 Some network services Network controller - the Cycle system power. If the 16-576-00 Network controller con- The network controller Cycle system power. If the
involving NetBios are not NetBIOS connectivity error persists, perform 16- nection is about to be ESS event notification error persists, perform 16-
available. Notify system process has failed 761-47 to 16-769-95 Other reset service process has 161-09 to 16-164-09 Cannot
administrator Network Faults 1 stopped Send Reg Event / List
16-565-00 Network services involving Apple Talk printing Cycle system power. If the Access Failure
Apple Talk are not avail- error. Printing can con- error persists, perform 16- 16-577-00 Network controller con- The network controller Cycle system power. If the
able. Notify your system tinue using other sub- 761-47 to 16-769-95 Other nection is about to be ESS platform manager error persists, perform 16-
administrator mission methods Network Faults 1 reset service process has 161-09 to 16-164-09 Cannot
16-567-00 Some network services Network controller - a Cycle system power. If the stopped Send Reg Event / List
involving PostScript are PostScript interpreter error persists, perform 16- Access Failure
not available. Notify your error has occur, caus- 761-47 to 16-769-95 Other 16-578-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Cycle system power. If the
system administrator ing the process to fail Network Faults 1 mation. Power off then on ESS fault log service error persists, perform 16-
16-568-00 Some network services Network controller - a Cycle system power. If the and notify system adminis- process has stopped 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other
involving PCL are not PCL interpreter error error persists, perform 16- trator Network Faults 2
available. Notify your sys- has occurred, causing 761-47 to 16-769-95 Other 16-579-00 Job status not available. The network controller Cycle system power. If the
tem administrator the process to fail Network Faults 1 Power off then on and ESS completed job log error persists, perform 16-
notify system administra- service has stopped 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other
tor Network Faults 2
16-580-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Cycle system power. If the 16-594-00 Some network services Network controller - Cycle system power. If the
mation. Power off then on ESS configuration util- error persists, perform 16- involving RARP are not RARP address resolu- error persists, perform 16-
and notify system adminis- ity process has 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other available. Notify your sys- tion has failed 800-09 to 16-809-47 Other
trator stopped Network Faults 2 tem administrator. Network Faults 5
16-581-00 Some network diagnostic The network controller Cycle system power. If the 16-595-00 LAN Fax service error. The network controller Cycle system power. If the
services are not available. ESS diagnostic ser- error persists, perform 16- Power off then on and LAN Fax service has error persists, perform 16-
Notify your system admin- vice process has 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other notify system administra- failed 790-09 to 16-799-47 Other
istrator stopped Network Faults 2 tor Network Faults 4
16-582-00 Some network authentica- The network controller Cycle system power. If the 16-596-00 Some network accounting Some network control- Cycle system power. If the
tion services unavailable. ESS authentication error persists, perform 16- services are not available. ler services are not error persists, perform 16-
Notify your system admin- SPI process has 780-00 to 16-789-47 Other Notify your system admin- available 790-09 to 16-799-47 Other
istrator stopped Network Faults 3 istrator. Network Faults 4
16-583-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Cycle system power. Printing 16-597-00 Some network services The network controller Cycle system power. If the
mation. Power off then on ESS counters utility and scanning can continue. involving TIFF are not TIFF interpreter has error persists, perform 16-
and notify system adminis- process has stopped available. Notify your sys- failed 790-09 to 16-799-47 Other
trator tem administrator. Network Faults 4
16-584-00 Network controller con- The network controller Cycle system power. If the 16-598-00 Some network services Network controller - Cycle system power. If the
nection is about to be document manager error persists, perform 16- involving TCP/IP are not TCP/IP address is error persists, perform 16-
reset agent process has 161-09 to 16-164-09 Cannot available. Notify your sys- already in use on the 770-09 to 16-779-95 Other
stopped Send Reg Event / List tem administrator. network Network Faults 2
Access Failure 16-599-00 Network services with Port Raw TCP/IP printing Cycle system power. If the
16-585-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Cycle system power. If the 9100 process are not (port 9100) process error persists, perform 16-
mation. Power off then on ESS configuration syn- error persists, perform 16- available. Notify system has failed 790-09 to 16-799-47 Other
and notify system adminis- chronization process 780-00 to 16-789-47 Other administrator Network Faults 4
trator has stopped Network Faults 3
16-586-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Cycle system power. If the
mation. Power off then on agent process has error persists, perform 16-
and notify system adminis- stopped 780-00 to 16-789-47 Other Table 13 Chain 17 Status codes
trator Network Faults 3 Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
16-589-00 Network services involving The network controller Cycle system power. If the
17-510-00 Duplicate IPv6 address Duplicate IPv6 address Reconfigure with a unique
a serial port are not avail- serial port connectivity error persists, perform 16-
detected. Reconfigure detected address. Cycle system
able. Notify system admin- has failed 780-00 to 16-789-47 Other
with a unique address power. Copy and Fax ser-
istrator. Network Faults 3
vices (if installed) can con-
16-590-00 Network connectivity con- The network controller Cycle system power. If the tinue
figuration server not avail- CCS process has error persists, perform 16-
17-512-00 DHCPv6 services are not DHCPv6 Failure status Cycle system power. Printing
able. Notify your system failed 780-00 to 16-789-47 Other
available. Notify your sys- can continue with other sub-
administrator Network Faults 3
tem administrator. mission methods.
16-591-00 Some network services Network controller Cycle system power. If the
17-513-00 Duplicate IPv4 address Duplicate IPv4 address Cycle system power.
involving Ethernet are not Ethernet process has error persists, perform 16-
detected. Reconfigure detected.
available. Notify system failed 800-09 to 16-809-47 Other
with a unique address
administrator. Network Faults 5
16-593-00 Some network services Network controller - Cycle system power. If the 17-514-00 The machine is not avail- External accounting Administrator intervention
able. Accounting commu- device communication required to check the con-
involving DHCP are not DHCP address resolu- error persists, perform 16-
nication failure failure nection to the external
available. Notify your sys- tion has failed 800-09 to 16-809-47 Other
accounting device.
tem administrator. Network Faults 5
17-551-00 Server Fax service can- Server Fax service can- Cycle system power. If the 17-563-00 No communications with Communication with User intervention is required
not register. Power off not register error persists, perform 16- Xerox SMart eSolutions edge server fails to review SMart eSolutions
then on and notify system 980-00 to 16-989-35 Other server. Contact system settings. Cycle system
administrator Network Faults 22 administrator power. If the error persists,
17-552-00 Reprint Saved Jobs Ser- Reprint Saved Jobs Cycle system power. If the perform 16-891-00, 16-892-
vice cannot Register. Service cannot Register error persists, perform 16- 00 Edge Server Error
Power Off then On. Notify 752-00 to 16-752-47 17-565-00 Extensible services are EIP service not Cycle system power.
System Administrator. Invalid File Details not responding. Power responding
17-553-00 Internet Fax service can- Internet Fax service Cycle system power. If the machine off then on
not register. Power off cannot register error persists, perform 16- 17-570-00 No message Communication with User intervention is required
then on and notify system 950-19 to 16-959-19 Other NNTP server failed to verify network time proto-
administrator Network Faults 19 col server settings, operabil-
17-554-00 E-mail service cannot reg- Email Service cannot Cycle system power. If the ity and machine time.
ister. Power off then on Register. error persists, perform 16- 17-580-00 Please wait… disk encryp- Disk encryption is in No service action required,
and notify system admin- 950-19 to 16-959-19 Other tion operation in progress. progress please wait for encryption to
istrator Network Faults 19 finish.
17-556-00 The server Fax service Server Fax service can- Cycle system power. If the 17-590-00 Image overwrite is in Image overwrite (ODIO) No service action required,
cannot un-register. Notify not un-register error persists, perform 16- progress… the machine is is in progress please wait for the overwrite
your system administrator 980-00 to 16-989-35 Other offline. to finish.
Network Faults 22 17-591-00 On Demand Overwrite HDD or FAX On Cycle system power. If the
17-557-00 The internet Fax service Internet Fax service Cycle system power. If the Failed. Perform an On Demand Overwrite error persists, perform 16-
cannot un-register. Notify cannot un-register error persists, perform 16- Demand Overwrite imme- Failed. 710-00 to 16-750-11 Unable
your system administrator 950-19 to 16-959-19 Other diately. To Create Client Handle or
Network Faults 19 20-710-00, 20-711-00 Fax
17-558-00 The E-mail service can- E-mail service cannot Cycle system power. If the Card Overwrite Errors as
not un-register. Notify your un-register error persists, perform 16- appropriate.
system administrator 950-19 to 16-959-19 Other
Network Faults 19
17-559-00 Workflow scanning ser- Network scanning ser- Cycle system power. If the
vice cannot register. vice cannot register. error persists, perform 16- Table 14 Chain 19 Status codes
Power off then on and 980-00 to 16-989-35 Other Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
notify system administra- Network Faults 22
tor 19-502-00 Please wait, freeing Out of memory No user intervention required,
memory resources. The machine please wait, printing will resume
17-560-00 The workflow scanning Network scanning ser- Cycle system power. If the
has run out of image after memory is freed. Other
service cannot un-register. vice cannot un-register. error persists, perform 16-
processing memory for machine services are unaf-
Notify your system admin- 980-00 to 16-989-35 Other
the current job fected. If the error persists, per-
istrator Network Faults 22 form 19-401-00, 19-402-00 Out
17-561-00 The reprint saved jobs Reprint saved jobs ser- Cycle system power. If the of Memory
service cannot un-register. vice cannot un-register. error persists, perform 16-
19-505-00 Some jobs may have Compressor DVMA Confirm the UI message and re-
Notify your system admin- 752-66 to 16-753-28 Scan to
been deleted time-out. Current job scan the job. If the error per-
istrator FAX Registration Error
has been deleted sists, perform the 19-403-00
17-562-00 No communications with Registration with edge User intervention is required Out of Memory - Job in EPC
Xerox SMart eSolutions server fails to review SMart eSolutions
server. Contact system settings. Cycle system
administrator power. If the error persists,
perform 16-891-00, 16-892-
00 Edge Server Error
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
19-506-00 Immediate job over- Immediate job over- Administrator intervention is 20-545-00 Fax job could not be A Fax job could not be Fax job could not be sent, re-
write failed. Perform write failed required to perform an on sent at this time, please sent try. Printing and other machine
an on demand over- demand image overwrite imme- try again services are available
write immediately diately. Printing can continue. 20-546-00 Fax memory is low. Not enough memory to Cycle system power. If the
Other machine services are Contact your system use Fax service error persists, perform 20-323-
unaffected. administrator 00, 20-324-00 Fax System
19-507-00 On Demand Overwrite HDD or FAX On Cycle system power. If the error Memory is Low
Failed. Perform an On Demand Overwrite persists, perform 16-710-00 to 20-547-00 Fax memory is low. Fax memory is low User intervention is required to
Demand Overwrite Failed. 16-750-11 Unable To Create Contact your system delete unnecessary mailbox
immediately. Client Handle or 20-710-00, 20- administrator files or Fax jobs stored for poll-
711-00 Fax Card Overwrite ing. Cycle system power. If the
Errors as appropriate. error persists, perform 20-323-
19-510-00 Please wait.... the System is attempting to No service action required. 00, 20-324-00 Fax System
system is attempting to recover. Image disk Printing and other machine ser- Memory is Low
recover error vices are unaffected 20-550-00 Fax line 2 is unavail- Extended Fax card fail- Cycle system power. Fax ser-
19-511-00 Image disk is offline. Image disk unavailable. Perform the 19-300-00 to 19- able. Notify your sys- ure detected vice can continue from line 1.
Job(s) may take longer Performance is 310-00 Image Disk (HDD) Fail- tem administrator Printing and other machine
than normal. Notify degraded. Service is ure services are available
system administrator required 20-556-00 Fax memory error. Fax service error. Reset Cycle system power. If the
19-512-00 Image disk offline. The image disk must be Perform the 19-300-00 to 19- Power off then on and Fax service error persists, perform 20-331-
Power off then on and serviced. Power off/ 310-00 Image Disk (HDD) Fail- notify system adminis- 00 to 20-341-00 Fax Network
notify system adminis- power on will tempo- ure. trator Line 1 Fault
trator rarily alleviate the prob- 20-558-00 Fax memory error. Fax memory error Cycle system power. If the
lem. Power off then on and error persists, perform 20-322-
19-513-00 Please wait... The The image disk is full Print jobs may be delayed. No notify system adminis- 00 NV Device Not Fitted to
image disk is full service action required. The trator Basic Fax Card
system is attempting to recover. 20-559-00 Fax memory error. Fax service error Cycle system power. If the
Printing and other machine ser- Power off then on and error persists, perform 20-320-
vices are available notify system adminis- 00 Fax Fault Not Cleared by
19-514-00 All incomplete jobs Video job integrity fault If the error persists, perform the trator Card Reset
have been deleted detected 19-409-00 Video Integrity Fault 20-562-00 Fax line 1 is unavail- No communication on Cycle system power. If the
19-550-00 Configuration mis- The controller cannot Cycle system power. Install a able. Check line con- Fax line 1 error persists, perform 20-331-
match access the EPC mem- new hard disk drive, PL 18.1 nection or notify your 00 to 20-341-00 Fax Network
ory or the image disk Item 97. Install a new IP Board, system administrator Line 1 Fault
PL 18.1 Item 98. 20-563-00 Fax line 2 is unavail- No communication on Cycle system power. If the
able. Check line con- Fax line 2 error persists, perform 20-331-
nection or notify your 00 to 20-341-00 Fax Network
system administrator Line 1 Fault
Table 15 Chain 20 Status codes 20-565-00 Fax job limit has been All jobs IDs allocated Cycle system power. Fax and
Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action reached. Power off then cannot create any more LAN Fax are disabled
on and notify system
20-544-00 Please wait... The Fax The Fax service is ini- The Fax service is re-starting.
administrator
service is initializing tializing No user intervention is
20-570-00 Fax memory error. Fax service error Cycle system power. If the
required. Printing and other
Power off then on and error persists, perform 20-342-
machine services are avail-
notify system adminis- 00 Error Accessing File on a
able
trator NV Device
Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
20-571-00 Fax memory error. Fax service error Cycle system power. If the 22-504-16 Machine is in a non cus- Non customer mode. Use the attached
Power off then on and error persists, perform 20-331- tomer mode. Auto configuration is Non-Customer Mode
notify system adminis- 00 to 20-341-00 Fax Network disabled. Wait for Recovery procedure
trator Line 1 Fault machine to exit Diag- to recover.
20-572-00 Fax line 2 is unavail- Fax service error. Fax Cycle system power. If the nostics mode. The
able. Call for assistance line 2 is unavailable error persists, perform 20-331- machine is unavailable
00 to 20-341-00 Fax Network 22-505-00 Remove documents Documents sensed in To scan from the document
Line 1 Fault from the document the DADH tray during glass, remove documents in
20-580-00 Fax service is unavail- NVM values supplied by Cycle system power. If the feeder input tray or IIT standby and docu- the document feeder input
able. Turn machine off the Fax are invalid. Fax error persists, perform 20-302- close the document ment handler cover is tray. To use the document
then on NVM data error 00 to 20-305-00 Fax Card HW feeder. open. feeder to scan your docu-
or SW Error ments, lower the document
feeder.
20-595-00 Fax line 1 is unavail- Fax service Error. Fax Cycle system power. If the
able. Call for assistance. line 1 is unavailable error persists, perform 20-345- 22-505-05 Start accepted. Job will fax and network scan Scanning delayed tempo-
00 FaxPort1 Modem Failure begin when the system rarily. Job begins when the
is ready. system is ready.
22-505-17 Machine is in a non- Machine is in a non-cus- Use the attached procedure
customer mode tomer mode to recover.
Table 16 Chain 22 Status codes 22-506-17 Auto configuration is Machine is in a non-cus- Use the attached procedure
disabled tomer mode to recover.
Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
22-508-04 Scanning will be Scan start up delayed Job will begin when system is
22-501-04 Please wait... The sys- System is in recovery Wait for the system to recover.
delayed whilst awaiting ready. If the error persists,
tem is attempting to If the error persists, perform
resources perform the 22-330-01 to 22-
recover. 22-310-04 to 22-318-04 Other
332-00 Queue Timed Out
Network Faults 25
22-511-04 Paper required for cur- Media required for cur- Load the correct paper to
22-502-04 No message An active message has Select the Current Messages rent job is not available rent marking job is not complete the held job or can-
been produced. button in the Machine Status loaded cel the held job. Other
for more information.
machine services are unaf-
22-503-04 All incomplete jobs have System Error - Jobs Resubmit job. If the error per- fected.
been deleted. have been lost. sists, perform 22-310-04 to 22-512-04 Auto Paper Select is not All trays have been System administrator inter-
22-318-04 Other Network available. specified by the SA/KO vention is required to enable
Faults 25
to be direct select trays. at least one tray for auto
22-503-05 The number of originals Not enough originals Re-sort and reload all origi- selection.
was less than the num- detected in the DADF nals. If the error persists, per- 22-513-04 One or more queued One or more queued Queued job needs resources.
ber originally scanned during DADF fault form 05-940-00 No Original
jobs need resources. jobs in the system is User intervention is required
recovery. Fail
being held. to supply resources required
22-504-04 No tray is configured No paper tray is config- Job must be deleted. Paper for one or more queued jobs;
with the required paper ured to run the stock tray must be configured to jobs will be held until
size size required for this job match the job. If the problem resources are available.
persists, perform the 22-310-
22-515-04 One or more queued One or more queued Queued job needs resources.
04 to 22-318-04 Other Net-
jobs need resources. jobs in the system is User intervention is required
work Faults 25
being held. to supply resources required
22-504-05 Invalid original size Invalid mixed size origi- Make sure the originals are for one or more queued jobs;
detected. It will be nal pair detected not creased or folded jobs will be held until
treated as the next larg- resources are available.
est standard size
Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
22-552-00 Option Install error. Option Install Error. Wait for the system to recover. 22-566-00 The Fax Service can- Fax service cannot reg- Cycle system power. If the
Please wait...The sys- If the error persists, perform not Register. Notify your ister error persists, perform 22-371-
tem is attempting to 22-350-01, 22-350-02 Soft- System Administrator. 00, 22-372-00 Fax Applica-
recover. ware Detects Non-Valid Xerox tion Registration Error
SOK 22-567-00 The Fax Service can- Fax service cannot un- Cycle system power. If the
22-553-00 Please wait... One or Options are being Wait for the system to recover. not Un-Register. Notify register error persists, perform 22-371-
more options are being installed. If the error persists, perform your System Adminis- 00, 22-372-00 Fax Applica-
installed. 22-351-01 to 22-351-03 SOK trator. tion Registration Error
Write Failure 22-568-00 No message Status requiring POPO Status codes requiring a
22-554-00 Please wait... One or Options are being Wait for the system to recover. detected & Auto-Reset POPO are defined in the Auto-
more options are being removed. If the error persists, perform Count less than 2 Restart column. NVM 616-216
removed. 22-351-01 to 22-351-03 SOK counts restart attempts the
Write Failure system will automatically try
22-555-00 Option Install error. If Option Install Error. Cycle system power. If the before engaging the user.
problem persists call for error persists, perform 22-351-
NOTE: This status should
assistance. 01 to 22-351-03 SOK Write
never be added to the auto-
Failure
restart list
22-556-00 Option Removal error. Option Removal Error. Cycle system power. If the
22-580-00 Register for your Sup- Service Plan registration Supplies Plan registration
If problem persists call error persists, perform 22-351-
plies Plan. alert. required. User intervention is
for assistance. 01 to 22-351-03 SOK Write required to enter Supplies
Failure
Plan code.
22-557-00 Configuration parame- Serial number sync fail- Cycle system power. Use 22-581-00 The Supplies Plan is Service Plan is undeter- Supplies Plan registration
ter error. ure dC132 to check the serial
unknown. Print ser- mined. required. User intervention is
number. Use dC131 to check
vices are disabled. required to enter Supplies
printer configuration. Plan code. Print and Copy ser-
If the error persists, perform
vices are disabled.
22-352-00, 22-352-01 Serial
Number Lost/Missing 22-582-00 The Supplies Plan Service Plan registration Supplies Plan expires soon.
expires soon. Contact warning. Contact your System Adminis-
22-558-00 Your software is not the Power On Upgrade Accept the upgrade. If the
your System Adminis- trator to enter Activation Code.
latest version. Do you Available error persits, use GP 9 to
trator. Print services are unaffected.
want to upgrade now? force the upgrade.
22-583-00 The Supplies Plan Service Plan registration Supplies Plan registration
22-561-00 Network Controller Raised when printer Cycle system power. If the
expires in {%d} days. expiration warning. expiration warning. Contact
error. Contact System speed, Geo Region or error persists, perform 03-399-
System Administrator to enter
Administrator. CRU Ordering has 00 SIM Card Data Cannot be
activation code. Print services
changed via SIM card. Processed
are disabled.
22-562-00 Network Controller Network Controller Error Cycle system power. If the 22-584-00 The Supplies Plan has Service Plan registration Supplies Plan has expired.
error. Contact System error persists, perform 22-370- expired. Print services expired. Contact your System Adminis-
Administrator. 00 Unable to Communicate
are disabled. trator to enter Activation Code.
with XSA Database
Print services are disabled.
22-563-00 System Error. Power Off Incomplete System Cycle system power.
then On and notify sys- Information. SR Dead - Table 17 Chain 72 to 77 Status codes
tem administrator. declared by ESS reg
service. Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
22-564-00 System Error. Power Off Incomplete System Cycle system power. 72-215-00 Optional Feeder Config- Feeder Composition Cycle system power. If the
then On and notify sys- Information. Acct Ser- uration Failure. Failure error persists, perform 71-
tem administrator. vice Data is corrupt. 215-00 Tray Feeder Composi-
tion Error
Table 17 Chain 72 to 77 Status codes OF 4 Convenience Stapler Failure
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action To identify problems with the convenience stapler.
77-098-00 Optional Feeder Failure. Option Feeder Mode Cycle system power. If the
Error error persists, perform 72- Procedure
098-00 to 74-098-00 Option WARNING
Feeder Mode
77-216-00 Feeder Motor Failure. Option Feeder Motor Cycle system power. If the
Failure error persists, perform 73-
216-00 Option Feeder Motor3
Error WARNING
Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause death or injury.
Table 18 Chain 91 to 95 Status codes
NOTE: There are no serviceable components in the convenience stapler.
Refer to Figure 1 and check the power lead is correctly connected to the convenience stapler.
92-530-00 Paper tray communica- Cannot communicate with Cycle system power. If Check the AC mains (line) voltage at the customer power outlet. The voltage measured is
tion fault. Please call for Paper Trays 2-4 the error persists, within the power requirements.
assistance peform 70-099-00 I/F Y N
IOTFED Communica- If the voltages are incorrect or the wiring of the main supply is defective, inform your tech-
tion nical manager and the customer. Do not attempt to repair or adjust the customer supply.
95-100-00 Software Upgrade Fail- Software Upgrade Failure An attempted upgrade
ure. did not complete suc- Install a new convenience stapler, REP 18.2.6.
cessfull. Use GP 9 to
upgrade.
Figure 1 Stapler Assembly
WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 2-195 OF 3, OF 4
OF 5 Multi-feed Error OF 6 Power On Self Test (POST)
POST is the Power-On Self Test that runs during the boot process and prior to loading of the
To solve several sheet multi-feeds or extra blank sheet output problems.
operating systems (OS). POST checks basic system functions throughout the printer before
passing control onto the operating system.
Initial Actions
WARNING POST Fault LED Codes
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Refer to Figure 1 to locate the row of eight LEDs used to display POST faults. To view the
not need electricity. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. POST LEDs, remove the Left Rear Cover, REP 19.2.2. The LEDs may indicate a hardware
Moving parts can cause injury. problem ahead of the operating system loading and the Control Panel can be used to deter-
• Check media condition. Do not use incorrectly cut paper, damp paper, paper with rough mine the problem with the printer when the Control Panel is not functioning.
edges, badly drilled paper, paper with wrapper wax or glue contamination.
• Check media specifications, GP 26.
Procedure
When troubleshooting multi-feeds, use a new ream of paper. If a new ream can not be used,
perform the following:
1. Fan the paper.

2. Turn the paper round or turn the paper over.
3. Remove four or five sheets from the top of the stack.
Bypass Tray
1. Ensure that the customer is not filling the tray above the max fill line.
2. Clean the Pick-up Assembly, PL 13.1 Item 15 with a damp cloth with water.
3. Check that the Retard Roller, PL 13.2 Item 98 is clean, has torque resistance and does
not rotate freely.
Tray 1
Check the following:
1. Check the tray side guides.
2. The bottom plate drops down when the tray is pulled out and elevates when pushed in.
a. Check the Transport Assembly components, PL 15.2.
b. Check the Feed Rolls, PL 9.2 Item 98.
c. Check that the friction clutch, PL 9.2 Item 5 in the Retard Roll Assembly has a torque
resistance and does not rotate freely.
3. Check the tray for worn, broken or missing components. Replace if necessary, PL 9.2
Item 1.
Optional Trays
Check the following:
1. The bottom plate drops down when the tray is pulled out and elevates when closed.
a. Check the Optional Feeder Feed Assembly, PL 11.2.
b. Check that the friction clutch, PL 11.3 Item 99 in the Retard Roll Assembly has a
torque resistance and does not rotate freely.
2. Check tray for worn, broken or missing components.
Figure 1 POST LED Location
OF 5, OF 6 2-196 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
POST Fault Codes Table 2 Boot Loader CPU Off Recovery
The following tables list possible POST fault indications. Error
LED Value Boot Loader Status Component Indication Fault Code
Table 1 Boot Loader Initialization 00110011 DDR pre-access Wait process done IP Board On None
Error 00110100 Access window configuration done IP Board On None
LED Value Boot Loader Status Component Indication Fault Code 00110101 NVRAM Write Protect unlock done IP Board On None
00000000 Initial status of power-on IP Board On None 00110110 Jump to CPU OFF recovery done IP Board On None
00000001 CPU CORE initialization done IP Board On None 00110111 Reserved IP Board On None
00000010 DDR initialization done IP Board On None 00111000 Reserved IP Board On None
00000011 Access window configuration done IP Board On None 00111001 Clear processing of Data Cache done IP Board On None
00000100 DDR pre-access Wait process done IP Board On None 00111010 ASIC Cielo initialization done IP Board On None
00000101 DDR memory check Write done IP Board On None 10000000 Repeat alternate pattern On/Off IP Board or Flashing None
00000110 DDR memory check done IP Board On None 00000001 Reserved RAM
00000111 DDR memory zero clear done IP Board On None 11111111 Recovery from CPUOFF Mode IP Board On None
00001000 Copy to memory of Panbug (Text) IP Board On None
Table 3 SD Card Initialization
00001001 Copy to memory of Panbug (Base) IP Board On None
00001010 Stack pointer configuration done IP Board Flashing None Error
00010000 Start hardware initialization process IP Board On None
00010001 I2C module initialization done IP Board On None 11010000 Start SD module initialization RAM or SD Flashing 117-329
Card
00010010 Interrupt controller initialization done IP Board On None
00010011 GIO configuration done IP Board On None 11010001 SD module register initialization done RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
Card
00010101 MSR register initialization done IP Board On None
11010010 SD module interrupt configuration done RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
00010110 HID0 register initialization done IP Board On None
Card
00010111 Debug serial initialization done IP Board On None 11010011 SD module clock initialization done RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
00011001 PCI-Express module initialization done IP Board On None Card
00100000 Start software initialization processing IP Board On None 11010100 SD card initialization command 1 done RAM or SD Flashing 117-321
00100001 Obtain and store MacAddress done IP Board On None Card
00100010 Memory domain variable config done IP Board On None 11010101 SD card clock enabling done RAM or SD Flashing 117-321
00100011 Command table initialization done IP Board On None Card
00100100 Debug serial interruption enabling done IP Board On None 11010110 SD card initialization done RAM or SD Flashing 117-321
Card
00100101 CPU GPIO interruption enabling done IP Board On None
00100110 Timer interruption enabling done IP Board On None 11010111 SD card unlock done RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
Card
00100111 Other interruption enabling done IP Board On None
11011000 SD card information obtain done RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
00101010 SD Card initialization done IP Board On None
Card
00110001 JUMP to Panbug Main section IP Board On None 11011001 SD card bus width configuration done RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
00110010 SeepROM access failure IP Board On 016-351 Card
11111111 Repeat alternate pattern On/Off IP Board Flashing None 11011010 SD module initialization done RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
00000000 DDR initialization processing failure Card
11110000 Repeat alternate pattern On/Off RAM Flashing None 11011011 Start read processing from SD card RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
00001111 Test error of DDR memory Read/Write Card
11000000 Repeat alternate pattern On/Off IP Board Flashing None 11011100 SD module initial check done RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
00000011 Unable to recognize PCI-Express Card
Table 3 SD Card Initialization
Error
11011110 Program memory expansion done RAM or SD Flashing None
Card
11110000 Repeat alternate pattern On/Off RAM or SD Flashing 117-319
00001111 Extend processing error of Program data Card
Table 4 Switch Off Recovery

Error
00110011 DDR pre-access Wait process done IP Board On None
00110100 Access window configuration done IP Board On None
00110101 NVRAM Write Protect unlock done IP Board On None
00110110 Jump to CPU OFF recovery done IP Board On None
00110111 Checksum calculation of data done IP Board On None
00111000 Compare checksum values done IP Board On None
00111001 CPU GPIO initialization done IP Board On None
00111010 Debug serial initialization done IP Board On None
00111011 PCI-Express module initialization done IP Board On None
00111100 Software initialization done IP Board On None
11111111 Recovery from Switch OFF Mode IP Board On None
3 Image Quality
IQ1 Image Quality Entry .................................................................................................. 3-3
IQ2 Deletions (line, band, spots) ..................................................................................... 3-4
IQ3 Unfused Image ......................................................................................................... 3-5
IQ4 Resolution ................................................................................................................ 3-6
IQ5 Skewed Image.......................................................................................................... 3-6
IQ6 Light or Undertoned Print ......................................................................................... 3-7
IQ7 Spots ........................................................................................................................ 3-8
IQ8 Blank Print ................................................................................................................ 3-9
IQ9 Black Print ................................................................................................................ 3-10
IQ10 Process Streaks ..................................................................................................... 3-11
IQ11 Scan Streaks .......................................................................................................... 3-12
IQ12 Damaged Print ....................................................................................................... 3-13
IQ13 Repeating Defects.................................................................................................. 3-14
IQ14 Residual Image ...................................................................................................... 3-15
IQ15 Background ............................................................................................................ 3-16
IQ16 Uneven Density ...................................................................................................... 3-17
IQ17 Stains on Print Back .............................................................................................. 3-18
IQ18 Registration ............................................................................................................ 3-18
IQ19 Curved Vertical Lines ............................................................................................. 3-19
Test Prints ....................................................................................................................... 3-19
IQS 1 Solid Area Density ................................................................................................ 3-20
IQS 2 Skew ..................................................................................................................... 3-20
IQS 3 Registration........................................................................................................... 3-21
IQS 4 Transparencies ..................................................................................................... 3-21
IQS 5 Image Area ........................................................................................................... 3-22
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Image Quality

Image Quality 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only
IQ1 Image Quality Entry Transfer Roller image defects:
• Uneven Density
The purpose of this procedure is to establish the source and type of imaging defect. Print-qual-
ity defects can be attributed to printer components, consumables, media, internal software, • Background contamination
external software applications, and environmental conditions. To successfully troubleshoot • Ghosting
print-quality problems, eliminate as many variables as possible. First, recreate the perceived • Vertical white lines
defect using the customer’s job or test print. Use approved laser paper from a fresh ream accli- • Vertical black line or band
mated to room temperature and humidity.
• Stains on the page back
If the print-quality defect is still present after printing on approved media from an unopened Fuser image defects:
ream of paper, investigate software applications being used and environmental conditions. • Ghosting
Check the temperature and humidity under which the printer is operating. Compare this to the • Stains on the page back or front
“Environmental Specifications”. Extreme temperature and humidity can adversely affect the • Poor image adhesion
printer’s xerographic and fusing characteristics.
Drum Cartridge image defects:
When analyzing a imaging defect, determine if the defect is repeating or random. Continuous • Uneven density
defects in the process direction, such as voids and lines, are the most difficult to diagnose. • Background contamination
Check the CRU life counters for end of life conditions. Inspect the visible surfaces of all rollers • Spots, smudges, or smears
for obvious defects. If a cursory inspection does not reveal any obvious defects, continue trou- • Ghosting
bleshooting the defect, starting with the list of initial actions.
• Vertical white lines
Initial Actions • Vertical black line or band
• Stains on the page front
Use the following steps to determine which part of the system is at fault.
• Blank prints
1. If possible, discuss the defect with the customer to determine if the percieved defect is
outside the printer’s image specifications. • Black prints
2. Ensure all connections to the printer are secure. • Horizontal Black lines or bands
3. Check the CRU life counts. Replace components at end of life. After determining the defect type and possible source, match the defect with thoses listed in
Table 1. Go to the RAP listed to correct the defect.
4. Make sure the printer is positioned to allow adequate airflow at all vents. Refer to GP 22,
Installation Space Requirements.
5. Make sure the printer’s interior is clean.
Image Defect Definitions
6. Check the tray guides. Table 1 lists image defect definitions and the RAP(s) used to correct the problem.
7. Use the customer’s print job to check defect reoccurrence. If the defect persists, begin to
Table 1 Image Defect Definitions
isolate the defect by attempting to identify the component responsible.
Defect Definition Go To
8. Check stored tray settings for media size and type.
9. Check image adjustment and print mode settings being used. Deletions There are areas (lines, bands, spots) missing entirely. IQ2
10. Check current humidity. Unfused Image Part or all of the image is infused. Refer to the specification. IQ3
11. Check the paper in use. Try printing on a different media. Resolution At 600 dpi, the two pixel lines and halftone patches cannot IQ4
be reproduced clearly on the print.
12. Check the image problem is not file specific.
Skips and Skip - Image loss or stretching in horizontal bands. IQ2
13. Print from a different tray to check media transport.
Smears Smear - Image distortion in bands across the process direc-
14. Cycle system power. tion that appear blurred or compressed.
Spots There are spots of toner on the page. IQ7
Defects Associated with Specific Components Skewed Image Angular image displacement from its intended position. IQ5
To aid with defect diagnosis, listed below are defects associated with specific components. Light Prints The overall image density is too light. IQ6
Blank Prints Prints with no visible image. IQ8
Laser Unit image defects:
Black Prints The print is completely covered with toner with no image. IQ9
• Black Print
Process Deltions Areas of the image are extremely light or missing entirely. IQ2
• Vertical white lines
Defects run vertically in the direction of paper movement.
• Curved lines

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 3-3 IQ1
Table 1 Image Defect Definitions IQ2 Deletions (line, band, spots)
Defect Definition Go To Use this procedure to correct defects that appear as areas of image deletions.
Scan Deletions Areas of the image are extremely light or missing entirely. IQ2
Defects run horizontally across the page. Initial Actions
Process Streaks Extraneous dark lines/bands in the process direction. IQ10 • Check that the paper supply is dry and meets specifications.
Scan Streaks Extraneous dark lines/bands in the direction of scan. IQ11 • Inspect the paper path for items, such as staples, paper clips, and paper scraps.
Damaged Prints Creases, wrinkles, excessive curl, cuts, folds or embossed IQ12 • Check Drum Cartridge installation.
marks. • Clean Drum Cartridge contacts.
Spot Deletions Solid areas are marked with irregular white areas. IQ2 • Check the Transfer Roller for contamination or wear.
Repeating Recurring marks, spots, lines, or voids. IQ13 • Check that rollers and other media path components are clean and unobstructed.
Defects
• If vertical lines of deletion appear, clean the Laser Unit window.
Residual Image The image from a previous print appears on the current print. IQ14
Background Uniform toner contamination in non image areas. See Back- IQ15
ground specification.
Uneven Density The text/line darkness and solid area density image varies IQ16
across the print.
Registration Displacement of the image, in the process or scan direction, IQ18
from its intended position on the print.
Curved Vertical Vertical lines are curved and distrorted. IQ19
Lines
Stains on Print Toner appears on the reverse side on single-sided images. IQ17
Back
Figure 1 Line, band, or spot deletions example
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Print and inspect a test print for deletions (missing image). There should be no deletions with a
diameter larger than 0.5 mm visible on the test prints. No deletions are visible.
Y N
Check the media. The media is clean, of the approved type, and free of defects.
Y N
Replace the media with approved media from a freshly opened package.
A
IQ1, IQ2 3-4 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
A
Check the media path for dirt, debris, or toner residue. The media path is clean. IQ3 Unfused Image
Y N
The printed image is not fully fused to the paper. The image rubs off easily. A cold environment
Clean the media path.
affects the warm-up time, while high humidity has an adverse effect on fusing. Also, media
weight and composition affect fusing performance.
Replace the Drum Catridge and reprint the test print. The image contains spots.
Y N
Perform SCP 6 Final Actions. Initial Actions
• Check the environment. A location that’s too cold or humid reduces fusing performance.
Remove and examine the Transfer Roller for surface contamination or excessive wear. The • Inspect the media path for debris, such as staples, paper clips, and paper scraps.
Transfer Roller is good.
• Verify that the media type is set correctly.
Y N
Replace the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
Procedure
Check for debris on the Laser Unit window or obstructions between the Laser Unit and Drum WARNING
Cartridge. The laser light path is clear. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer
Y N
Clear the laser light path of obstructions. injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Remove and examine the Fuser for damage or debris on the rollers. The Fuser rollers are WARNING
good. Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot.
Y N Rub the image with a soft cloth or tissue. The image smears.
Replace the Fuser, REP 7.1.1. Y N
Check connections between the IP Board and Laser Unit. The connections are secure.
Y N Replace the media with new, dry media from an unopened ream. The image smears.
Secure the connections. Y N
Check the Fuser lock levers. The Fuser is locked.
Y N
Lock the Fuser, cycle system power and test.
Remove and inspect the Fuser, REP 7.1.1. The Fuser rollers are good.
Y N
Check the Fuser electrical connection. The connector is good.

Y N
Repair or replace the harness.

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 3-5 IQ2, IQ3
IQ4 Resolution IQ5 Skewed Image
The two pixel lines and halftone patches cannot be reproduced clearly on the test print. The image is not parallel to the edge of the print sheet.

Inspect the three resolution check points on several test prints. Check the image resolution in • Check that the paper guides are set correctly.
each of these ares: • Load new, dry paper that meets specifications.
• The vertical, horizontal, and diagonal lines should be clear and continuous. The diagonal • Check the rollers in the paper path for any obstructions, damage, or debris.
lines might appear to be narrower than the others.
• The text paragraphs should be roughly equal in density.
Procedure
• The half-tone patches adjacent to the solid blocks in the corners should be uniform in
Print a test print and measure the difference between dimensions A and B as indicated in.
appearance.
The difference is more than 1 MM or less for single side or 4 MM front to back on double
The check points meet specification.
sided prints.
Y N
Y N
Replace the following as necessary:
The printer is operating within specification. Perform SCP 6 Final actions
• Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.2
• Fuser, REP 7.1.1 Check the installation. The printer is on a level surface.
• Laser Unit, REP 2.1.1 Y N
Correct the installtion. No more than a 10 mm difference side to side or front to back is
• MCU Board REP 18.2.2
required.
• IP Board REP 18.1.98
Reload the tray with new, previoulsly unopened media and reprint the test print. The image is
skewed.
Y N
Instruct the customer on proper media storage and perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Print test prints from a different source tray. The image is skewed.
Y N
Check the rollers and guides for the affected tray. Clean, repair or replace damaged or
worn components.
Check rollers in the entire paper path.

• Check the registration rollers for contamination, wear, or damage.
• Check whether pinch rollers rotate freely and spring pressure is applied evenly.
Replace these components in order until the error is corrected.
• Registration Clutch, REP 15.2.4
• Transport Assembly, REP 15.1.6

IQ4, IQ5 3-6 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
A
IQ6 Light or Undertoned Print Remove examine the Transfer Roller for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
The overall image density is too light.
Y N
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Remove the Drum Cartridge, clean the electrical contacts, then print a test print. The image
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or is too light.

Print a test print. While the print is printing, turn off system power. Remove the Drum Cartridge
Initial Actions and check the image formed on the drum right before the Transfer Roller. The image is
• Inspect the paper path for items, such as staples, paper clips, and paper scraps. poorly forrmed, faint and difficult to read.
Y N
• Check the Drum Cartridge life counter. If at end of life, replace the Drum Cartridge.
Check the image formed on the drum, right after the Transfer Roller. The image is com-
• Check that the Drum Cartridge electrical contact points are clean.
pletely transferred to the paper
• Ensure that there are no obstructions in the laser light path. Y N
• Ensure that draft mode is turned Off. Replace the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
• Check for excessive humidity.
Continue with the procedure.
Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5, and print a test print. The images is too light.
Y N
Replace the MCU Board, REP 18.2.2. The image is too light.
Y N
Figure 1 Light or undertone print example
Procedure
Check media condition. Load new, dry recommended paper, and print a test print. The image
is too light.
Y N
Replace the Drum Catridge and reprint the test print. The image is too light.
Y N
A
IQ7 Spots Y N
There are spots of toner randomly scattered on the page.
Remove the Transfer Roller and check for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
WARNING Transfer Roller is good.
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Y N
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Replace the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
WARNING Remove the Fuser. Check for damage or debris on the rollers. The Fuser rollers are good.
Y N
Initial Actions
• Check that the paper is clean, dry, and meets specifications. Check connections between the IP Board and Laseer Unit. The connections are secure.
Y N
• If using recycled paper, it may have spots.
• Inspect the paper path for items, such as staples, paper clips, and paper scraps.
• Check if the defects repeat at regular intervals. If so, see IQ18. Replace the IP Board, REP 18.1.98.
• Check Drum surface for spots or contamination.
• Check the Fuser for wear or contamination.
• Check that the Drum Cartridge contacts are clean.
Figure 1 Spots example
Procedure
Y N
Check the media path for dirt, debris, or toner residue. The media path is clean.
Y N
Replace the Drum Catridge and reprint the test print. The image contains spots.

IQ7 3-8 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
A
IQ8 Blank Print Install a new Drum Cartridge and reprint the test print. The image is blank.
Y N
No visible image anywhere on the output.
Initial Actions Remove examine the Transfer Roller for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
• Inspect the paper path for items, such as staples, paper clips, and paper scraps. Transfer Roller is good.
• Check CRU life counters. Replace components at end of life. Y N
• Clear any obstructions in the laser light path. Replace the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
• Check for multi-sheet feeds.

Check for obstructions between the Laser Unit and Drum Cartridge. The laser light path is
clear.
Y N
Clear the laser light path of obstructions.
Check connections to the Laser Unit from the IP Board. The connections are secure.
Y N
Check HVPS connections to the bias contacts. The connections are secure.
Y N
Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5, and print a test print. The images is blank.
Y N
Replace the Laser Unit and reprint the test print. The image is blank.
Figure 1 Blank print example Y N
Procedure Replace the MCU Board, REP 18.2.2. The image is blank.
WARNING Y N
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Replace the IP Board, REP 18.1.98.
WARNING
Print a test print. The test print is blank.
Y N
Check the customer’s print job setttings and the printer’s Ethernet or USB connections.
Print job settings and network connections are good.
Y N
Correct the settings or connections.
Remove the Drum Cartridge and clean the electrical contacts. Replace the Drum Catridge and
reprint the test print. The image is blank.
Y N
A
A
IQ9 Black Print Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5, and print a test print. The images is blank.
Y N
A totally black output print. There is toner on the paper with no visible image.
WARNING Replace the Laser Unit and reprint the test print. The image is blank.
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
Initial Actions Replace the MCU Board, REP 18.2.2. The image is blank.
Y N
• Ensure the covers are in place and no outside light enters the printer. Replace the IP Board, REP 18.1.98.
Figure 1 Black print example
Procedure
Print a test print. The test print is completely black.
Y N
Check the customer’s print settings.
reprint the test print. The image is blank.
Y N
Install a new Drum Cartridge and reprint the test print. The image is blank.
Y N
Y N
A
A
IQ10 Process Streaks Remove the Transfer Roller and check for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
Extraneous vertical dark lines or bands.
Y N
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Remove and examine the Fuser for damage or debris on the rollers. The Fuser rollers are
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or good.
WARNING Replace the Fuser, REP 7.1.1.

Initial Actions Y N
• Check that the paper supply is dry and meets specifications. Secure the connections.
• Inspect the media path for contamination or obstruction.
Figure 1 Process streak example
Procedure
Y N
Y N
Replace the Drum Catridge and reprint the test print. The image contains vertical streaks.
Y N
A
A
IQ11 Scan Streaks Install a new Drum Cartridge and reprint the test print. The image has horizontal streaks.
Y N
There are black lines running horizontally across the page.
WARNING Remove the Transfer Roller and check for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Transfer Roller is good.
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Y N
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Replace the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
WARNING
Check for debris on the Laser Unit window or obstructions between the Laser Unit and Drum
Cartridge. The laser path is clear.
Initial Actions Y N
• Check that the paper supply is dry and meets specifications. Clear the laser path of obstructions.
Remove and examine the Fuser for damage or debris on the rollers. The Fuser rollers are
• Check the Drum Cartridge Drum surface for scratches.
good.
• Check the Drum Cartridge contacts. Y N
Y N
Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5, and print a test print. The images is blank.
Y N
Y N
Figure 1 Horizontal streaks example
Procedure
Y N
Y N
reprint the test print. The image has horizontal streaks.
Y N
A
A
IQ12 Damaged Print Remove the Transfer Roller and check for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
The page comes out of the Output Tray either wrinkled, creased, or torn.
Y N
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Replace the following, in order, until the defective component is found.
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or • Feed and transport rollers
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. • Fuser, REP 7.1.1
WARNING • Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1
Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot. • Exit Chute Assembly, REP 17.1.99
NOTE: If paper damage occurs within an installed option, determine the location where the
damage occurs an correct as necessary to eliminate the problem.
Initial Actions
• Check media type settings are correct.
• Check that chutes operate properly when doors or covers are opened or closed.
• Check that the paper supply is dry and meets specifications.
• Check that rollers and other paper path components are clean and unobstructed.
Procedure
Check that the printer is level, has its feet, and has adaquate airflow. The installation loca-
tion is within specification.
Y N
Correct the installation.
Y N
Change the media. The media damage persists.

Y N
Replace the media in all trays. Remove bad media from stock.
Y N
Check rollers in the paper path.

1. Check feed and media path rollers for contamination, wear, or damage.
2. Check whether the pinch rollers rotate freely and spring pressure is applied evenly.
The rollers are good.
Y N
Replace worn or damaged rollers.
good.
Y N
A
IQ13 Repeating Defects Xerographic Component Dimensions
Recurring marks, spots, lines, or voids. Table 1 lists measurements of critical printer components. Refer to these measurements when
diagnosing a repeating print-quality problem.
WARNING
Table 1 Xerographic Component Specifications
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Component Circumference
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. OPC Drum (Drum Cartridge) 94.4 mm (3.7 inches)
WARNING Registration Roller 59.1 mm ( inches)
Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot. Feed Roller 47.1 mm (1.85 inches)
Initial Actions Nudger, Pick, Seperator Rollers 72.3 mm ( inches)
• Check that the paper is clean, dry, and meets specifications. Tray 1 Pick Roller 47.1 mm (1.85 inches)
• Inspect the paper path for items, such as staples, paper clips, and paper scraps. Fuser Heat Roller 155 mm (inches)
• Check CRU life counts. Replace components at end of life. Duplex Roller 35.5 mm (1.4 inches)
Cleaning Roller (Drum Cartridge) 40.8 mm
Transfer Roller 57.8 mm
Figure 1 Repeating defects example
Procedure
Y N
Y N
Print a test print and compare the defect to the values listed in Table 1. Replace the defective
component.

A
IQ14 Residual Image Install a new Drum Cartridge and reprint the test print. The residual image defect is still visi-
ble.
The image from a previous print appears on the current print.
Y N
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Remove the Transfer Roller and check for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Transfer Roller is good.
WARNING Replace the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.

Initial Actions good.
• Check media type settings are correct. Y N
• Check Drum Cartridge installation.
Replace the following, in order, until the defective component is found.
• Clean the Drum Cartridge contact points. • Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1
• Verify the paper is within specifications. • Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1
• Fuser, REP 7.1.1
• HVPS, REP 18.2.5
Figure 1 Residual image (ghosting) example
Procedure
Print 10 test prints. A residual image appears on all copies.
Y N
Print an additional 10 prints to clean residual toner from the rollers.
Measure the defect frequency on the prints. No defect pattern is visible.

Y N
Refer to IQ13 Repeating Defects to determine the deffective component.
reprint the test print. The residual image defect is still visible.
Y N
A
IQ15 Background Y N
There is toner contamination on all or part of the page. The contamination appears as a very
light gray dusting. Replace the Drum Catridge and reprint the test print. The image includes background
defects.
WARNING Y N
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Perform SCP 6 Final Actions.
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Remove examine the Transfer Roller for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
Y N
NOTE: Glossy media may show some backgrounding due to the surface texture.
Print a test print. While the print is printing, turn off system power. Remove the Drum Cartridge
Initial Actions and check the image formed on the drum right before the Transfer Roller. The image is
• Check media type settings are correct. poorly forrmed, faint and difficult to read.
Y N
• Check that the paper is clean, dry, and meets specifications.
Check the image formed on the drum, right after the Transfer Roller. The image is com-
• Verify the Toner Cartridge is a Xerox manufactured part with adaquate life remaining. If a
non-Xerox Toner Cartridge is being used, this could be the problem.
Y N
• Check for excessive humidity. Replace the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
• Clean the Drum Cartridge contacts.
• Ensure covers are in place and no outside light enters the printer. Continue with the procedure.
Replace the HVPS, REP 18.2.5, and print a test print. The image includes background
defects.
Y N
Replace the MCU Board, REP 18.2.2. The image includes background defects.
Y N
Figure 1 Background defect example
Procedure
Check the paper condition. Load new, dry recommended paper, and print a test print. The
image includes background defects.
Y N
Remove the Drum Cartridge, clean the electrical contacts, then print a test print. The image
includes background defects.

IQ16 Uneven Density Y N
Image density varies across the page in either direction.
Remove examine the Transfer Roller for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Replace the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
WARNING Print a test print. While the print is printing, turn off system power. Remove the Drum Cartridge
and check the image formed on the drum right before the Transfer Roller. The image is
poorly formed, faint and difficult to read.
Initial Actions Y N
• Check media type settings. Check the image formed on the drum, right after the Transfer Roller. The image is com-
• Load new, dry paper that meets specifications.
Y N
• Check Toner Cartridge installation and life count.
• Ensure that the printer is level.
• Check the laser light path is clean and unobstructed. Continue with the procedure.
good.
Y N

• Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1
Figure 1 Uneven density defect example
Procedure
Check the paper condition. Load new, dry recommended paper, and print a test print. The
image includes density defects.
Y N
Remove the Drum Cartridge, clean the electrical contacts, then print a test print. The image
has density defects.
Y N
Replace the Drum Catridge and reprint the test print. The image has density defects.

IQ17 Stains on Print Back IQ18 Registration
Use this procedure when printed sheets have stains on the non-image side of the paper. The image is positioned incorrectly in either the process or scan direction.
WARNING Initial Actions

Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer • Check the Duplex Unit media size setting on the Duplex Unit.
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or • Check the customer’s application settings.
• Check that the paper supply is new, dry, and loaded correctly.
WARNING • Check that the paper tray guides are set correctly.
Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot. • Check that components in the paper path are clean and unobstructed.
Initial Actions If registration defects occur on duplex prints only, replace the Duplex Chute. If registration
• Ensure that the printer is level. defects occur on prints sourced from all trays in the process direction, replace the Transport
Assembly.
If registration defects occur from a specific tray in the process direction, check these compon-
tents in sequence and replace as necessary:
• Feed, Nudger, Retard Rollers, REP 9.2.98
• Feed Clutch, REP 15.2.16
• Transport Assembly, REP 15.1.6
If registration defects occur In the cross-process direction, check these compontents in
sequence and replace as necessary:
• Laser Unit, REP 2.1.1
• Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1
• Tray, PL 9.2 Item 1
To make registration and margin adjustments, use dC131 to adjust NVRAM values.
Procedure
Figure 1 Toner on the back of prints
Measure the registration on two consecutive test prints. Registration is within specifica-
tion, refer to IQS 3.
Procedure Y N
Print 10 test prints. A staining appears on all copies. Print test prints from all input sources to isolate the defective component.
Y N
Print an additional 10 prints to clean residual toner from the rollers. Perform IQ5 Skew.
Remove and examine the Transfer Roller for surface contamination or excessive wear. The
Y N
good.
Y N

• Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1

IQ17 , IQ18 3-18 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
IQ19 Curved Vertical Lines Test Prints
When printing, vertical lines are not straight. Listed below are the test patterns available to help identify and locate image quality defects.
WARNING • Gradiation ESS

Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer • Ghost Chart ESS
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or • Test pattern 1 (letter/A4)
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. • 100% Solid (Black)
Initial Actions • 20% halftone (Grey Scale)
• Cycle system power. • Total PQ Chat (letter/A4)
• Check connections from the HVPS to the Drum Cartridge. • Alignment Chart (letter/A4)
• Check AC supply and power cord. Plug printer directly into wall outlet. • Halftone Representation Chart (letter/A4)
Figure 1 Curved vertical lines defect example
Procedure
Remove the Drum Cartridge and clean the electrical contacts. Replace the Drum Cartridge and
print a test print. The vertical curved lines defect is visible.
Y N
Check HVPS operation and bias contacts to the Drum Cartridge. The HVPS is good.
Y N
Check connections between the Laser Unit and IP Board. The connections are secure.
Y N
Replace the Laser Unit, REP 2.1.1.
Replace the MCU Board, REP 18.2.2.

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 3-19 IQ19, Test Prints
IQS 1 Solid Area Density IQS 2 Skew
Documents Documents
Test pattern: 82P524 and the solid area density scales, 82E8230 (SIR 542.00) or 82P448 (SIR Test pattern: 82P524 (8.5 x 14), 82E2020 (8.5 x 11) or 82E2010 (A4).
494.00).
Specifications
The WorkCentre 3655 is ISO11798 compliant with archival paper. Image density is no less Refer to Table 1.
than 90% across core media list. Media must fix toner well enough to pass taping test. Using a
500g weight, after rubbing the test pattern 5 times, calculate the ratio of pre- and post- test data
Table 1 Margin Specifications
(density).
Mode Tray Margin Specification (mm) Magnification
After taping test, the image density of black area of test pattern should be higher than 80% of Leading Edge Side Edge Error
its original density in standard paper under N/N environmental condition. Simplex Bypass / Tray 1 12.7± 1.0 12.7± 1.5 Horizontal
Optional Trays 12.7± 1.5 12.7± 2.0 177.8 ±1.5mm
Specification Duplex Bypass / Tray 1 12.7± 1.5 12.7± 2.0
Vertical
241.3±1.5mm
Make a copy of the test pattern. Compare the copy with the solid area density scale. The den- Optional Trays 12.7± 2.0 12.7± 2.5
sity of the 1.0 areas on the copy of the test pattern, must be as dark or darker than the 0.8 ref-
erence on the solid area density scale.
Corrective Action
Go to the IQ1 Image Quality Entry RAP.

IQS 1, IQS 2 3-20 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
IQS 3 Registration IQS 4 Transparencies
Documents CAUTION
Test pattern: 82P524 (8.5 x 14), 82E2020 (8.5 x 11) or 82E2010 (A4). Transparencies are not supported on the WorkCentre 3655.
Specifications
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 Registration measurement

Registration Specification
Lead edge +/- 2 mm
Top edge +/- 2.5 mm
Corrective Action
Go to the IQ19 Poor Registration RAP.

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 3-21 IQS 3, IQS 4
IQS 5 Image Area
Specifications
Refer to Figure 1.
Figure 1 Image area specifications

IQS 5 3-22 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
4 Repair Procedures
REP 1.1.1 IIT Top Cover................................................................................................. 4-3 REP 15.1.11 Tray 1 Stopper ........................................................................................... 4-51
REP 1.1.2 IIT Front Cover............................................................................................... 4-3 REP 15.1.97 Rear Interlock Switch Assembly ................................................................ 4-52
REP 1.1.3 IIT Front Bottom Cover .................................................................................. 4-4 REP 15.2.4 Registration Clutch....................................................................................... 4-53
REP 1.1.4 Right UI Base Cover ...................................................................................... 4-4 REP 15.2.6 Rubber Registration Roller........................................................................... 4-53
REP 1.1.5 UI Base Bottom Cover ................................................................................... 4-5 REP 15.2.14 Registration Sensor Shutter....................................................................... 4-56
REP 1.1.6 Left UI Base Cover ........................................................................................ 4-5 REP 15.2.16 Feed Clutch................................................................................................ 4-56
REP 1.2.1 Control Panel Assembly ................................................................................ 4-6 REP 17.1.1 Exit Sensor................................................................................................... 4-57
REP 1.2.2 Upper Rear UI Cover ..................................................................................... 4-7 REP 17.1.5 Exit Roller..................................................................................................... 4-57
REP 1.2.3 UI Hinge Cover .............................................................................................. 4-7 REP 17.1.6 Pinch Rollers................................................................................................ 4-58
REP 1.2.9 UI Cable......................................................................................................... 4-8 REP 17.1.9 Full Stack Sensor......................................................................................... 4-58
REP 1.2.98 UI Hinge Assembly ...................................................................................... 4-9 REP 17.1.99 Exit Chute Assembly.................................................................................. 4-59
REP 2.1.1 Laser Unit ...................................................................................................... 4-10 REP 18.1.1 ESS Housing Cover ..................................................................................... 4-60
REP 3.1.1 Main Drive Assembly ..................................................................................... 4-12 REP 18.1.2 ESS Housing................................................................................................ 4-61
REP 3.1.2 Exit Drive Assembly ....................................................................................... 4-13 REP 18.1.4 IIT Control Board.......................................................................................... 4-62
REP 3.1.3 Exit Invert Drive Assembly ............................................................................. 4-17 REP 18.1.7 Fax Board .................................................................................................... 4-63
REP 3.1.4 Duplex Gear and Holder ................................................................................ 4-20 REP 18.1.10 Size Switch ................................................................................................ 4-64
REP 4.1.1 LVPS Fan ...................................................................................................... 4-21 REP 18.1.12 LVPS.......................................................................................................... 4-64
REP 4.1.3 Front Links ..................................................................................................... 4-22 REP 18.1.14 Side USB Assembly................................................................................... 4-65
REP 5.1.5 Dispense Drive Assembly.............................................................................. 4-22 REP 18.1.16 Front Interlock Switch Assembly................................................................ 4-66
REP 5.1.9 Toner Dispense Motor ................................................................................... 4-25 REP 18.1.17 RAM ........................................................................................................... 4-66
REP 5.1.10 Xerographic Connector................................................................................ 4-27 REP 18.1.96 SD Card ..................................................................................................... 4-67
REP 5.1.99 Toner CRUM Assembly ............................................................................... 4-28 REP 18.1.97 Hard Drive.................................................................................................. 4-67
REP 6.1.1 Transfer Roller ............................................................................................... 4-29 REP 18.1.98 IP Board ..................................................................................................... 4-68
REP 7.1.1 Fuser.............................................................................................................. 4-30 REP 18.2.2 MCU Board .................................................................................................. 4-69
REP 8.1.1 Drum Cartridge .............................................................................................. 4-30 REP 18.2.5 HVPS ........................................................................................................... 4-70
REP 8.1.2 Toner Cartridge.............................................................................................. 4-31 REP 18.2.6 Stapler Assembly ......................................................................................... 4-71
REP 9.2.98 Feed Roll Kit ................................................................................................ 4-31 REP 18.2.9 Stapler LVPS ............................................................................................... 4-72
REP 9.2.99 Retard Roll Kit.............................................................................................. 4-32 REP 18.4.99 AC Inlet Harness........................................................................................ 4-73
REP 11.1.2 Optional Feeder Left Side Cover ................................................................. 4-32 REP 19.1.10 Right Side Cover........................................................................................ 4-74
REP 11.1.5 Optional Feeder Board ................................................................................ 4-33 REP 19.1.11 Stapler Cover ............................................................................................. 4-74
REP 11.1.7 Optional Feeder Drive.................................................................................. 4-33 REP 19.1.12 Stapler Cartridge Cover ............................................................................. 4-75
REP 11.1.8 Optional Feeder Feed Clutch....................................................................... 4-34 REP 19.1.13 Outer Right Cover ...................................................................................... 4-75
REP 11.1.20 Optional Feeder Feed Assembly ............................................................... 4-34 REP 19.1.14 Inner Right Cover....................................................................................... 4-76
REP 11.1.27 Optional Feeder Tray Stopper ................................................................... 4-35 REP 19.1.96 Front Cover Assembly ............................................................................... 4-76
REP 11.1.99 Optional 550-Sheet Feeder ....................................................................... 4-36 REP 19.1.97 Top Cover Assembly.................................................................................. 4-77
REP 11.2.2 Optional Feeder No Paper Sensor .............................................................. 4-36 REP 19.1.98 Stapler Cover Assembly ............................................................................ 4-78
REP 11.2.11 Optional Feeder No Paper Sensor Acuator ............................................... 4-37 REP 19.1.99 Output Tray Extension ............................................................................... 4-79
REP 11.2.20 Optional Feeder Registration Clutch.......................................................... 4-37 REP 19.2.1 Left Side Cover ............................................................................................ 4-79
REP 11.2.21 Optional Feeder Take Away Roller ............................................................ 4-38 REP 19.2.2 Left Rear Cover............................................................................................ 4-81
REP 11.4.4 Optional Feeder Path Sensor ...................................................................... 4-39 REP 19.2.3 Lower Rear Cover........................................................................................ 4-81
REP 13.1.5 MSI Feed Solenoid ...................................................................................... 4-39 REP 19.2.5 SubLV Harness Guide ................................................................................. 4-82
REP 13.1.15 MSI Pick-up Holder Assembly ................................................................... 4-41 REP 19.2.99 Exit Cover Assembly.................................................................................. 4-85
REP 13.1.97 Top Frame Assembly................................................................................. 4-41 REP 19.3.9 Rear Fan ...................................................................................................... 4-85
REP 13.2.9 Bypass Tray................................................................................................. 4-42 REP 19.3.99 Rear Cover Assembly ................................................................................ 4-87
REP 13.2.98 MSI Retard Roller Assembly...................................................................... 4-42 REP 21.1.1 DADF Assembly........................................................................................... 4-89
REP 14.1.2 Duplex Roller Assembly............................................................................... 4-43 REP 21.1.9 DADF Hinges ............................................................................................... 4-91
REP 14.1.12 Duplex Chute Assembly ............................................................................ 4-44 REP 21.1.11 DADF Input Tray Assembly ....................................................................... 4-91
REP 15.1.6 Transport Assembly ..................................................................................... 4-45 REP 21.1.14 Scanner...................................................................................................... 4-93
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Repair Procedures

REP 21.1.97 DADF Pick-up Assembly ........................................................................... 4-94
REP 21.1.98 DADF Top Cover Assembly....................................................................... 4-95
Repair Procedures 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only

REP 1.1.1 IIT Top Cover REP 1.1.2 IIT Front Cover
Parts List on PL 1.1 Item 1 Parts List on PL 1.1 Item 2
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Lift the DADF. 1. Remove the IIT Top Cover, REP 1.1.1.
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate a remove 1 screw (silver, M3, 6mm) that secures the cover. 2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Slide the cover left to release 5 hooks and remove. 3. Remove the Left UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.6
4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that secure the cover.
5. Lift the cover from the 2 center bosses and release 3 hooks to remove.
Figure 1 Remove the IIT Top Cover
Figure 1 Remove the IIT Front Cover

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 4-3 REP 1.1.1, REP 1.1.2
REP 1.1.3 IIT Front Bottom Cover REP 1.1.4 Right UI Base Cover
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the IIT Top Cover, REP 1.1.1. 1. Remove the IIT Top Cover, REP 1.1.1.
2. Open the Front Cover. 2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Remove the Left UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.6 3. Remove the Left UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.6
4. Remove the IIT Front Cover, REP 1.1.2. 4. Remove the IIT Front Cover, REP 1.1.2.
5. Remove the Right UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.4. 5. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (metal, 6mm), then slide the cover for-
6. Remove the Stapler Cover, REP 19.1.11 or Outer Right Cover, REP 19.1.13. ward to remove.
7. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, M3, 6mm), then pull forward at
the right end to remove.
Figure 1 Remove the IIT Front Bottom Cover
Figure 1 Remove the Right UI Base Cover

REP 1.1.3, REP 1.1.4 4-4 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
REP 1.1.5 UI Base Bottom Cover REP 1.1.6 Left UI Base Cover
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the IIT Top Cover, REP 1.1.1. 1. Open the Front Cover.
2. Open the Front Cover. 2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, M3, 6mm) to remove the cover.
3. Remove the Left UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.6.
4. Remove the IIT Front Cover, REP 1.1.2.
5. Remove the Right UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.4.
6. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) to remove the
cover.
Figure 1 Remove the UI Base Bottom Cover

Figure 1 Remove the Left UI Base Cover

REP 1.2.1 Control Panel Assembly 5. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 4 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that secure the Control
Panel to the UI Hinge Assembly.
Parts List on PL 1.2 Item 1
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
The UI Cable connnector is easily damaged. Use care when connecting, disconnecting, and
routing the UI Cable through the UI Hinge Assembly.
1. Remove the UI Hinge Cover, REP 1.2.3.
2. Remove the Upper Rear UI Cover, REP 1.2.2.
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw and 1 tie that secure the UI cable to the
Control Panel.
Figure 2 Remove the UI Hinge Assembly
Figure 1 Disconnect the Control Panel
4. Disconnect the UI cable from the Control Panel.

REP 1.2.1 4-6 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
REP 1.2.2 Upper Rear UI Cover REP 1.2.3 UI Hinge Cover
Parts List on PL 1.2 Item 2 Parts List on PL 1.2 Item 3, PL 1.2 Item 4
Removal Removal
WARNING The UI Hinge Cover consists of two parts (left and right) held together on the UI Hinge Assem-
bly by a single screw.
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING
1. Remove the UI Hinge Cover, REP 1.2.3. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) that secures supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
the cover.
1. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, M3, 6mm) that secures the covers.
2. Pull the covers apart to separate and remove.
Figure 1 Remove the Upper Rear UI Cover
Figure 1 Remove the UI Hinge Cover

REP 1.2.9 UI Cable 10. Remove the UI Hinge Cover, REP 1.2.3.
12. Disconnect the UI cable from the Control Panel.
Removal 13. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 1 screw and 1 tie that secure the cable to the Con-
WARNING trol Panel, then remove the cable from the UI Hinge Assembly.
CAUTION
1. Open the Rear Cover
2. Remove the Left Rear Cover, REP 19.2.2.
3. Open the Front Cover.
5. Remove the Left Side Cover, REP 19.2.1.
6. Remove the ESS housing cover, REP 18.1.1.
7. Disconnect the UI Cable from the IP Board.
8. Remove the ESS housing, REP 18.1.2.
9. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the Control Panel cable from 3 clamps and 1 tie
that secure the cable to the chassis and UI Hinge Assembly.
Figure 2 Disconnect the UI Cable
Figure 1 Release the Control Panel cable

REP 1.2.98 UI Hinge Assembly 11. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 3 screws (silver, M4, 6mm) that secure the UI
Hinge Assembly to the chassis.
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Remove the UI Hinge Cover, REP 1.2.2.
2. Remove the IIT Top Cover, REP 1.1.1.
8. Remove the Control Panel, REP 1.2.1.
9. Remove the UI cable from the UI Hinge Assembly.
10. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, M3, 6mm) that secures the UI
swivel stop.
Figure 1 Remove the UI Swivel Stop Figure 2 Remove the UI and Hinge Assembly

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 4-9 REP 1.2.98
REP 2.1.1 Laser Unit 5. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that secure the MCU
housing to the chassis.
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Cover the Drum Cartridge after removal to prevent light exposure.
1. Remove the Bypass Tray, REP 13.2.9.
2. Remove the Front Cover Assembly, REP 19.1.96.
NOTE: Fully extend the Front Links forward to remove the Drum Cartridge.
3. Remove the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1.

4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 3 hooks that secure the MCU Board cover.
Remove the cover then disconnect all MCB Board connections except PJ11 and 26.
NOTE: Do not remove the MCU Board.
Figure 2 Release the MCU Housing
6. Disconnect the Toner CRUM and release the Toner CRUM harness from the MCU hous-
ing cover.
7. Remove the harnesses from the MCU housing harness guides to provide enough slack to
move the MCU housing to the front of the printer.
8. Refer to Figure 3 to locate and release 1 hook at the right side, rotate the housing for-
ward, then lift the housing off of the pins and rest the housing at the front of the printer.
Figure 1 Disconnect the MCU Board

Figure 3 Rotate the MCU Housing
9. Refer to Figure 4 to locate and remove 4 screws (silver, flanged, tapping, 10mm), discon-
nect the Laser Unit and lift to remove . Figure 4 Remove the Laser Unit

REP 3.1.1 Main Drive Assembly NOTE: Fully retract the right link shaft to disendgage the Main Drive Assembly gears.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open the Rear Cover.
2. Remove the Fuser, REP 7.1.1.
9. Push the Front Link all the way into the chassis.
10. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm and metal 8 mm)
that secure the main drive bracket.
11. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 4 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) and disconnect
the Main Drive Assembly to remove.
Figure 1 Remove the Main Drive Assembly

REP 3.1.2 Exit Drive Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
NOTE: Carefully compress the Fuser connector clips to release.
10. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 2 clips that secure the Fuser harness.
Figure 1 Release the Fuser Harness
11. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and release 4 hooks that secure the Top Frame Assembly to
remove it from the chassis.

Figure 3 Disconnect the Exit Drive Assembly
14. Refer to Figure 4 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) and release 1
hook that secures the Exit Drive Assembly.
Figure 2 Remove the Top Frame Assembly
12. Refer to Figure 3 to locate and release 3 hooks that secure the MCU Board cover to
13. Disconnect the Exit Drive Assembly from the MCU Board and release the exit clutch har-
ness from the guides on both sides of the chassis.

NOTE: Gears are not captive in the assembly.
Figure 4 Remove the Exit Drive Assembly
Replacement
1. Figure 5 shows gear placement in the Exit Drive Assembly. Figure 5 Assemble the Exit Drive Assembly
2. Refer to Figure 6 to locate and fit the D-shaped shaft of the Exit Invert Drive Assembly
into the D-shaped hole of the exit clutch.

Figure 6 Engage the Shaft with the Clutch
3. Refer to Figure 7 when installing the Top Frame Assembly. Align the Bypass Tray No
Paper Sensor Actuator coupled with the Top Frame Assembly so it fits into the hole on the
printer and the MSI lock connects with the Pick Up Holder Assembly.
Figure 7 Install the Top Frame Assembly

REP 3.1.3 Exit Invert Drive Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
10. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 2 clips that secure the Fuser harness.
Figure 1 Release the Fuser Harness
11. Remove the Stapler Cover, REP 19.1.11 or Outer Right Cover, REP 19.1.13.
12. Remove the Right Side Cover, REP 19.1.10.
13. Remove the Right Inner Cover, REP 19.1.14.
14. Remove the Exit Cover Assembly, REP 19.2.99.
15. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and release 4 hooks that secure the Top Frame Assembly to

Figure 3 Disconnect the Exit Invert Drive Assembly
18. Refer to Figure 4 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) and 2 hooks that
secure the Exit Invert Drive Assembly.
Figure 2 Remove the Top Frame Assembly
16. Refer to Figure 3 to locate and release 3 hooks that secure the MCU Board cover to
17. Disconnect the Exit Invert Drive Assembly from the MCU Board and release the invert
clutch harness from the guides on both sides of the chassis.

Figure 5 Engage the Exit Clutch
2. Refer to Figure 6 when installing the Top Frame Assembly. Align the Bypass Tray No
Paper Sensor Actuator coupled with the Top Frame Assembly so it fits into the hole on the
printer and the Lock MSI In connects with the Pick Up Holder Assembly.
Figure 4 Remove the Exit Invert Drive Assembly
Replacement
1. Refer to Figure 5 when installing the Exit Invert Drive Assembly. Fit the D-shaped shaft of
the Exit Invert Drive Assembly into the D-shaped hole of the exit clutch.

REP 3.1.4 Duplex Gear and Holder
Parts List on PL 3.1 Item 4, PL 3.1 Item 5
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and rotate the Gear Holder clockwise while pulling the tab to
remove the holder and gear.
Figure 1 Remove the Duplex Gear and Holder

REP 4.1.1 LVPS Fan 7. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 2 scews (silver, tapping, M3, 22mm) and discon-
nect 1 cable tie to remove the fan from the Left Side Cover.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
The LVPS Fan is connected to the chassis. Use care when removing the Left Side Cover not to
damage the LVPS Fan harness.
6. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and release 1 cable tie and disconnect the fan from the chas-
sis.
Figure 2 Remove the LVPS Fan
Figure 1 Disconnect the LVPS Fan

REP 4.1.3 Front Links REP 5.1.5 Dispense Drive Assembly
Parts List on PL 4.1 Item 3, PL 4.1 Item 4 Parts List on PL 5.1 Item 5
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
NOTE: Be prepared to support the IIT Assembly with the Inner Right Cover or something simi-
2. Release the right or left Front Link from the Front Cover Assembly. lar following IIT support removal.
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the Link Connector clips from the link shaft to
remove the Front Link.
5. Disconnect the HVPS.
6. Remove the HVPS, REP 18.2.5.
7. Remove the Inner Right Cover, REP 19.1.14.
8. Disconnect PJ801 from the Stapler LVPS and release the harness from the guides.
9. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 5 (silver, tapping, 8mm) and 3 (silver, tapping,
10mm) screws that secure the IIT support to the chassis.
Figure 1 Remove the Front Link

Figure 2 Remove the IIT screws
11. Lower the IIT support to the work surface. Use the Inner Right Cover resting on the Exit
Cover Assembly or similar to support the IIT Assembly as shown in Figure 3.
Figure 1 Remove the IIT Support screws
10. Refer to Figure 2 and slide the IIT support to the rear to release 1 boss while lifting the IIT
Assembly to release the Scanner and SubLV Harness Guide. Lower the IIT support to the
work surface. Use the Inner Right Cover or similar to support the IIT Assembly.

Figure 4 Remove the Right Link Shaft
15. Refer to Figure 5 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 10mm) that secure the
Dispense Drive Assembly to the chassis.
Figure 3 Support the IIT
12. Release the Link Connector clip from the Right Front Link and remove.
13. Refer to Figure 4 and release the right link shaft from the chassis clip.
14. Remove the right link shaft by gently flexing it away from the chassis.

REP 5.1.9 Toner Dispense Motor
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
2. Remove the Front Cover Assembly, REP 19.1.96.
NOTE: Fully extend the Front Links forward to remove the Drum Cartridge.

4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 3 hooks to remove the MCU Board Cover, then
disconnect all MCU Board connections except PJ11,18 and 26. Do not remove the board.
Figure 5 Remove the Dispense Drive Assembly

5. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that secure the MCU
Housing to the chassis.
Figure 3 Rotate the MCU Housing
9. Rest the MCU housing on the front of the printer.

10. Refer to Figure 4 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secures the
motor.
11. Disconnect the Toner Dispense Motor, then rotate the motor counterclockwise to remove.
Figure 2 Release the MCU Housing
6. Disconnect the Toner CRUM and release the Toner CRUM harness from the MCU hous-
ing cover.
7. Release the harnesses from the MCU housing harness guides to provide enough slack to
move the MCU housing to the front of the printer.
8. Refer to Figure 3 to locate and release the right side hook and rotate the MCU housing
toward the front, then up off of the pins.

REP 5.1.10 Xerographic Connector
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
3. Release 3 clips to remove the MCU Board cover.
4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect all MCU Board cconnections except PJ11,18
and 26.
NOTE: Do not remove the MCU Board.
Figure 4 Remove the Toner Dispense Motor
Replacement
Make sure the MCU Housing is seated correctly on the pins so it can be rotated back into the
proper position.
5. Release the Xerographic Connector harnesses from the MCU housing harness guides to
provide enough slack to lift the Xerographic Connector from the chassis.

6. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and release the clip at the top of the connector and release the REP 5.1.99 Toner CRUM Assembly
Connector harness from the chassis by gently pulling enough slack to disconnect the con-
nector and remove. Parts List on PL 5.1 Item 99
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the clip to open the Toner CRUM Assembly and
disconnect the assembly.
Figure 2 Remove the Xerographic Connector
Replacement
Check harness routing to ensure the Drum Cartridge does not contact any harnesses.
Figure 1 Remove the Toner CRUM Assembly
Replacement
1. You may need to release the wire harness in the housing to connect the Toner CRUM.
2. When closing the assembly, refer to Figure 2 to properly install the spring.

REP 6.1.1 Transfer Roller
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 2 clips and rotate the Transfer Roller up to remove.
Figure 2 Toner CRUM Spring Position
Figure 1 Remove the Transfer Roller
Replacement
After Transfer Roller replacement, reset the counter.

REP 7.1.1 Fuser REP 8.1.1 Drum Cartridge
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING CAUTION
Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot. Cover the Drum Cartridge after removal to prevent light exposure.
1. Open the Rear Cover. CAUTION
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and rotate the Fuser locking levers to unlock the Fuser. Use care when handling Toner Cartridges. Protect the work area from damage due to Toner
spills and use an approved toner vacumn when cleaning toner from the printer or work area.
3. Pull to disconnect and remove the Fuser.
2. Refer to Figure 1 and pull the Drum Cartridge from the printer using the handle provided.
Figure 1 Remove the Fuser Figure 1 Remove the Drum Cartridge
Replacement Replacement
After Fuser replacement, reset the counter. Transfer the Toner Cartridge to the replacement Drum Cartridge.

REP 8.1.2 Toner Cartridge REP 9.2.98 Feed Roll Kit
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
CAUTION The Feed Roll Kit provides 3 rollers to replace the Feed and Nudger rollers for the feeder, and
Use care when handling Toner Cartridges. Protect the work area from toner spills and use an a Retard Roller for the Tray.
approved toner vacuum when cleaning toner from the printer or work area.
1. Remove Tray 1.
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the clips that secure the Feed and Nudger Rollers
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the Toner Cartridge lock, then lift the Toner Car-
to the shafts.
tridge from the Drum Cartridge.
Figure 1 Remove the Feed and Nudger Rollers
3. Remove the Retard Roller Assembly, REP 9.2.99.

4. Replace the Retard Roller, then reassemble the Retard Roller Assembly and install.
Figure 1 Remove the Toner Cartridge Replacement
Make sure the tabs on the bottom of the rollers engage the notches on the Feed Assembly and
Replacement the rollers are firmly locked into place.
Lock the Toner Cartridge into position.

REP 9.2.99 Retard Roll Kit REP 11.1.2 Optional Feeder Left Side Cover
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the Tray. WARNING
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the hook that secures the Retard Roller Assembly Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 16. The module
in the Tray. is heavy.
1. Remove the Tray from the Optional Feeder.
2. Remove the Optional Feeder, REP 11.1.99.
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) and release 2 tabs
to remove the left side cover.
Figure 1 Remove the Retard Roller Assembly
3. Rotate the holder upward, then move the assembly right to remove.
4. Release the hook that secures the Reatrd Roller shaft to the assembly.
5. Release the hook that secures the Reatrd roller to the shaft to remove.
Replacement
install the replacement roller and reassemble the Retard Roller Assembly, then install in Tray 1,
Figure 1 Remove the Left Side Cover

REP 11.1.5 Optional Feeder Board REP 11.1.7 Optional Feeder Drive
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 16. The module Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 16. The module
is heavy. is heavy.
1. Remove the Tray from the Optional Feeder. 1. Remove the Tray from the Optional Feeder.
2. Remove the Optional Feeder, REP 11.1.99. 2. Remove the Optional Feeder, REP 11.1.99.
3. Remove the Optional Feeder left side cover, REP 11.1.2. 3. Remove the Optional Feeder left side cover, REP 11.1.2.
4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect all Optional Feeder Board connections. 4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm, and silver, metal,
8mm) and lift the ground straps to remove the motor cover.
Figure 1 Remove the Feeder Board

Figure 1 Remove the Feed Motor
5. Remove 3 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the board.
6. Release the harnesses from the clamp and remove the clamp and board. 5. Disconnect the motor.
6. Remove 4 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the motor to the chassis.

REP 11.1.8 Optional Feeder Feed Clutch REP 11.1.20 Optional Feeder Feed Assembly
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
is heavy. is heavy.
1. Remove the Tray from the Optional Feeder. 1. Remove the Tray from the Optional Feeder.
3. Remove the Optional Feeder left side cover, REP 11.1.2. 3. Remove the Optional Feeder left side cover, REP 11.1.2.
4. Remove the Optional Feeder Drive Assembly, REP 11.1.7. 4. Remove the Optional Feeder Drive Assembly, REP 11.1.7.
5. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect the Feed Clutch. 5. Remove the Optional Feeder Feed Clutch, REP 11.1.8.
6. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect the Feed Assembly.
Figure 1 Remove the Feed Clutch
6. Release the clutch harness from the harness guide.

7. Remove the E-ring that secures the Feed Clutch to the shaft. Figure 1 Disconnect the Feed Assembly

7. Release the feeder harness from the guides. REP 11.1.27 Optional Feeder Tray Stopper
8. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) behind rear cover
and feed shaft bearing.
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the Tray.
2. Open the Option Feeder rear cover.
Tray Stopper to the chassis.
Figure 2 Remove the Feed Assembly
9. Lift the Feed Assembly on the right, then move right to release the shaft from the chassis.
Replacement
1. Install the bearing to the shaft.
Figure 1 Remove the Tray Stopper
2. Seat the assembly completely before installing the screws.

REP 11.1.99 Optional 550-Sheet Feeder REP 11.2.2 Optional Feeder No Paper Sensor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
is heavy. is heavy.
1. Remove the Bypass Tray. 1. Remove the Tray from the Optional Feeder.
2. Remove Tray 1 and the Tray from the Optional Feeder. 2. Remove the Optional Feeder, REP 11.1.99.
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screw locks that secure the feeder to the printer. 3. Release 1 hook to open the sensor cover.
4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 3 clips that secure the sensor holder to the Feeder
Assembly, then disconnect and remove the No Paper Sensor.
Figure 1 Remove the Optional Feeder

Figure 1 Remove the No Paper Sensor
4. Lift the printer to separate it from the feeder.
Carefully align the option feeder connector before setting the printer on the bosses. Secure the left side of the holder to the feeder first.

REP 11.2.11 Optional Feeder No Paper Sensor Acuator REP 11.2.20 Optional Feeder Registration Clutch
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
is heavy. is heavy.
1. Remove the Tray from the Optional Feeder. 1. Remove the Tray from the Option Feeder.
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove the E-clip that secures the actuator to the Feed 3. Remove the Optional Feeder left side cover, REP 11.1.2.
Assembly. 4. Remove the Option Feeder Drive Assembly, REP 11.1.7.
5. Remove the Option Feeder Feed Clutch, REP 11.1.8.
6. Remove the Option Feeder Feed Assembly, REP 11.1.20.
7. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove the idler gear, 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), E-
ring, and disconnect the Registration Clutch to remove.
Figure 1 Remove the No Paper Sensor Actuator
Replacement
Check operation of the actuator. Figure 1 Remove the Registration Clutch

REP 11.2.21 Optional Feeder Take Away Roller
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 16. The module
is heavy.
1. Remove the Tray from the Option Feeder.
2. Remove the Optional Feeder, REP 11.1.99.
3. Remove the Optional Feeder left side cover, REP 11.1.2.
4. Remove the Option Feeder Drive Assembly, REP 11.1.7.
5. Remove the Option Feeder Feed Clutch, REP 11.1.8.
6. Remove the Option Feeder Feed Assembly, REP 11.1.20.
7. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove the E-ring, bearing at either end of the shaft, then
move the shaft left to release it from the Feed Assembly.
Figure 1 Remove the Take Away Roller

REP 11.4.4 Optional Feeder Path Sensor REP 13.1.5 MSI Feed Solenoid
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 16. The module Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot.
is heavy. CAUTION
1. Remove the Optional Feeder, REP 11.1.99. Cover the Drum Cartridge after removal to prevent light exposure.
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure a 1. Open the Rear Cover.
cover on the Feeder Assembly, then disconnect and remove the sensor.
4. Remove the Drum Cartridge.
9. Release 3 hooks to remove the MCU Board Cover.
10. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect the MSI Feed Solenoid from the MCU Board
and release the solenoid harness from the guides on both sides of the chassis.
Figure 1 Remove the Path Sensor
Replacement
Standing the feeder on end simplifies replacement. Check actuator operation after installation.

Figure 1 Disconnect the MSI Solenoid Figure 2 Remove the MSI Solenoid
11. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 1 screw that secures the solenoid to the chassis.

REP 13.1.15 MSI Pick-up Holder Assembly REP 13.1.97 Top Frame Assembly
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove all Trays. CAUTION
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the clip that secures the pick-up flange to remove Cover the Drum Cartridge after removal to prevent light exposure.
the assembly. 1. Open the Front Cover.
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 4 clips that secure the Top Frame Assembly to the
chassis.
Figure 1 Remove the Pick-up Assembly Figure 1 Remove the Top Frame Assembly
Make sure the assembly engages the lift lever following replacement. Check operation of the No Paper Sensor Actuator following installation.

REP 13.2.9 Bypass Tray REP 13.2.98 MSI Retard Roller Assembly
Removal Removal
1. Open the Bypass Tray 1. Remove the Bypass Tray, REP 13.2.9.
2. Refer to Figure 1 and pull the Bypass Tray from the chassis. 2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the hook that secures the Retard Roller Assembly
to the Bypass Tray, then remove the assembly by rotating it in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 Remove the Bypass Tray
Figure 1 Remove the MSI Retard Roller Assembly
Replacement
1. Make sure the spring is positioned correctly before lowering the Retard Roller Assembly
2. Test the assembly once you have it installed.

REP 14.1.2 Duplex Roller Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
3. Remove the Duplex Chute Assembly, REP 14.1.12.
4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the bearing at each end of the roller shaft to
remove the roller.
Figure 1 Remove the Duplex Roller

REP 14.1.12 Duplex Chute Assembly 5. Rotate and slide the Duplex Chute Assembly to the left until the 4 bosses release.
Parts List on PL 14.1 Item 12 Replacement

1. Install the Duplex Chute Assembly onto the Rear Cover.
Removal
2. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and secure the 2 grounding springs to the Rear Cover. Fasten
WARNING the spring connecting to the chassis on top of the spring in the Rear Cover.
WARNING
2. Remove the Transfer Roller, REP 6.1.1.
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 4mm) that secures 2
ground springs to the Rear Cover.
Figure 2 Replace Ground Spprings
Figure 1 Remove the Duplex Chute Assembly
4. Release 2 clips that secure the Duplex Chute Assembly to the Rear Cover.

REP 15.1.6 Transport Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Open the Rear Cover. Release the Stopper Strap and hinge from the chassis and rest the
Rear Cover on the work surface.
4. Remove, but do not disconnect, the Rear Interlock Switch Assembly, REP 15.1.97.
13. Remove the HVPS, REP 18.2.5.
14. Remove the Registration Sensor Shutters, REP 15.2.14.
15. Remove the Main Drive Assembly, REP 3.1.1.
16. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 4 hooks to remove the Top Frame Assembly.
Release 3 hooks to remove the MCU Board cover, then disconnect the Transport Assem-
bly from the MCU Board and release the harnesses from the guides.
Figure 1 Disconnect the Transport Assembly
17. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) to release, but not
disconnect, the MSI Feed Solenoid, then remove both Feed Gear segments.

Figure 2 Remove the Feed Gear
18. Refer to Figure 3 to locate and release the feed spring from the lifter arm and remove the Figure 3 Remove the Lifter and Stopper Arms
lifter and stopper arms from the printer’s left side.
ground strap.

Figure 5 Remove the Transport Assembly
Replacement
1. Refer to Figure 6 to locate the registration acutator openings in the chassis. Carefully
inset the actuators into the openings during installation. Seat the Transport Assembly
Figure 4 Remove the Ground Strap boss on the chassis support as shown.
20. Refer to Figure 5 to locate and remove 3 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm), then rotate the
Transport Assembly from the left CW into the cavity of the machine to clear gears on the
right side of the assembly. Next, lift the Transport Assembly towards the front to remove.

Figure 7 Install the Stopper Arm
Figure 6 Install the Transport Assembly
3. Refer to Figure 8 to properly install the feed spring to the MSI lifter arm.
2. Refer to Figure 7 when installing the MSI stopper arm. Position the Pick-up Holder
Assembly as shown to properly engage the arm.

Figure 9 Assemblt the Feed Gear
5. Refer to Figure 10 when installing the feed gear. Check the actuator properly engages the
feed gear.
Figure 8 Install the Lifter Arm and Spring
4. Refer to Figure 9 to assemble the feed gear.

Figure 10 Install the Feed Gear
6. Refer to Figure 11 when installing the Top Frame Assembly. Check the No Paper Sensor
Actuator passes through the hole in the chassis.

REP 15.1.11 Tray 1 Stopper 5. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and release the bottom clip then rotate the Tray 1 Stopper
inward to remove.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove Tray 1.
2. Open the Rear Cover, release the stopper strap and hinge clip from the chassis and rest
the Rear Cover Assembly on the work surface.
3. Remove, but do not disconnect, the Rear Interlock Switch Assembly, REP 15.1.97.
ground plate.
Figure 2 Remove the Tray 1 Stopper
Figure 1 Remove the Ground Strap

REP 15.1.97 Rear Interlock Switch Assembly 9. Release 1 hook at the top of the connector cover, to access and remove the Rear Fan
harness from the switch assembly.
Parts List on PL 15.1 Item 97 10. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), release 2 bottom
Removal hooks, and 1 boss at left end to release the assembly from the chassis.
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open the Rear Cover, release the Stopper Strap and hinge from the chassis and rest the
Rear Cover Assembly on the work surface.
8. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect the Fuser from the LVPS, then release 1 hook
at top that secures the fuser harness guide.
Figure 2 Remove the Rear Interlock Assembly
11. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and disconnect the Rear Interlock Switch Assembly. Release
the switch harness from the harness guides along the LVPS and under the Main Drive
Assembly to remove the assembly.
Figure 1 Release the Fuser Harness Guide

REP 15.2.4 Registration Clutch REP 15.2.6 Rubber Registration Roller
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power ord from the customer
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the Transport Assembly, REP 15.1.6. 1. Remove the Transport Assembly, REP 15.1.6.
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove the E-ring that secures the clutch to the Transport 2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove the MSI Pick-up Assembly.
Assembly.
Figure 1 Remove the MSI Pick-up Assembly
3. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove the registration spring and feed bearing, then
remove the MSI lifter lever and shaft.
Figure 1 Remove the Registration Clutch
3. Release the Registration Clutch harness from the hooks to remove the clutch.

Figure 2 Remove the MSI Lifter Lever and Shaft
registration chute.
Figure 3 Remove the Registration Chute
5. Remove, but do not disconnect, the Registration Clutch, REP 15.2.4.

6. Refer to Figure 4 to locate, lift, and rotate the registration shaft bearings to remove.

Figure 5 Registration Roller Tension Spring
Figure 4 Remove the Rubber Registration Roller
7. Release the tension springs from the plastic registration roller shaft.
8. Remove the E-ring on the Rubber Registration Roller shaft, then slide the shaft to the left
to remove the shaft from the Transport Assembly.
Replacement
Refer to Figure 5 to install the plastic registration roller tension spring with the extra coil (right
side as shown) facing the roller.

REP 15.2.14 Registration Sensor Shutter REP 15.2.16 Feed Clutch
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power ord from the customer Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer
1. Open the Front Cover. WARNING
2. Open the Rear Cover. Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot.
3. Remove the Stapler Cover, REP 19.1.11 or Outer Right Cover, REP 19.1.13. 1. Remove the Transport Assembly, REP 15.1.6.
4. Remove the Right Side Cover, REP 19.1.10. 2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove the E-ring that secures the Feed Clutch to the
5. Remove the HVPS, REP 18.2.5. Transport Assembly.
6. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the hooks that secure the Sensor Shutters to the
Transport Assembly.
Figure 1 Remove the Feed Clutch
Figure 1 Remove the Sensor Shutters

3. Release the Feed Clutch harness from the hook to remove the clutch.

REP 17.1.1 Exit Sensor REP 17.1.5 Exit Roller
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
CAUTION 1. Remove the Exit Chute Assembly, REP 17.1.99.
Cover the Drum Cartridge after removal to prevent light exposure. 2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove the exit gear from the Exit Roller shaft, then
1. Remove the Exit Chute Assembly, REP 17.1.99. release the shaft bearings to remove the Exit Roller from the Exit Chute Assembly.
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the hooks that secure the Exit Sensor to the Exit
Chute Assembly.
Figure 1 Remove the Exit Roller
Figure 1 Remove the Exit Sensor

REP 17.1.6 Pinch Rollers REP 17.1.9 Full Stack Sensor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the Exit Chute Assembly, REP 17.1.99. CAUTION
2. Refer to Figure 1 to remove the pinch rollers by carefully releasing the clips and moving Cover the Drum Cartridge to prevent light exposure.
them in the direction indicated. 1. Remove the Exit Chute Assembly, REP 17.1.99.
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the hooks that secure the Full Stack Sensor to the
Exit Chute Assembly.
Figure 1 Remove the Full Stack Sensor
Figure 1 Remove the Pinch Rollers

REP 17.1.99 Exit Chute Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Open the Rear Cover, release the Stopper Strap and hinge from the chassis and rest the
Rear Cover Assembly on the work surface.
12. Remove the Exit Cover Assembly, REP 19.1.99.
13. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect the Fuser from the LVPS, then release 1 hook
at top that secures the fuser harness guide.
Figure 1 Release the Fuser Harness Guide
14. Release the Exit and Full Stack Sensor harnesses from the harness guide next to the
LVPS to provide enough slack to disconnect the sensors at the Exit Chute Assembly.
15. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that secure the Exit
Chute Assembly to the chassis.

REP 18.1.1 ESS Housing Cover
Removal
WARNING
1. Open Front Cover.
3. Open Rear Cover.
4. Remove Left Rear Cover, REP 19.2.2.
5. Remove Left Side Cover, REP 19.2.1.
6. Disconnect the FAX Board from the IP Board.
7. Disconnect the Side USB Assembly from the IP Board and release the cable tie from the
ESS housing cover.
8. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 13 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that secure the ESS
housing cover.
Figure 2 Remove the Exit Chute Assembly
16. Lift the chute in the direction of the arrow to disconnect the sensors.
Figure 1 Remove ESS Housing Cover

REP 18.1.2 ESS Housing
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
7. Remove the Hard Drive, REP 18.1.97.
8. Remove the IP Board, REP 18.1.98.
9. Remove the IIT Control Board, REP 18.1.4.
10. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the harness clamps from harnesses routed
through the ESS housing.
Figure 1 Release the harnesses from the ESS Housing
11. Refer to Figure 2 to remove 7 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) and 1 ground connection that
secure the ESS housing to the chassis.

REP 18.1.4 IIT Control Board
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not remove the IIT Control Board from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always
wear a grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards.
CAUTION
Do not replace the MCU and IIT Control Board at the same time. Replace or check the IIIT
Control Board first, then cycle system power before replacing the MCU Board.
1. If possible, print a Configuration page to capture current settings.
2. Ask the customer to export their address book. Customers can find instructions for export-
ing their address book in their User Guide or the Xerox.com Support page.
9. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect all IIT Control Board connections, and remove
6 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) to remove the IIT Control Board.
Figure 2 Remove the ESS Housing

REP 18.1.7 Fax Board
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not remove the FAX Board from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always wear
a grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards.
6. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that secure the FAX
Board to the ESS housing cover and disconnect the FAX Cable from the IP Board to
remove the FAX Board.
Figure 1 Remove the IIT Control Board
Figure 1 Remove the Fax Board

REP 18.1.10 Size Switch REP 18.1.12 LVPS
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
2. Remove the Left Rear Cover, REP 19.2.2. Do not remove the LVPS from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always wear a
3. Open the Front Cover. grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards.
4. Remove the Left UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.6. 1. Open the Rear Cover.
5. Remove the Left Side Cover, REP 19.2.1. 2. Remove the Left Rear Cover, REP 19.2.2.
6. Remove the LVPS, REP 18.1.12. 3. Open the Front Cover.
7. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 3 hooks that secure the switch cover and remove. 4. Remove the Left UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.6.
8. Disconnect the Option Feeder and Size Switch P/J131 connections. 5. Remove the Left Side Cover, REP 19.2.1.
9. Remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) to remove the switch. 6. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect all connections and remove 8 screws (silver,
M3, 6mm) to remove the LVPS.
Figure 1 Remove the Size Switch

REP 18.1.14 Side USB Assembly
Removal
WARNING
6. Disconnect the Side USB Assembly from the IP Board and release the harness from the
ESS housing cover.
7. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) that secure the bracket
to the chassis.
Figure 1 Remove the LVPS
Figure 1 Remove the Side USB Assembly

REP 18.1.16 Front Interlock Switch Assembly REP 18.1.17 RAM
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
2. Remove the Left Rear Cover, REP 19.2.2. Do not remove the RAM from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always wear a
3. Open the Front Cover. grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards.
4. Remove the Left UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.6. 1. Open the Rear Cover.
5. Remove the Left Side Cover, REP 19.2.1. 2. Remove the Left Rear Cover, REP 19.2.2.
6. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect the Front Interlock Switch from the LVPS and 3. Open the Front Cover.
remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) that secure the bracket to the chassis. 4. Remove the Left UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.6.
6. Remove the ESS housing cover (REP 18.1.1).
7. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 2 clamps that secure the RAM to the socket on the
IP Board, then gently remove the RAM.
Figure 1 Remove the Front Interlock Switch Figure 1 Remove the RAM

REP 18.1.96 SD Card REP 18.1.97 Hard Drive
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not remove the SD Card from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always wear a Do not remove the Hard Drive from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always wear
grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards. a grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards.
1. Open Front Cover.
NOTE: SD Cards contain data specific to a particular geographic region.
2. Remove Left UI Base Cover, REP 1.1.6
Refer to Figure 1 to locate and press to eject the SD Card from its rear panel slot.
3. Open Rear Cover.
4. Remove Left Rear Cover, REP 19.2.2.
5. Remove Left Side Cover, REP 19.2.1.
6. Remove ESS housing cover, REP 18.1.1.
7. Disconnect the Hard Drive from the IP Board.
8. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and to remove 2 screws (silver,with a washer, M3, 6mm) that
secure the Hard Drive bracket to the IP Board and ESS housing to remove.
Figure 1 Remove the SD Card
Figure 1 Remove the Hard Drive

REP 18.1.98 IP Board
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not remove the IP Board from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always wear a
grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards.
1. If possible, print a Configuration page to capture current settings.
2. Ask the customer to export their address book. Customers can find instructions for export-
ing their address book in their User Guide or on the Xerox.com Support page.
9. Remove the Hard Drive, REP 18.1.97.
10. Refer to Figure 1 and disconnect all connections to the IP Board, then remove 5 screws
(silver, with a washer, M3, 6mm), 3 screws (silver, M4, A6mm) that secure the IP Board to
the ESS housing.
Figure 1 Remove the IP Board
Replacement
1. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and move the SD Card, ROM and RAM to the replacement
board.

REP 18.2.2 MCU Board
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not remove the MCU Board from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always wear
a grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards.
CAUTION
NOTE: If possible, before replacing the MCU Board, save NVM to the IP Board (Save NVM to
ESS) before removal to save configuration data.

3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 3 hooks that secure the MCU cover and discon-
nect all MCU Board connections, then remove 4 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) to remove the
MCU Board.
Figure 2 Transfer components to the replacment board
2. Ask the customer restore their configuration settings.

REP 18.2.5 HVPS
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not remove the HVPS from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always wear a
grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards.
5. Refer to Figure 1 to disconnect the HVPS, locate and remove 7 screws (silver, tapping,
8mm), and release 2 bosses to remove.
Figure 1 Remove the MCU Board
Replacement
P15 is Black. P12 is White. Install a new MCU Board and use Load NVM from ESS to restore
configuration data from the IP Board.
Figure 1 Remove the HVPS

Replacement REP 18.2.6 Stapler Assembly
Refer to Figure 2 to check the Registration Sensor Shutters are properly positioned, the HVPS Parts List on PL 18.2 Item 6
is connected, the 3 conductive springs on the chassis contact the HVPS terminals, and the
HVPS is seated on the bosses. Removal
WARNING
5. Disconnectthe Stapler from the Stapler LVPS.
6. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) that secure
the Stapler housing.
Figure 1 Remove the Stapler Housing
7. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 3 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) that secure
Figure 2 Install the HVPS the Stapler Assembly to the chassis.

REP 18.2.9 Stapler LVPS
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not remove the Stapler LVPS from the protective bag until ready for installation. Always
wear a grounded wrist band while handling circuit boards.
5. Disconnect all connections to the Stapler LVPS.
Figure 2 Remove the Stapler Assembly
6. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 4 screws (silver, M3, 6mm) to remove the board.
Figure 1 Remove the Stapler LVPS

REP 18.4.99 AC Inlet Harness
Removal
WARNING
8. Remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm and silver, M6, 6mm) that secure the Main Drive
Assembly support bracket and remove the bracket.
9. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect the AC Inlet Harness from the LVPS and
release 2 clips that secure the power switch to the chassis, then release the harness from
the harness guide.
10. Remove 1 screw (silver, M6 with lock washer) that secures the AC ground wire and
release the ground wire from the harness guide.
11. Release the hook that secures the AC socket and slide the socket to the rear to remove. Figure 1 Remove the AC Inlet Harness

REP 19.1.10 Right Side Cover REP 19.1.11 Stapler Cover
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING 1. Open the Front Cover.
Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot. 2. Open the Stapler Cartridge Cover.
1. Open the Front Cover. 3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) to remove the
cover.
4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm), release 4
bosses, and 2 hooks to remove the cover.
Figure 1 Remove the Stapler Cover Assembly
Figure 1 Remove the Right Side Cover

REP 19.1.12 Stapler Cartridge Cover REP 19.1.13 Outer Right Cover
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Open the Front Cover. Procedure for printers not equipped with stapler option.
2. Remove the Stapler Cover, REP 19.1.11.
3. Refer to Figure 1 and lift the cover from the bosses on the Stapler Cover to remove the
cover. 2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate anr remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm) and release 1 hook
at the top to remove the Outer Right Cover.
Figure 1 Remove the Stapler Cartridge Cover
Figure 1 Remove Outer Right Cover

REP 19.1.14 Inner Right Cover REP 19.1.96 Front Cover Assembly
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING 1. Remove the Bypass Tray, REP 13.2.9.
Do not touch the Fuser while it is hot. 2. Open the Front Cover.
1. Open the Rear Cover. 3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 2 hooks that secure the cover to the Left and Right
Front Links, then release the cover from the hinge boss at each side.
6. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 1 hook and slide the cover to the back to remove.
Figure 1 Remove the Front Cover Assembly
4. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) and release 3
bosses that secure the Top Cover Assembly to the Front Cover Assembly.
Figure 1 Remove Inner Right Side Cover

REP 19.1.97 Top Cover Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the Output Tray Extension, REP 19.1.99
4. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 2 hooks that secure the cover to the Left and Right
Front Links, then release the cover from the hinge boss at each side.
Figure 2 Seperate the Front Cover Assembly
Figure 1 Remove the Front Cover Assembly
5. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) and release 3
bosses that secure the Top Cover to the Front Cover.

REP 19.1.98 Stapler Cover Assembly
Removal
WARNING
Stapler Cover Assembly to the chassis.
Figure 2 Seperate the Top Cover
Replacement
Transfer the Output Tray Extension, REP 19.1.99 to the replacement cover before installation.
Figure 1 Remove the Stapler Cover Assembly

REP 19.1.99 Output Tray Extension REP 19.2.1 Left Side Cover
Removal Removal
Refer to Figure 1 to remove the Output Tray Extension by flexing the extension to release the WARNING
bosses.
WARNING
CAUTION
The LVPS Fan is connected to the chassis and cover. Use care when removing the Left Side
Cover not to damage the LVPS Fan harness.
5. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 3 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm), and 1 screw
(silver, M4, 6mm), release 3 bosses and 1 hook.
Figure 1 Remove the Output Tray Extension

Figure 1 Remove the Left Side Cover
6. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and release the cable tie from the chassis and disconnect the
LVPS Fan before removing the cover.
Figure 2 Disconnect the LVPS Fan
Replacement
Transfer the LVPS Fan, REP 4.1.1, to the replacement cover before installation.

REP 19.2.2 Left Rear Cover REP 19.2.3 Lower Rear Cover
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Disconnect all connections to the printer and remove the Power Cord. 1. Open the Rear Cover.
2. Open the Rear Cover. 2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, tapping, 8mm), release 2 bosses 3. Remove the Stapler Cover, REP 19.1.11 or Outer Right Cover, REP 19.1.13.
and slide to the right to remove the cover. 4. Remove the Right Side Cover, REP 19.1.10.
6. Close the Rear Cover.
7. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 1 hook and slide the cover left to remove.
Figure 1 Remove Left Rear Cover Figure 1 Remove the Lower Rear Cover

REP 19.2.5 SubLV Harness Guide
Removal
Access the SubLV Harness Guide by removing the entire IIT (DADF/Scanner) as a unit. Raise
the disconnected IIT enough (1inch) to provide clearance to lift the harness guide off the boss
that secures it at each end.
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
6. Remove the IIT Front Bottom Cover, REP 1.1.3.
8. Remove the UI Base Bottom Cover, REP 1.1.5.
10. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 1 screw (silver, M3, 6mm) that secures the UI
swivel stop.
Figure 1 Remove the UI Swivel Stop

15. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove the UI Hinge Assembly with attached Control
Panel, REP 1.2.98. Support the Control Panel above the work surface to avoid straining
the cable.

16. Refer to Figure 3 to locate and disconnectthe DADF and attached ground wire from the
IIT Control Board, then release the DADF harness from the ESS housing.
Figure 3 Disconnect the DADF
17. Disconnect the SubLV harness (PJ403) from the IIT Control Board and release the har-
ness from the ESS housing.
18. Disconnect the SubLV harness (PJ802) from the Stapler LVPS and release the harness
from the harness guides.
19. Disconnect the Scanner (PJ452 and 454) from the IIT Control Board.
NOTE: Remove the 7 screws shown in Figure 4.
20. Refer to Figure 4 to locate and remove a total of 7 screws:

• 1 screw (silver, hex-head with flange, M4, 8mm)
• 2 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 10mm)
• 1 screw (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) on the left
• 3 screws (silver, tapping, 10mm) on the right
Figure 2 Remove the Control Panel and attached UI Hinge Assembly 21. Slide the Scanner left to release the bosses and lift the IIT Assembly off the chassis.

Replacement
Feed the SubLV harness through the harness guide before installing the guide.
Figure 4 Remove the IIT Assembly
22. Refer to Figure 5 and remove one scew (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) and raise the SubLV
Harness Guide off the boss at each end to remove.
Figure 5 Remove the SubLV Harness Guide

REP 19.2.99 Exit Cover Assembly REP 19.3.9 Rear Fan
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
CAUTION 1. Open the Rear Cover.
Cover the Drum Cartridge after removal to prevent light exposure. 2. Release the Stopper Strap and hinge hook from the chassis and allow the Rear Cover to
1. Open the Front Cover. rest on the work surface.
2. Remove the Drum Cartridge, REP 8.1.1. 3. Release 1 hook that secures the harness cover and disconnect the Rear Fan near the
Rear Cover hinge.
4. Remove the Duplex Chute Assembly, REP 14.1.12.
5. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release 2 bosses at the top and 2 hooks near the center of
the duplex output chute and remove the chute.
7. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) to remove the
Exit Cover Assembly.
Figure 1 Remove the Exit Cover Assembly
Replacement
Hold the actuator so it will fit through the slot as you position the cover for replacement.

Figure 2 Remove the Rear Cover Latch
8. Refer to Figure 3 to locate and remove 2 screws (silver, tapping, 22mm) to remove the
Rear Fan.
Figure 1 Remove the Duplex Output Chute
6. Release 2 hooks that secure the Rear Fan harness cover and remove the cover.
7. Refer to Figure 2 to remove the rear cover latch assembly.

REP 19.3.99 Rear Cover Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Release the Stopper Strap and hinge hook from the chassis and allow the Rear Cover to
rest on the work surface.
Figure 3 Remove the Rear Fan
Figure 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly

3. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and release the hook that secures the connector cover, then
disconnect the Rear Fan. Release the boss on the left side to remove the cover. The
ground spring should release from the chassis hook as you remove the cover.
Figure 2 Rear Fan Connection
Replacement
Figure 3 Secure the Rear Cover Ground Springs
1. Refer to Figure 3 to locate and install the right side and make sure the ground spring
engages the hook on the chassis.
2. Reconnect the Rear Fan and install the connector cover.
3. Install the cover on the left side boss and check for any obstruction to Rear Cover motion
4. Transfer the Transfer Roller to the replacement cover.

REP 21.1.1 DADF Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
7. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and disconnect the DADF and 1 screw (silver, M3, 6mm) tha
secures the ground wire from the IIT Control Board.
Figure 1 Disconnect the DADF
8. Refer to Figure 2 to locate and remove 2 screws that secure the DADF cable clamps to
the underside of the Scanner and remove the clamps from the cable.

Figure 3 Release the DADF Hinge
Figure 2 Release the DADF Harness
9. Open the DADF.

10. Pull the DADF cable up through the opening in the Scanner.
11. Refer to Figure 3 and lift the DADF to expose the hinges. Using a small, flat-bladed
screwdriver, release the hook located on the front of the right hinge to remove the DADF.

REP 21.1.9 DADF Hinges REP 21.1.11 DADF Input Tray Assembly
Removal Removal
1. Remove the DADF, REP 21.1.1, and rest upside down on the work surface. WARNING
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 4 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) to remove the Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer
Right Hinge or 5 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) to remove the Left Hinge supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
1. Remove the DADF, REP 21.1.1.
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove 4 screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) from the bottom of
the DADF rear cover and release 1 hook on the tray to remove the cover.
Figure 1 Remove the Rear Cover screws
3. Turn the DADF upright and refer to Figure 2 to raise the DADF Top Cover and Input Tray
Assembly to release the rear cover.
Figure 1 Remove the DADF Hinges

Figure 2 Remove the DADF Rear Cover Figure 3 Remove the DADF Input Tray
4. Refer to Figure 3 to locate and cut the cable tie on the tray harness, then disconnect the Replacement
tray. Lift and move right to remove the tray.
Route the tray harness through the slot provided in rear boss.

REP 21.1.14 Scanner
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
6. Remove the IIT Front Bottom Cover, REP 1.1.3.
8. Remove the UI Base Bottom Cover, REP 1.1.5.
14. Remove the UI Hinge Assembly with attached Control Panel, REP 1.2.98. Figure 1 Remove the Scanner
15. Remove the DADF, REP 21.1.1.
16. Disconnect the Scanner (PJ452 and 454) from the IIT Control Board.
17. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove a total of 7 screws:
• 1 screw (silver, hex-head with flange, M4, 8mm)
• 2 screws (silver, tapping, M3, 10mm)
• 1 screw (silver, tapping, M3, 8mm) on the left
• 3 screws (silver, tapping, 10mm) on the right
18. Slide the Scanner left to release the bosses and remove.

REP 21.1.97 DADF Pick-up Assembly
Removal
1. Open the DADF Top Cover.
2. Remove the guides from the Pick-up Assembly shaft.
3. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the bearing locks at each end of the shaft to
remove the assembly.
Figure 2 Remove the DADF Retard Assembly
Replacement
Install the pick-up guides on the replacement assembly.
Figure 1 Remove the DADF Pick-up Assembly
4. Refer to Figure 2 to release 2 clips and remove the Separation Pad.

REP 21.1.98 DADF Top Cover Assembly
Removal
WARNING
1. Open the DADF Top Cover.
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and release the cover from the hinge bosses to remove.
Figure 2 Install the DADF Top Cover
Figure 1 Remove the DADF Top Cover
3. Remove the Pick-up Assembly, REP 21.1.97 and transfer to the replacement cover.
Replacement
Refer to Figure 2 and raise the Top Cover tabs (black) before installing the Top Cover.

5 Parts Lists
Control Panel PL 18.2 Electrical (2/4) .................................................................................................... 5-25
PL 1.1 UI Base ................................................................................................................ 5-3 PL 18.3 Electrical (3/3) .................................................................................................... 5-26
PL 1.2 Console UI ........................................................................................................... 5-4 PL 18.4 Electrical (4/4) .................................................................................................... 5-27
Laser Unit Covers

PL 2.1 ROS ..................................................................................................................... 5-5 PL 19.1 Covers (1/3) ....................................................................................................... 5-28
PL 19.2 Covers (2/3) ....................................................................................................... 5-29
Drive PL 19.3 Covers (3/3) ....................................................................................................... 5-30
PL 3.1 Drive .................................................................................................................... 5-6
IIT
NOHAD and Links PL 21.1 IIT/DADF ............................................................................................................ 5-31
PL 4.1 NOHAD & Links ................................................................................................... 5-7
Dispense
PL 5.1 Dispenser............................................................................................................. 5-8
Transfer
PL 6.1 Transfer ............................................................................................................... 5-9
Fuser
PL 7.1 Fuser.................................................................................................................... 5-10
Xerographic
PL 8.1 Xerographics........................................................................................................ 5-11
Tray 550
PL 9.2 Tray 550............................................................................................................... 5-12
Option 550-Sheet Feeder

PL 11.1 Option Feeder 550 (1/4) .................................................................................... 5-13
PL 11.2 Option Feeder 550 (2/4) .................................................................................... 5-14
PL 11.3 Option Feeder 550 (3/4) .................................................................................... 5-15
PL 11.4 Option Feeder 550 (4/4) .................................................................................... 5-16
MSI Bypass Tray

PL 13.1 MSI (1/2) ............................................................................................................ 5-17
PL 13.2 MSI (2/2) ............................................................................................................ 5-18
Duplex
PL 14.1 Duplex Chute ..................................................................................................... 5-19
Registration
PL 15.1 Registration (1/3) ............................................................................................... 5-20
PL 15.2 Registration (2/3) ............................................................................................... 5-21
PL 15.3 Registration (3/3) ............................................................................................... 5-22
Exit
PL 17.1 Exit..................................................................................................................... 5-23
Electrical
PL 18.1 Electrical (1/4).................................................................................................... 5-24
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Parts Lists

Parts Lists 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only
PL 1.1 UI Base
Item Part Description
1 822E04720 CVR IIT Front Top
2 822E04700 CVR IIT Front
3 – CVR IIT Front Bottom
4 822E04661 CVR UI Base Right Upper
5 – CVR UI Base Right Bottom
6 822E04621 CVR UI Base Left
7 – Frame Assy Neck UI

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 5-3 PL 1.1
PL 1.2 Console UI
1 848K91372 Console Assy UI 220v
– 848K89312 Console Assy UI 110v
2 822E09640 CVR UI Rear Upper
3 – CVR UI Hinge Left
4 – CVR UI Hinge Right
5 – CVR UI Rear Lower
6 – UI Assy Hinge Neck
7 – UI Stopper Swivel
8 – Guide UI Cable
9 – UI Cable
98 604K90601 Kit UI Assy Hinge

PL 1.2 5-4 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
PL 2.1 ROS
1 062K24263 Laser Unit (ROS)
2 – Harness ROS-MCU
3 – Harness Video
4 – Laser Unit

PL 3.1 Drive
1 007K20850 Drive Assembly Main (SCC)
2 007K18912 Holder Assembly Drive Exit Out
(SCC)
3 007K18931 Holder Assenbly Drive Exit In
(SCC)
4 019E83450 Holder Gear Dup
5 – Gear Dup In
6 – Clutch Assembly Exit T21 (SCC)
7 – Clutch Assemby Invet T24 (SCC)
8 – Gear E3 Z
9 – Gear E3
10 – Chassis ESS Bottom
11 – Exit Invert Drive Assy
12 – Exit Drive Assy
99 604K80770 Kit Gear Dup In

PL 4.1 NOHAD & Links
1 127K72250 Fan Assembly Main (SCC)
2 – Duct ESS
3 012E18133 Link Front Right
4 012E18143 Link Front Left
5 – Link Shaft Right
6 – Link Shaft Left
7 012E18172 Link Connector
8 – Link Interlock CRU
9 – Stopper Assembly Xero Right
10 – Stopper Assembly Xero Left
11 – Spring Interlock CRU
12 – Foot
99 604K77650 Kit Foot Assy

PL 5.1 Dispenser
2 – Connector Assy CRUM

3 – Housing CRUM 99 { 2, 3, 4, 11
4 – Spring CRUM
5 007K18413 Drive Assy Disp
6 – (SCC) Housing Disp Drive
7 – Gear Idler Motor
8 – Gear Output
9 127K52160 (SCC) Motor Disp N
10 116K91040 Connector Assy Xerox
11 – CRUM Assy
99 604K77290 Kit CRUM Assy

PL 6.1 Transfer
1 059K75560 Roll Assy Trans CRU

PL 7.1 Fuser
1 126K30929 (SCC) Fusing Unit 220V
– 126K30919 (SCC) Fusing Unit 110V

PL 8.1 Xerographics
1 113R00773 Xero Assy
2 106R02737 Kit PKG TN XC DMO 6K
– 106R02738 Kit PKG TN XC EU/US 14K
– 106R02741 Kit PKG TN XC DMO 25K
– 106R02742 Kit PKG TN XC WW 25K Metered
– 106R02739 Kit PKG TN XC DMO 14K

PL 9.2 Tray 550
1 050K72340 Cassette Assy 550
2 – Plate Bottom CST X
3 – Holder Assy Retard CST
4 – Roll Assy Feed
5 – Clutch Friction RTD Z
6 – Shaft Retard CST
7 – Holder Retard CST
8 – Guide Assy Side R 550
9 – Guide Assy Side L 550
10 – Gear Pinion
11 – Cover BTM Lock 550
12 – Back BTM Lock 550
13 – Gear BTM Lock Pinion
14 – Gear Lever BTM Lock
15 – Lever BTM Lock
16 – Gear 40 BTM Lock
17 – Spring BTM Lock
18 – Spring Lock PB
19 – Actuator Lock PB L
20 – Actuator Size
21 – Spring BTM Up 550 A4
22 – Holder Spring Retard MSI
23 – Spring Retard CST
24 – Rack Left Up PB 550
25 – Housing Base 550
26 – Lever EXT End 550
27 – Guide End 550
28 – Housing End 550
29 – Plate Slot Size
30 – Handle Tray 550
31 – Pad PB
32 – Label-INST D
33 – LABEL-INST AD
34 – LABEL-TRACEABILITY TRAY 550
35 – --
36 – HANDLE GD SD 550
37 – Instruction Retard Assy Roll
38 – Handle Guide End 550
39 – Dust Cover
98 604K11192 Kit Roll Assy Feed (with 4*3 pcs)
99 604K78360 Kit Retard Assy Roll (with 3, 37)

PL 11.1 Option Feeder 550 (1/4)
1 – (SCC) Feeder Assy OPT 550 AIO
2 – Cover Side L OPT 550
3 – --
4 – --
5 960K76390 (SCC) PWBA Assy OPT Tray
6 – --
7 – (SCC) Drive Assy OPT 550 (with
10, 19)
8 005K83210 Clutch Assy OPT Feed
9 – --
10 – Gear OPT
11 – SCC) Harness Assy Tray MOT
12 – --
13 – Cover Side R OPT 550
14 – Foot
15 050K72340 Tray Assy 550 (REF: PL 11.3)
16 – Cover-lip Top OPT
17 – Cover Rear OPT 550
18 – (SCC) Harness Assy FDR Drawer 1
19 – (SCC) Motor-assy Option
20 059K86170 Feeder Assy OPT 550 (REF: PL
11.2)
21 – --
22 – --
23 – --
24 – --
25 – --
26 – Screw Lock
27 803E10840 STOPPER CST
28 – --
29 – --
30 – Spring Cover Rear
31 – (SCC) Harness Assy FDR Drawer 2
32 – --
33 – (SCC) Harness Assy C2 Turn
34 – Bracket Rocate Pin 550
35 – Cover Rear Under OPT 550
36 – Optional Feeder Drive Motor
99 059K87520 (SCC) Feeder Assy OPT 550 AIO
without Tray

1 – Cover Sensor No Paper
2 930W00123 No Paper Sensor
3 – Harness Assy OPT Nopaper
4 – Chute-upper OPT 550
5 – Bearing Nudger
6 – Support Assy Nudger
7 – (SCC) Clutch Oneway Feed
8 – Gear Feed
9 – --
10 – Gear Idler Nudger
11 120E33253 Actuator No Paper
12 – Shaft Nudger
14 – Gear Nudger
15 – Chute-lower OPT 550
16 – Shaft Assy-feed 550
17 – --
18 – --
19 – Chute Assy Pinch 550 (REF: PL
11.4)
20 121K48670 Clutch Assy REGI
21 059K71770 Roll Assy Take Away
22 – Plate Earth T A
23 – Bracket Spring Nudger
24 – Cover Harness SNS
25 – Shaft Gear
26 – Gear OPT Feeder 550
27 – Spring Nudger OPT

1 050K72340 Cassette Assy 550
2 – Plate Bottom CST X
3 – Holder Assy Retard CST
5 – Clutch Friction RTD Z
6 – Shaft Retard CST
7 – Holder Retard CST
8 – Guide Assy Side R 550
9 – Guide Assy Side L 550
10 – Gear Pinion
11 – Cover BTM Lock 550
12 – Back BTM Lock 550
13 – Gear BTM Lock Pinion
14 – Gear Lever BTM Lock
15 – Lever BTM Lock
16 – Gear 40 BTM Lock
17 – Spring BTM Lock
18 – Spring Lock PB
19 – Actuator Lock PB L
20 – Actuator Size
21 – Spring BTM Up 550 A4
22 – Holder Spring Retard MSI
23 – Spring Retard CST
24 – Rack Left Up PB 550
25 – Housing Base 550
26 – Lever EXT End 550
27 – Guide End 550
28 – Housing End 550
29 – Plate Slot Size
30 – Handle Tray 550
31 – Pad PB
32 – Label-INST D
33 – Label-INST AD
34 – Label-Traceability Tray 550
35 – --
36 – Handle GD SD 550
37 – Instruction Retard Assy Roll
38 – Handle Guide End 550
39 – Dust Cover
98 604K11192 Kit Roll Assy Feed (with 4*3 pcs)
99 604K78360 Kit Retard Assy Roll (with 3, 37)

1 – Chute Pinch 550
2 – Roll Pinch TA OP
3 – Cover Chute
4 930W00123 Sensor Photo (Path Sensor)
5 – Actuator PRE REGI
6 – Spring Sensor PRE REGI
7 – Harness Assy OPT REG
8 – Spring Pinch TA OP

PL 13.1 MSI (1/2)
1 – Stopper MSI IN
2 – Lock MSI IN
3 – Frame Top MSI
4 – Actuator No Paper MSI
5 121E23570 (SCC) Solenoid Feed MSI
6 – Gear Segment MSI 1
7 – Gear Segment MSI 2
8 – Bearing Feed MSI
9 – Arm Lifter MSI
10 – Stopper Lifter MSI
11 – Spring Feed MSI
12 – Gear Feed MSI
13 – Lever Lifter MSI
14 – Spring NF MSI
15 059K78790 Holder Assy Pick Up
16 – Holder Pick Up
17 – Gear Idler Feeder
19 – Roll Rubber
20 – Core Roll
21 – Shaft Feed MSI
22 – Bearing Feed MSI
23 – Flange Pick Up
97 801K57914 Frame Assy Top MSI

PL 13.2 MSI (2/2)
1 – Tray Base MSI
2 – Guide End MSI
3 – Cover MSI
4 – Holder-End MSII
5 – Pad MSI
6 – Guide-Side MSI L
7 – Guide-Side MSI R
8 – --
9 050K72540 Tray Assy MSI (ACO)
10 – Spring-Retard Roll
11 – Spring-Stopper Sheet 150
12 – Lock-Sheet 150
13 – Guide-Retard MSI Mylar
14 – Stopper-Sheet 150
15 – Holder-Retard Roll
16 – Roll Assy-Retard Roll
17 – Clutch Assy Friction
18 – Spring-MSI Paper Stopper Mid
19 – Rack Guide Side
20 – Gear Pinion
96 – Kit MSI Frame Assy
98 604K78370 Kit Retard Roll MSI Assy
99 – Kit MSI Cover

PL 14.1 Duplex Chute
1 – Bearing DUP
2 059K74750 Roll Assy DUP
3 – Spring Earth DTS
4 – Gear DUP
5 – Roll Pinch DUP
6 – Spring Pinch DUP
7 – Chute DUP IN
8 – Chute TRANS
9 – --
10 – --
11 – --
12 054K48100 Chute Assy-DUP
13 – Cap-Spring BTR
14 – Spring-BTR

PL 15.1 Registration (1/3)
1 – Chute Assy DUP Lower
2 – Chute DUP Lower
3 – Spring WC IL
4 – (SCC) Harness Assy Interlink
5 – Spring Interlock
6 059K79334 (SCC) Transport Assy-Regi FDR
(PL 15.2)
7 – Lock Tray
8 – Plate Earth REGI OUT ZA
9 – Holder-Connector Rear Fan
10 – --
11 803E13351 Stopper CST ZA S3
97 604K85750 Kit SW Assy I/L Rear

1 – Chute REGI IN
2 – Roll Support 2
3 – Spring REGI
4 121K51870 (SCC) REGI. Clutch
5 – Bearing REGI Earth ZA
6 059K74580 Roll Assy Rubber ZA
7 – Bearing REGI R
8 – Roll Assy REGI Pinch
9 – Chute REGI OUT
10 – Chute Feed Lower MID
11 – --
12 – Chute REGI
13 – --
14 055E60433 Shutter Sensor REGI
15 – --
16 121K51880 (SCC) CST Feed Clutch
17 – --
18 – Actuator REGI MSI
19 – Spring Actuator REGI ZA
20 – Actuator REGI
21 – Actuator No Paper Tray
32 – Guide Chute
34 – Bracket Nudger AD (LOW)
35 – Actuator No Paper Tray M B
36 – Shaft REGI Pinch
37 – Roll REGI Pinch
38 – Bearing REGI CTR
40 – Bracket Nudger D
41 – Chute Assy REGI
99 – Kit Feeder Assy

1 – Bearing Nudger
2 – Feeder Assy
3 – Gear Feed
4 – Clutch Oneway Feed
6 – Shaft Assy Feed
7 – Plate Nudger
8 – Gear Idler Nudger
9 – Gear Nudger TI
10 – Shaft Nudger ZA
11 – Bearing Nudger D

PL 17.1 Exit
1 930W00123 Exit Sensor
2 – Gear Exit
3 – Spring Earth Sensor
4 – Bearing Exit
5 059K79430 Roll Assy Exit
6 604K77510 Kit Pinch Assy L
7 604K77520 Kit Pinch Assy R
8 – Actuator Full Stack
9 – Full Stack Sensor
99 054K48380 Chute Assy Exit

PL 18.1 Electrical (1/4)
1 – Plate Window ESS IIT MCU
2 – Box ESS IIT MCU
3 – IP Board
4 960K74900 (SCC) IIT MCU Board
5 – Bracket HDD
6 – Chassis HDD
7 084K42800 Fax Board
8 – Cable Fax
9 – Bracket Fax
10 110K16610 SW Assy Size 550
11 – CVR Sensor Size
12 105K31920 (SCC) LVPS 220v
– 105K31910 (SCC) LVPS 110v
13 – Plate LVPS
14 952K17171 Side USB Assy
15 – Guide Harness Fusing
16 – SW Assy I/L
17 – Bracket I/L
18 133K27490 RAM Memory
19 540K19010 SD Card (Assy)
20 604K90931 HDD
21 – Plate Assy ESS IIT-MCU
96 604K90940 Kit SD Card
97 604K90930 Kit HDD
98 604K90920 Kit IP Board
99 – Kit SW Assy I/L

1 – CVR MCU
2 960K74850 (SCC) MCU Board
3 – Bracket MCU
4 – Housing MCU
5 105K30954 (SCC) HVPS
6 – Stapler Assy
7 – Stapler Cartridge
8 – Housing Stapler
9 105K31920 (SCC) PWBA Stapler LVPS 220v
– 105K31930 (SCC) PWBA Stapler LVPS 110v
10 – Plate Sub LVPS
99 604K90550 Kit Stapler Assy

1 – (SCC) Harness Assy MCU-ESS
2 – (SCC) Harness Assy MCU-LVPS
3 – (SCC) Harness Assy MCU 24V
4 – (SCC) Harness Assy
MCU-Fusing100
5 – SCC) Harness Assy MCU-DISP
MOT
6 – (SCC) Harness Assy MCU-XERO
CRUM
7 – (SCC) Harness Assy MCU-HVPS
8 – (SCC) Harness Assy MCU-ROS
9 – SCC) Harness Assy LVPS-Drawer
100
10 – (SCC) Harness Assy SubLV-LVPS
11 – (SCC) Harness Assy SubLV-IITmcu
12 – (SCC) Harness Assy SubLV-Stapler
Assy
13 – (SCC) Harness Assy LVPS-Drawer
200
14 – (SCC) Harness Assy
MCU-Fusing200

1 – (SCC) Harness Assy INLET 100
2 – Bracket Switch
3 – (SCC) Harness Assy IIT MCU-ESS
4 – (SCC) Flat Cable IIT MCU-ESS
5 – (SCC) Harness Assy IIT MCU-ESS
2
6 – (SCC) Harness Assy IIT
MCU-LVPS
7 – (SCC) Harness Assy ESS-LVPS
8 – (SCC) Harness Assy LVPS-I/L SW
- Front
9 – - (SCC) Harness Assy LVPS-I/L
SW - Rear
10 – SCC) Harness Assy LVPS-Fusing
100
11 – (SCC) Harness Assy LVPS-Fan
Main
12 – (SCC) Harness Assy LVPS-Fan
Rear
13 – (SCC) Harness Assy INLET 200
14 – (SCC) Harness Assy LVPS-Fusing
200
98 – (SCC) KIT AC Inlet 220V
99 – (SCC) KIT AC Inlet 110V

PL 19.1 Covers (1/3)
1 – CVR Front
2 – Actuator Interlock
3 – Spring Interlock
4 – Holder Interlock
5 – Label MSI Instruction
6 – CVR Front Top
7 – CVR Extention
8 – CVR Extention 2nd
9 – Plate Assy Logo XC
10 822E04811 CVR Side Right
11 822E04872 CVR Stapler
12 822E04891 CVR Window Stapler
13 822E04851 CVR Side Right Out
14 – CVR Side Right Inner
96 604K90570 Kit CVR Assy Front
97 604K90580 Kit CVR Assy Front Top
98 – Kit CVR Assy Stapler
99 604K85900 Kit CVR Assy Extention

1 822E04641 CVR Side Left
2 822E04651 CVR Side Left Rear
3 822E08260 CVR Rear Under
4 – Guide Harness Under Rear
5 032E43511 Guide Harness SubLV
6 – CVR Exit Top
7 – CVR Exit
99 848K62912 Kit CVR Assy Exit

1 – CVR Rear
2 – CVR Rear Top
3 – CVR Latch Rear
4 – Latch Rear
5 – Chute Dup Out
6 – Spring Latch Right
7 868E76893 Strap Rear
8 – Guide Harness Rear
9 127E86631 Fan Rear (Sub-Fan)
10 – Screw TP
11 054K48100 Chute Assy Duplex
99 604K85650 Kit CVR Assy Rear

PL 21.1 IIT/DADF
1 059K81533 DADF Assy
2 – Cover Top ADF
3 – Roller Assy ADF
4 – Separation Pad
5 – ADF Frame Assy
6 – Spring Latch Right
7 – --
8 – --
9 003K89860 Hinge Assy-Right
10 003K89140 Hinge Assy-Left
11 050K71060 ADF Tray Assy
12 – --
13 – --
14 062K25594 IIT Assy
15 – --
16 – --
17 – Stopper Plate L
18 – Stopper Plate R
19 – PF 1 Idle Spring
20 – Idle Roll Assy
97 604K85850 Kit DADF Pick Up Module (Mid)
98 604K85860 DADF Assy Top Cover (Mid)
99 – Kit DADF Top Cover

6 General Procedures
General Procedures Change Tags
GP 1 Service Diagnostics Entry and Exit ........................................................................ 6-3 Change Tags................................................................................................................... 6-47
GP 2 Fault Codes and History Logs................................................................................ 6-4
GP 3 Customer Administration Tools.............................................................................. 6-6
GP 4 How to Switch Off or Switch On the Printer ........................................................... 6-9
GP 5 Service Copy (Tools) Mode ................................................................................... 6-10
GP 6 Electrostatic Discharge Prevention ........................................................................ 6-10
GP 7 Machine Specifications .......................................................................................... 6-11
GP 8 General Disassembly Precautions ......................................................................... 6-11
GP 9 Installing System Software..................................................................................... 6-12
GP 10 How to Check a Motor ......................................................................................... 6-15
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor ....................................................................................... 6-16
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch ..................................................................... 6-16
GP 13 How to Check a Switch ........................................................................................ 6-17
GP 14 Cloning Network Configurations .......................................................................... 6-17
GP 15 PWS AltBoot ........................................................................................................ 6-20
GP 16 Separate System Modules ................................................................................... 6-21
GP 17 External Fax Line Test ......................................................................................... 6-22
GP 18 Printing Reports ................................................................................................... 6-22
GP 19 Intermittent or Noise Problem .............................................................................. 6-23
GP 20 How to Safely Lift or Move Heavy Modules ......................................................... 6-24
GP 21 Machine Lubrication............................................................................................. 6-24
GP 22 Installation Space Requirements ......................................................................... 6-25
GP 23 First Print Output Time ......................................................................................... 6-26
GP 24 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)..................................................... 6-26
GP 25 Remote Control Panel.......................................................................................... 6-27
GP 26 Media Specifications ............................................................................................ 6-28
GP 27 Environmental Data ............................................................................................. 6-29
GP 28 Toner CRUM Conversion..................................................................................... 6-29
Diagnostic Utilities
dC104 Usage Counters................................................................................................... 6-31
dC108 Software Version ................................................................................................. 6-31
dC120 Fault Counters ..................................................................................................... 6-32
dC122 Fault History ........................................................................................................ 6-32
dC131 NVM Read/Write.................................................................................................. 6-33
dC132 Serial Number Restore ........................................................................................ 6-35
dC135 CRU/HFSI Status ................................................................................................ 6-36
dC140 Analog Monitor .................................................................................................... 6-36
dC188 Service Mode Exit................................................................................................ 6-37
dC301 NVM Initialization................................................................................................. 6-37
dC305 UI Test ................................................................................................................. 6-39
dC312 Network Echo Test .............................................................................................. 6-40
dC330 Component Control ............................................................................................. 6-40
dC361 NVM Save and Restore ....................................................................................... 6-44
dC612 Print Test Pattern................................................................................................. 6-45
dC945 IIT Calibration ...................................................................................................... 6-46
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 General Procedures

General Procedures 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only
GP 1 Service Diagnostics Entry and Exit
Purpose
This procedure describes the following items:
• How to enter Service Diagnostics locally
• The Service Diagnostics screen.
• How to exit Service Diagnostics.
NOTE: When Service Diagnostic mode is entered, all existing print jobs are suspended. All
scheduled jobs are held in a queue until Service Diagnostics exits.
To enter Service Diagnostics remotely, refer to GP 25.
Description
The WorkCentre 3655 has built-in diagnostics that allow access to sensors, clutches, sole-
noids, motors, printer status, and some NVRAM access. Using these tests, service technicians
should be able to diagnose problems quickly and isolate which component or assembly needs
replacement.
The printer’s operating system monitors sensors located throughout the print engine and Figure 1 Serice Diagnostics interface
attached options. Sensors are used to monitor media handling and mechanical activity along
the entire media path. As a sheet travels along the paper path, sensors change state tempo- Service Diagnostics tabs
rarily to indicate the sheet’s presence. If the pattern of sensor state changes differs from the When the Service Diagnostic screen is displayed, these tabs are available: Service Info, Diag-
expected timing for a particular media size and path, the sensor where the timing difference nostics, Adjustments, Maintenance, and Call Closeout. Touch a tab to open that group.
occurs identifies the error to report. However, having the error message information does not Touch a dC routine to launch it.
necessarily pinpoint the problem. Sensor signals locate where, but often cannot identify why.
Motors, belts, gears, solenoids, and numerous other parts are involved in media transport. The • Service Info
Service Diagnostics’ suite of tests and utilities are the best tools available to pinpoint the root
This is the default tab for Service Diagnostics. It contains the following:
cause behind the reported error.
General information (serial #, product code, image count, s/w version, IP address).
If confronted with an error that requires more than a cursory investigation to clear or when dC104, dC108, dC120, dC122 and dC135
directed by a troubleshooting procedure, use Service Diagnostics to exercise selected sub- • Diagnostics
assemblies or parts in the vicinity of the reported error. Diagnostic tests are controlled from the This tab contains:
Control Panel.
dC140, dC312, dC330 and dC612.
• Adjustments
Procedure
This tab contains:
To enter Service Diagnostics locally:
dC131, dC301, dC361 and dC945.
1. Press and hold 0 (zero) for at least 5 seconds.
• Maintenance
2. While holding 0 (zero), press and release the Start button.
This tab contains:
3. Enter 6789 on the login screen and touch Enter.
dC120, dC122, dC132, and dC135.
4. The Service Info tab is displayed upon entering Service Diagnostics as shown in Figure 1.
• Call Closeout
This tab allows you to choose whether the printer reboots when you exit diagnostic
mode, and whether fault counters are cleared. Touch Reset Counters? to clear
fault history.
To exit Service Diagnostics:
1. Use Call Closeout to exit diagnostics mode. It is recommended that following diagnostic
testing, you reboot the printer to return it to correct operation.
2. Allow diagnostics to time-out.

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 6-3 GP 1
GP 2 Fault Codes and History Logs Table 1 Function and Fault Code Prefixes
Purpose Chain Code Function Chain Code Function
To describe access to fault history, explain fault code structure, and define error messages and 305 DADF 373 Tray 3
codes generated by the printer. 310 Fusing 374 Tray 4
316 Network functions 377 IOT Jam
Description 319 Hard Drive / Image data 391 Drum Cartridge
The printer tracks and reports errors in a number of ways. The two types of error reporting dis- 320 Fax 392 ATC / Environmental Sensor
cussed here include:
322 Network faults 393 Toner Dispense
• Error messages and fault codes displayed on the Control Panel as shown in Figure 1.
341 IOT NVM 394 Transfer Roller
• Error and fault code history stored in the printer.
342 NOHAD / Fan / Drive 395 Software Upgrade
361 Laser Unit
Accessing Fault History

Fault History is available in two locations:
• Machine Status Menu
• Service Diagnostics
NOTE: Fault history can be viewed on the Control Panel without logging in as an administrator.
Accessing Fault History from Machine Status Menu

1. Press the Machine Status button
2. Touch the Active Messages tab shown in Figure 2.
Current fault and status messages are displayed. You can select how to filter the mes-
sages displayed wih the Faults and Alerts pull-down. Highlight a status message to view
details.
Figure 1 Home screen fault code display
Fault history lists the most recent printer fault codes with a time and date stamp. Use the fault
code to determine the appropriate troubleshooting procedure. To access fault history files from
the Control Panel, refer to Accessing Fault History.
NOTE: Fault codes may appear containing different pre-fix (i.e. 089-XXX vs. 389-XXX) on the
Services Home Menu and Fault History.
Function and Fault Codes

Refer to Table 1 for a list of Fault code prefixes.
Table 1 Function and Fault Code Prefixes

Chain Code Function Chain Code Function Figure 2 Filter displayed messages
302 System Controller/UI 371 Tray 1 3. Touch Fault History to view a listing of recorded faults as shown in Figure 3.
303 Machine Run control 372 Tray 2

GP 2 6-4 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Figure 3 Fault history listing Figure 5 Access fualt details
Accessing Fault History in Service Diagnostics Accessing Machine Status/ Tools Menu as Administrator
1. Enter Service Diagnostics. 1. Press Log In/ Out.
2. Touch Service Info. 2. Enter the default user name admin.
3. Touch dC122 Fault History to display the listing as shown in Figure 4. 3. Touch Next.
4. Enter the default password 1111.
5. Touch Done.
6. Press the Machine Status as shown in Figure 6.
Figure 4 Service Diagnostics fault history interface
4. Select the desired fault, then select Details to view the fault detail as shown in Figure 5.
Figure 6 Machine status interface
7. Touch Tools to access various printer settings.

Print Process Traces GP 3 Customer Administration Tools
Printers equipped with a Hard Drive record system activity, To retrieve printer’s activity, use this Purpose
procedure:
To gain access to customer administration tools.
1. Insert a thumbdrive into the front USB port.
2. Press the Menu button. How to Enter Customer Administrator Tools
3. Select Information and press OK.
4. Select Firmware Versions and press OK.
1. Select login / out on the key pad or select guest on the UI.
5. Wait approximately 30 seconds as the traces are transferred to the thumbdrive.
2. Enter User Name ‘admin’ (case sensitive).
3. Select Next.
4. Enter the Password ‘1111’ (default setting).
5. Select Enter.
6. Select machine status key (machine symbol key). To access the customer administration
screen.
When the machine is password protected use Service Copy Mode (GP 5) to access device,
network settings. Perform the following:
NOTE: Not all Admin settings are avilable while logged in as CSE.
1. Press and hold the # key, * key and the Stop key.
2. Enter the passcode 2732.
3. Select Enter.
4. Select machine status key (machine symbol key) and tools. To access the customer
administration screen.
NOTE: After entering customer administration tools, all existing copy jobs are cancelled. The
network controller will stop accepting jobs and a ‘Offline’ screen message is displayed. When
exiting service mode an ‘Online’ screen message is displayed.
The tools menu map is also available in the information pages. Select Machine Status /
Machine Information / Information Pages and select the Tools Menu Map.
The customer administration Tools menu contains the following features:
• Device Setting - Table 1

• Service Setting - Table 2
• Network Setting - Table 3
• Account Setting - Table 4
• Security Setting - Table 5
• Troubleshooting - Table 6
Table 1 Device Settings

Feature Feature options Selection
General Energy Saver Intelligent Ready
Job Activated
Scheduled
Energy Saver Timers

GP 2, GP 3 6-6 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Table 1 Device Settings Table 1 Device Settings
Feature Feature options Selection Feature Feature options Selection
Date and Time Time Zone (GMT Offset) Quick Setup Home IP Address / contact num- -
Date ber
Time Display Brightness Brighter / Darker -
Languages / Keyboard Display Languages Configuration / Information Pages - Administrator Only
Selection Keyboard Layout Open to All UsersPrint Config-
Custom Keyboard Button Enter Button Label uration at Power OnPrint Now
Xerox Customer Support Phone number Reset UI to Factory Settings - Cancel / Reboot -
Entry Screen Defaults Screen Defaults Interrupt Printing Enablement - Enable / Disable
When Originals Detected Display Device Information Device Parameters Show / Hide
Measurements Units
Numeric Separator Table 2 Service Settings
Paper Size Preference Inches / Metric
Feature Feature options Selection
Audio Tones Fault Tone
Service Registration Service Home Enable All / Disable All
Conflict Tone
Selection Tone Device Address Book Manage Create Address Book Records
Import
Altitude Adjustment Units
Export
Altitude
Export Sample
Feature installation Enter Feature Installation key
Copy Service Settings Feature Defaults Reset / Save
Revert to Previous Set-
Toner Saver Enable / Disable
tings
Edge Erase Presets Undo / Reset / Save
Paper Management Paper Type and Color Plain / Recycled / Colour
Image Shift Presets Undo / Reset / Save
Paper Substitution Enable / Disable
Reduce/Enlarge Presets Undo / Reset / Save
Paper Size Preference Inches / Metric
Reading Order Options Scan Order
Standard Size Required Enable / Disable
Print Order
Tray Settings Edit settings
Auto Image Rotation When Auto R/E Selected
When Auto Paper Selected
Tray Contents Paper Size / Type
ID Card Copy Service Enablement Enable / Disable
Timers Auto Resume Timer Auto Resume / Wait for User Side 1 / 2 Shared Defaults Reduction / Supply
Delete Held Jobs After Enable / Disable Side 1 Defaults Type / Contrast / Background
System Timeout Enable / Disable Side 2 Defaults Type / Contrast / Background
Input Auto Color Detection Scan from Document Glass / Reduce / Enlarge Presets Percentage
Scan from Document Feeder Embedded Fax Settings Fax Setup Enable / Disable
Photo / Text Settings Recognition Feature Defaults -
Output Contention Management Priority / First In, First Out Fax Country Setting -
Within Job Offsetting Enable / Disable Line 1 Setup -
Supplies Enter Supplies Activation Enter Activation Code Incoming Fax Defaults Auto Answer Delay
Paper Settings
Enter Plan Conversion Enter Plan Conversion
Ring Volume
Low Supply Warning Set Supply Warning Secure Receive
Clear Low Supply Warning Select Warnings to Hide Default Output Options
Supply Counter Reset Reset CRU Life Count Advanced Capabilities
Device Software Upgrade Allow Upgrade Enable / Disable

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 6-7 GP 2, GP 3
Table 2 Service Settings Table 3 Network Settings
Feature Feature options Selection Feature Feature Options
Transmission Defaults Automatic Redial Setup USB Settings USB Connection Mode (Software Tools or Direct Print)
Automatic Resend
Audio Line Monitor Table 4 Accounting Settings
Send Header Text
Batch Send Feature Feature Options
Mailbox and Polling Poli- Received Documents Accounting Mode None

cies Stored Documents Auxiliary Access
Xerox Standard Accounting
Mailbox Setup -
Network Accounting
Setup Fax Reports Activity Report
Copy Activity Report Enable / Disable
Confirmation Report
Broadcast and Multipoll
Report Table 5 Security Settings
Print Fax Reports Activity Report Feature Feature Options Selection
Protocol Report
USB Port Security Rear and Side Ports Enable / Disable
Dial Directory Report
Audit Log - Download Log
Group Directory Report
Options Report Authentication Job Deletion All Users
Pending Jobs Report System Administrator Only
Print Now Image Overwrite Security Immediate Overwrite Disable / Enable
Fax Passcode Length Set Length On Demand Overwrite Standard
Job Sheets Banner Sheets Print Banner Sheet Yes / No Full
Print Driver Override Yes / No Overwrite Now
Banner Sheet Identification Valid Recipients Allow any valid E-mail
Output Error Sheets Enable / Disable Address
Paper Type and Color Paper Type Limit to Address Book entries
Paper Color only
Weblet Settings Weblet Install Policy Allow / Do Not Allow Change Admin Password Enter New Password
Weblet Managment Add / Remove IPSec Enable from CWIS
Service Plan Current / Change Plan Enter Authorization Code Valid Recipients Email / Address Book Allow / Limit
Table 6 Troubleshooting
Table 3 Network Settings
Feature Feature Options Feature Feature options Selection
Online / Offline Status and Disconnect Xerographic Module Cleaning Clean the Drum Begin
Network Connectivity Wired / Wireless / Offline Resets Software Reset All Software
Network Software
TCP/IP Settings TCP/IP Enablement Copy Software
Dynamic Addressing
Reset
IP Address / Host Name
Subnet and Gateway Supply Counter Reset Document Feeder
DNS Configuration Feed Roller
Advanced Settings Ethernet Physical Media Network Echo Test Protocol

Start Test
HTTP Settings
802.1x Fax Fax Protocol Report Protocol Report
Print Now
Network Logs Basic
Enhanced
Download Basic Log File

GP 4 How to Switch Off or Switch On the Printer • The Interput button blinks during POST testing. POST checks that the hardware
resources are available to run the operating system. If a POST fault is detected, the
Purpose machine is prevented from booting.
Provide instruction on how to properly switch printer power On or Off. The printer is equipped • The Interupt button stops blinking as the operating system begins to load. A
with both an on/off switch and a Power button on the Control Panel. Normally the Power button progress bar and software version information is displayed during loading.
is used to power the printer On and Off. However, when service procedures require you to
• If enabled, a Configuration Report is printed.
cycle system power or perform procedures that would expose you to the potential for electrical
• The Services home screen is displayed.
shock, use the shutdown procedure below.
5. The machine is ready to print.
WARNING 6. If the printer switches On, but the Control Panel is blank, go to the OF 2 Control Panel
Touch Screen Failure RAP.
Do not use the on/off switch as a safety disconnect device. The on/off switch is not a
disconnect device. Disconnect the power cord from the printer to isolate the equipment. Service Mode
Power Down Procedure The machine can be switched on directly into Service Mode, refer to GP 1.
CAUTION
Operational Modes
Do not disconnect the Power Cord or interrupt the electricity supply before power down is com-
Operational modes are listed in Table 1. Power activity during each operation mode is listed in
plete. Data and software can become corrupted.
Table 2.
1. Press Power on the Control Panel. A confirmation window will open.
NOTE: If the machine is in power save mode, the machine will exit to Ready To Scan Table 1 Printer Operational Modes
before commencing the switch off procedure. If the machine is in software upgrade mode, Mode State
a message is displayed to warn against switching off the machine.
Running In operation (print, scan, data receiving)
NOTE: If the Control Panel is unavailable, the power down request cannot be confirmed. Ready Ready to receive data
The printer powers down automatically after 60 seconds. Light Sleep Power reduced below Ready mode
2. Confirm by selecting Power Down. Deep Sleep Power reduced below Light Sleep mode
Soft Off Control Panel Power button Off, Power switch On
NOTE: If Power is pressed again before either confirm has been selected or 60 seconds
has elapsed, power off is cancelled. The printer returns to normal operation.
Table 2 Power Activity by Operational Mode
3. When a standard power off has been initiated:
- Running Ready Light Sleep Deep Sleep Soft Off
• Control Panel screen goes blank (Black screen).
• Power Saver LED blinks for approximately 25 seconds. Fuser Operating Standby Off Off Off
• Go off line and stop receiving jobs. Development On Off Off Off Off
Exposure On Off Off Off Off
NOTE: The printer will attempt to print the current sheet and send all sheets in the Rear Fan On (high) On (Low) Off Off Off
paper path to the output tray.
LVPS Fan On (high) On (Low) On (Low) Off Off
• Stop processing any remaining jobs in the print queue. 3.3V On On On Off Off
• Send the scan carriage assembly to the home position. 5v On On On On to IP On IIT to IP
4. When the printer has switched off, switch the on/off switch to the Off position and remove 24V On On On On MCU to IP Off
the Power Cord.
5. Wait at least 1 minute following removal of the Power Cord to allow the power supplies to NOTE: Refer to Electrical Specifications for further information.
completely discharge before begining any service procedure.
Switch On Procedure
1. After a power down, wait a minimum of one minute before the printer is switched on.
2. After a service call, ensure that all service tools are removed from the printer.
3. Connect the Power Cord from the AC supply outlet to the printer.
4. Switch the on/off switch to the On position. The following occurs:

GP 5 Service Copy (Tools) Mode GP 6 Electrostatic Discharge Prevention
The CSE Service Copy (Tools) mode provides enhanced access to printer settings without tak- Some semiconductor components, and the sub-assemblies that contain them, are vulnerable
ing the printer off-line. Service Copy mode allows you to perform a number of checks and run to damage by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). These techniques reduce the occurrence of com-
copies without compromising customer security settings. This mode is available if the adminis- ponent damage caused by static electricity.
trator account is unavailable.
Be sure the power is Off and observe all other safety precautions.
Procedure
1. Press and hold the 0 button for approximately 5 seconds then simultaneously press the • Immediately before handling any semiconductor components, drain the electrostatic
Start button. Release both buttons after a few seconds. charge from your body. This can be accomplished by touching an earth ground source or
by wearing a wrist strap device connected to an earth ground source. Wearing a wrist
2. On the Service Diagnostics Login screen, enter 2732, then select Enter.
strap will also prevent accumulation of additional bodily static charges. Be sure to remove
3. CSE appears in the user name area of the Services home screen. the wrist strap before applying power to the unit under test to avoid potential shock.
4. Press Machine Status to access the Tools tab. The Tools available in this mode are a sub- • After removing a static sensitive assembly from its anti-static bag, replace it on a
set of those available in Administrator mode. grounded conductive surface. If the anti-static bag is conductive, you may ground the bag
and use it as a conductive surface.
NOTE: CSE Service Copy mode will time-out and return to the Guest account after a cou-
ple minutes of inactivity. • Do not use freon-propelled chemicals. These can generate electrical charges sufficient to
damage some devices.
• Do not remove a replacement component or electrical sub-assembly from its protective
package until you are ready to install it.
• Immediately before removing the protective material from the leads of a replacement
device, touch the protective material to the chassis or circuit assembly into which the
device will be installed.
• Minimize body motions when handling unpacked replacement devices. Motion such as
your clothes brushing together, or lifting a foot from a carpeted floor can generate enough
static electricity to damage an electro-statically sensitive device.
• Handle IC’s carefully to avoid bending pins.
• Pay attention to the direction of parts when mounting or inserting them on circuit boards.

GP 7 Machine Specifications GP 8 General Disassembly Precautions
Functional Specifications Purpose
Table 1 lists the functional specifications of the printer. Use these precautions when disassembling and reassembling components.
Table 1 Functional Specifications Procedure

Characteristic Specifications NOTE: The close proximity of cables to moving parts makes proper routing essential. If com-
Printing Process Laser exposed drum ponents are removed, any cables disturbed by the procedure must be restored as close as
Image System Toner/developer drum and Fuser possible to their original positions. Before removing any component from the machine, note the
cable routing that will be affected.
Resolution 600 x 600 dpi
1200 x 1200 dpi (1/4 speed) Whenever servicing the machine, perform the following:
Scan Speed • 40 ipm (600x400dpi) 1. Check the replacement part number.
• 50 ipm (600x300dpi) 2. Check to verify that jobs are not stored in memory.
Recommended AMPV 5,200 PV 3. Power down the printer, GP 4.
First Page-Out (Ready) < 5.5 sec 4. Use a flat and clean surface.
First Page-Out (Sleep) < 25.5 sec 5. Only install authorized components.
Warm-Up Time • From Cold Start: Less than 10 minutes 6. Do not forcibly remove plastic components.
• From Energy Star Mode: Less than 4 minutes 7. Ensure all components are in their correct position.
Printer Life 5 years or 600K 8. When replacing screws into plastic components, turn the screw counterclockwise to
Operating System • Windows 2000/ 2003, 2008 Server/Vista/W7 engage the original thread, then turn the screw clockwise. Do not overtighten. If a new
• Macintosh: OS 10.5 or higher thread is cut, the plastic component will lose the ability to hold the screw. This also applies
to metal components.
• Linux
Electrical Specifications
Table 2 lists the printer’s electrical requirements.
Table 2 Electrical Specifications

Characteristic Specifications
Primary Line Voltages • 110 - 127 VAC +/- 10%
• 220 - 240 VAC +/- 10%
Primary Line Voltages Frequency Range 47 - 63 Hz
Power Consumption at Rated Voltage • Printing: 524 W
Input • Idle: 82 W
• Low Power: 22 W
• Deep Sleep: 3.1 W

GP 9 Installing System Software Procedure
Purpose Determine the appropriate system software loading method by selecting the device(s) that
require software and type of software loading required (Upgrade, Downgrade or Reload) see
This procedure explains how to upgrade, downgrade or reload system software.
Table 1.
Table 1 Software Loading

Network Copy Scanner
Software Platform Procedure Controller Controller Marking Engine
XUI-Copy
Platform Components Overview Controller-Fax IIT Apps DADF IOT
Normal USB Upgrade - Recom- DLM file placed in Upgrade folder on a USB drive. Insert after printer is fully Upgrade Upgrade Upgrade N/A Upgrade
mended CSE method booted.
NOTE: Printer must be online and the USB port enabled.

Customer Manual Upgrade via DLM file is loaded through CWIS Properties -> General Setup -> Machine Soft- Upgrade Upgrade Upgrade N/A Upgrade
CWIS ware -> Manual Upgrade.
NOTE: Printer must be online.

Customer Automatic FTP DLM file is placed on an FTP server and CWIS is configured to periodically Upgrade Upgrade Upgrade N/A Upgrade
Upgrade check the FTP site for updated software.
Automatic Power On Software At every power on, the system checks the current version of components and N/A Upgrade, Upgrade, N/A Upgrade
Upgrade (POSU) compares with a copy retained on the network controller. Supported platforms Downgrade Downgrade
are upgraded or downgraded if a mismatch exists.
NOTE: Printer must be online.
NOTE: Auto power on upgrade will not occur if install phase (616-14) is set to
manufacturing (0) or customer install (2)
Regular AltBoot DLM file placed in "Altboot" folder on a USB drive and inserted prior to powering Upgrade, Upgrade, After AltBoot N/A After AltBoot
on the printer. Down- Downgrade, POSU may POSU may occur
grade, Reload occur
NOTE: Data loss will occur. Make a clone file before upgrading, then restore it
Reload
afterwards (GP 13).
NOTE: USB ports must be enabled.

Forced AltBoot / Failed Upgrade DLM file placed in Altboot folder on a USB flash drive, along with a file called Upgrade, Upgrade, Upgrade, Upgrade, Upgrade, Down-
FORCED_UPGRADE (case sensitive with no file extension) and inserted before Down- Downgrade, Downgrade, Downgrade, grade, Reload
powering on the printer grade, Reload Reload Reload. May
Reload require man-
NOTE: Data loss will occur. Make a clone file before upgrading, then restore it
ual NVM
afterwards (GP 13).
changes
NOTE: Adding a file called DISABLE_DATA_BACKUP (case sensitive with no
file extension) will prevent the NC from keeping data that is normally retained
through an AltBoot.
NOTE: USB Ports must be enabled.

PWS AltBoot PWS with AltBoot Software tool is used to load printer software Upgrade, Upgrade, After AltBoot N/A After AltBoot
Down- Downgrade, POSU may POSU may occur
grade, Reload occur
Reload

Select from the following installation options: If the procedure is not successful . . .
• Normal USB Upgrade Listed below are possible problems that may stop software loading:
• Regular / Forced AltBoot • Incompatible USB flash drive or inactive USB port:
• PWS AltBoot, GP 15 If the activity light on the USB flash drive never lights or flashes, the customer may have
Normal USB Upgrade disabled the USB ports. Log into the printer’s web page, select Properties tab, Security
heading, and then click on USB Port Security and ensure that the USB ports are checked
NOTE: Machine must be online and the USB port must be enabled. The System Administrator and enabled.
should be able to determine which USB ports are enabled. If the printer’s web page cannot be accessed, use the PWS Altboot procedure, GP 15.
Procedure • Corrupt .dlm file.
Obtaining Software • Incorrectly named upgrade directory on USB flash drive.
• HDD corruption or failure.
System software is available in GSN library #11428 or www.Xerox.com. To load SW onto the • USB port disable/damage
USB Flash Drive perform the following: • Control Panel failure
1. Connect the flash drive to a USB port on your PWS.
• IP Board failure
NOTE: You should not have an upgrade and altboot folder in the root of the flash drive at the Regular / Forced AltBoot
same time.
NOTE: Printer must be online and the USB port enabled. The system administrator should be
2. Create a folder named upgrade at the root level of the flash drive. able to determine which USB ports are enabled.
3. Navigate to the root directory of the flash drive.
AltBoot should be only be used under the following circumstances:
NOTE: If you have more than one file with the suffix .dlm inside the upgrade folder, the latest • To attempt to reinstall corrupt software
version is automatically selected.
• After replacing a Hard Drive
4. Locate the Machine SW folder. Inside the folder is a file with the name • To upgrade software without running multiple software upgrades.
WorkCentre_3655-system-sw#061120000*****# .dlm, where ***** is the version number • To downgrade software.
of the software. Copy this file to the upgrade folder on the USB flash drive.
There are two types of AltBoot; Regular and Forced:
5. Remove the flash drive from your PWS. • A Regular AltBoot is used to recover from problems with the IP Board (e.g. Disk corrup-
Loading Software tion, general issues). It will upgrade all software on the IP Board. Any other peripheral
1. Switch on the printer and wait for boot up. devices that need an upgrade will be handled by the Power On Upgrade feature after the
2. Perform an NVM Save, dC361. AltBoot is complete and the printer has rebooted.
3. Perform the Network Clone procedure, GP 13. – The IOT cannot be reloaded or downgraded using this feature.
4. If possible, complete or delete all pending print jobs. If the prints jobs cannot be deleted, – A Regular AltBoot takes approximately 5-10 minutes.
warn the customer that all pending jobs will be lost. CAUTION
5. Before software is loaded, ensure that the machine is fully operational. Any active faults The Forced AltBoot feature should be used with extreme caution as it will replace bootcode as
or jams must be resolved before starting this procedure. well as application code. Power failure during a Forced Altboot while programming bootcode
6. Connect the USB flash drive to the Side USB port. may result in certain options not being recoverable.
CAUTION • A Forced Altboot will upgrade or downgrade every printer component regardless of the
It may take several minutes for the upgrade to start. There is NO indication until the Control currently-installed software version. A Forced Altboot is required for recovering from cor-
rupt application code on devices such as Fax, IOT, and IIT.
Panel displays the Software Upgrade screen. DO NOT remove the flash drive or switch Off
power until the printer reboots. – A Forced Altboot should be used if a downgrade of the IOT or IIT is required.
7. It may take several minutes for the upgrade to start. The Control Panel displays the Soft- – Performing a Forced Altboot may require 25 minutes to complete.
ware Upgrade screen. Progress bars for each of the software modules is displayed.
8. The upgrade process may require 15 minutes to complete. After the upgrade loads, the Procedure
printer reboots. When the reboot is complete, remove the flash drive. Obtaining Software
9. Print a Configuration Report and verify software version levels.
System software is available in GSN library #11428 or www.Xerox.com. To load software onto
a USB flash drive perform the following:
1. Connect the flash drive to a USB port on your PWS.

NOTE: You should not have an upgrade and altboot folder on the flash drive at the same time. NOTE: Do not switch off the machine until prompted to do so. During the next few steps,
the Hard Drive is being encrypted. Switching Off the printer can cause only partial encryp-
2. Create a folder named altboot at the root level of the drive.
tion of the Hard Drive.
3. Forced AltBoot only: Create a file named FORCED_UPGRADE inside the altboot
folder. This is an empty file and must not have an extension; the AltBoot routine only 12. The Control Panel displays the Data Encryption/Decryption screen after the data
checks to see that a file with this name is present. To create the empty file, do the follow- encryption is complete. This takes about 5 minutes. If there is a problem during encryp-
ing: tion, a reset printer screen appears. Do not power Off unless the “RESET MACHINE”
screen is displayed. In this case, cycle system power and check software version levels. If
• Open the altboot folder
software is not correct, start over.
• In a blank area of the screen, right click and select “New”.
13. The printer reboots several times before returning to ready. In some instances a power on
• Select “Text Document”.
failure screen may appear. Cycle system power to clear the fault.
• The name “New Text Document.txt” will be highlighted.
14. Perform an NVM Restore, dC361.
• Type “FORCED_UPGRADE” and hit “Enter”.
15. Perform a Network Clone Restore, GP 14.
• A pop-up with the message “If you change a file name extension, the file might
If the procedure is not successful . . .
become unusable. Are you sure you want to change it?” will appear.
Listed below are possible problems that may stop AltBoot software loading:
• Click on ”Yes”.
• Incompatible USB flash drive.
To eliminate corrupt data carryover, create a file called DISABLE_DATA_BACKUP (case
• Corrupt .dlm file.
sensitive with no file extension). This prevents the NC from keeping data that is normally
retained through an AltBoot. • Incorrectly named upgrade directory on USB flash drive.
4. Navigate to the root directory of the flash drive. • HDD corruption or failure.
• USB port disable/damage
NOTE: If you have more than one file with the suffix .dlm inside the altboot folder on the Flash
• Control Panel failure
Drive, the latest version will be automatically selected.
• IP Board failure
5. Locate the Machine SW folder. Inside the folder will be a file with the name
WorkCentre_3655-system-sw#061120000*****# .dlm, where ***** is the version number
of the software. Copy this file to the altboot folder on the USB flash drive
6. Remove the flash drive from your PWS.
Loading Software
1. Switch On printer power and wait for the printer to boot.
2. Perform an NVM Save, dC361.
3. Perform the Network Clone procedure, GP 14.
4. If possible, complete or delete all pending print jobs. If the prints jobs cannot be deleted,
warn the customer that all pending jobs will be lost.
5. Before software is loaded, correct any active faults or jams.
6. Switch Off the printer.
7. Connect the USB flash drive to the Side USB Port.
8. Switch On the printer.
9. The Control Panel displays the Software Upgrade screen. Progress bars for each of the
software modules are displayed.
10. The AltBoot process should complete after approximately 5 minutes. When finished, the
Control Panel displays Upgrade Complete. Remove USB Drive and press “0” in UI.
Remove the flash drive before hitting “0” or the printer will restart the upgrade.
11. If the AltBoot process fails, the AltBoot failed screen appears. Follow the on screen
instructions. Restart the procedure.

GP 10 How to Check a Motor 2. Check that the drive voltage at the driver PWB when the component control code for the
motor is entered. If the drive voltage is present, check the wiring and connectors to the
This procedure describes how to check a motor: motor. If the drive voltage is not present, check the power to the driver PWB. If the power
to the PWB is good, install a new driver PWB.
Initial Actions
NOTE: When checking for pulses, use a standard digital multimeter. Using the DC volts range,
WARNING or the AC volts range, expect to obtain a reading greater than 1V and less than 4 volts, while
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer the motor is running. The actual value depends on the meter’s reaction to square waves and to
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or the particular frequency of the pulses. It is common to obtain a reading of 2 to 3 volts. If the
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. meter has a minimum and maximum recording facility, expect a maximum value of around +4.9
1. Check that the motor is free to rotate. volts DC, and a minimum value of around +0.2 volts DC
2. Check that all the motors mechanisms are clean, free to move and lubricated correctly.
Check the operation of the encoder as follows:
3. Enter the component control code for the motor, refer to dC330. Run the motor for 30 sec-
onds, if the motor shows signs of or can be heard to slow down, the motor is defective. Check for pulses when the motor is running. If pulses are present, check the driver PWB. If
Replace the motor. pulses are not present at the motor, check the wiring to the motor and repair to install new wir-
4. Perform the appropriate procedure: ing. If pulses are present, install a new driver PWB.
• Two Wire DC Motor
Four Wire Stepper Motor
• DC Motor with Integral Encoder
• Four Wire Stepper Motor
NOTE: A stepper motor with an internal open circuit may appear to be fully functional under
NOTE: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only. dC330 component control. However, under normal operation it will run with intermittent failure.
Go to the wiring diagram associated with the RAP for the correct information. Use the multimeter to check stepper motor coil resistance.
Two Wire DC Motor 1. Refer to Figure 1. Disconnect PJ111. Check the +24V supply and the phase pulses to
GND when the component control code for the motor is entered. If the supply and pulses
NOTE: In cases where the motor may be driven forward or backward, the same two feed wires are present, install a new motor.
are used, but the voltages on them are reversed, to reverse the motor direction. Such motors 2. Check the connectors and wiring to the motor. Repair or install new wiring, as necessary.
may have two component control codes, for forward and reverse. A typical application is a tray 3. Disconnect PJ11. Check the +24V. If +24V is not present, check the power to the PWB. If
lift motor with a tray-up and a tray-down direction the power is good, install a new PWB. Check the phase pulses at the PWB. If the phase
pulses are not present at the PWB, install a new PWB
1. Check the drive voltage when the component control code for the motor is entered. If the
drive voltage is measured, install a new motor. If the drive voltage is not measured, con-
tinue to the next step.
2. Check that the drive voltage can be measured on the PWB when the component control
code for the motor forward is entered. If no drive voltage is measured, check the power to
the PWB. If the power is good install a new PWB. If the drive voltage is measured at the
PWB, check the wiring to the motor. Repair or install new wiring.
DC Motor with integral Encoder
NOTE: This type of motor has the normal drive voltages for a DC motor, plus the +3.3V and 0V
lines for the encoder. The encoder has two outputs, A and B, producing pulses when the motor
is on. When the motor is running in one direction, the encoder A pulses lead the encoder B
pulses. In the other direction, encoder B pulses lead encoder A pulses. In this way the control-
Figure 1 Example motor wiring diagram
ler can detect that the motor is running in the correct direction.
Check the operation of the motor as follows:
1. Check the drive voltage when the component control code for the motor is entered. If the
drive voltage is present at the motor, install a new motor. If the drive voltage is not
present, go to step 2.

GP 11 How to Check a Sensor GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch
Use this procedure to check the operation of all types of sensor. Use this procedure to check a clutch or solenoid.
NOTE: Some sensors have a resistor within the sensor and other sensors require a resistor on Initial Actions
the PWB. The resistor limits the current through the LED. The voltage to the sensor LED with
an external resistor, is typically 1.2V.
WARNING
NOTE: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are examples only. supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or
Go to the wiring diagram associated with the RAP for the correct information. injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
NOTE: In some cases, two sensors are used to form an interruptible beam of light. In these 1. For a clutch, check that the shafts, gears, rolls etc., associated with the clutch are free to
cases, the LED of one sensor and the sensing element of the other sensor are used. Treat the rotate, clean and lubricated where applicable.
two sensors as if they were housed in the same body for diagnostic purposes, ignoring the 2. For a solenoid, check that the solenoid is free to actuate and that the mechanisms associ-
unused part of each sensor. If the combined sensors do not operate correctly and the beam ated with the solenoid are free to move.
path is clear of obstruction, it may be necessary to install both new sensors. Procedure
Quick Sensor Check NOTE: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only.
Enter the component control code for the sensor, refer to dC330. Actuate the sensor. If the dis- Go to the wiring diagram associated with the RAP for the correct information.
play changes, the sensor operates correctly. If the display does not change, perform the proce-
NOTE: When a solenoid is energized in diagnostics, movement is seen. When a clutch is ener-
dure.
gized in diagnostics, the sound of the clutch action is heard. If possible, run the motor con-
nected to the clutch to confirm when the clutch is energized
Procedure
For the sensor in the wiring diagram shown in Figure 1: 1. Enter the dC330 output code for the clutch or solenoid. If the clutch or solenoid does not
energize, continue with step 2.
1. Actuate the sensor and check for a change in voltage at PJ27, pin 3. If the voltage 2. Refer to Figure 1 to disconnect PJ17, check for +24V at pin 1 on the wiring side of the
changes, install a new PWB. If the voltage does not change, continue to the next step. connector, If the voltage is not correct, trace the faulty component.
2. Disconnect PJ271. Check for +3.3V and 0V (GND) on the harness. 3. Reconnect PJ17, enter the dC330 output code for the clutch or solenoid, while measuring
3. Disconnect PJ27 and PJ271. Check the harness and the connectors for continuity. the voltage between pin 1 and ground. If the voltage does not change when the code is
entered, Install a new PWB.
4. Check for +3.3V and 0V (GND) at the PWB.
5. If necessary, install new components or repair the wiring. 4. There may be an intermittent fault, perform the actions that follow:
a. Check the wiring. Repair or install new components as necessary.
b. Operate the clutch or solenoid under normal running conditions. If the clutch or sole-
noid operates intermittently or with hesitation, install new parts.
c. Check that the clutch or solenoid has enough drive to operate the mechanism to
which it is attached, if necessary install a new clutch or solenoid.
Figure 1 Example sensor wiring diagram
Figure 1 Example clutch wiring diagram

GP 13 How to Check a Switch GP 14 Cloning Network Configurations
Use this procedure to check the operation of a switch. Purpose
Use this procedure establish a network connection between the PWS and printer to create a
NOTE: Figure 1 shows an interlock switch actuated by the closing of a door.
copy of network configuration settings and distribute these settings to multiple devices on the
Initial Actions network. This cloning process can also be used to backup and restore network settings lost
during an Altboot software load.
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer NOTE: To establish a direct Ethernet connection between the PWS and printer requires the
supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or printer’s driver installation CD-ROM, a crossover cable, and the PWS.
injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Depending on the printer, a Windows 7 (W7) driver might not be available on the printer’s
Manually check that the switch operates. Ensure that the magnet or other actuator has enough driver installation CD-ROM. If not, download the driver from Xerox.com under the Support and
mechanical movement to operate the switch. Drivers page. W7 has two kernal types, 32 and 64-bit. If you try to install the wrong driver, Win-
dows displays an error to indicate the driver is incorrect. To check the kernal type, click on
NOTE: The voltages, PJ numbers, pin numbers and PWB names shown are an example only. Start, in the right column, right click on Computer and select Properties, you will see the kernal
Go to the wiring diagram associated with the RAP for the correct information. type listed as System Type.
Procedure Establishing a LAN connection

1. Enter diagnostics and check the switch. The switch is operating correctly, check and Use these steps to establish a Local Area Network (LAN) connection between the PWS and
adjust the mechanism that actuates the switch printer using a crossover cable.
2. Refer to Figure 1, then disconnect the switch.
NOTE: Record the original data for every change you make. You may or may not need to reset
3. +5V is available between pin 1 and pin 2 on the wiring side of the connector. the IP address, depending on PWS usage and local network practice.
4. +5V is available at PJ231 between pins 1 and 2 on the PWB.
1. Print a Configuration Report, GP 18. Note the printer’s IP address.
5. Check the supply voltage. If +5V is available, install a new PWB.
2. Connect the crossover cable between the PWS and printer.
6. Check the wiring between PJ231 and the switch. Repair or install new parts as necessary.
3. Open a Command window (CMD) on the PWS.
7. Install a new switch.
• If running XP, click on Start, then select Run. Type CMD in the Run dialog box and
press Enter.
• If running W7, select Start and in the Search box above the Start button, type CMD
and press Enter.
NOTE: If the Windows key is enabled (the key located in the lower left corner with the
Microsoft logo), hold the Windows key down, press R and release both keys to open the
Run dialog box.
4. Type ipconfig at the prompt, then write down the current network settings displayed.
Restore these settings when the LAN connection is no longer needed.
NOTE: Use the IPv4 address for the Local Area Connection, not the address listed under
Figure 1 Example switch wiring diagram Wireless Ethernet Connection (if enabled in your laptop).
5. Check the IP addresses of the PWS and printer. If the PWS has been connected to the
same subnet, the PWS and printer address should share the same values for the first
three and have a different value for the forth number. Refer to Table 1 for an example.
Table 1 Example LAN Settings

Printer PWS / Laptop
IP Addresss 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.5
Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0
Gateway/Router 192.168.0.1 192.168.0.1

If the PWS and printer share similar, but unique IP address, continue. If not, use the Set a
Static IP Address on the PWS to set the PWS IP address.
6. After verifying the IP addresses are correctly configured, PING the printer.
a. In the Command window (where the blinking cursor is) type the word PING. Press
the space bar once and enter the printer’s IP address and press Enter. As an exam-
ple: ping 192.168.0.2.
b. If the printer responds to the PING command, it replys four times. This should not
take more than two or three seconds.
c. If the PING command times out, or responds with “host unreachable”, check the IP
addresses that were entered. If the IP address is correct, see Troubleshooting the
Connection.
7. If the PING command replys, exit the Command window (type “exit” at the prompt and
press Enter). This test verifies the Ethernet connection is good.
8. Install the printer driver and setup the printer as a local printer. Select connect to the
printer using “other” port type. From the dialog drop down select Standard TCP/IP port.
9. For the Printer Name or IP address, enter the printer’s IP address (192.168.0.2 in this
example).
10. When the driver installation finishes, Select Yes at the Print Test Print dialog box.
NOTE: If the test page does not print, the customer could have Accounting enabled (if the
device supports it) requiring that a special code is submitted with the print job before the
printer prints. Test the printer using CentreWare Internet Services
11. After the test print is completed, open a web browser on the PWS.
12. In the Address Bar (in place of a web site address or URL), enter the printer’s IP address
(192.168.0.2 in this example)..
13. If the connection is working correctly, the CenterWareIS web page of the printer will be
displayed.
NOTE: If you are unable to open the printer’s webpage, verify that CentreWare Internet
Services are enabled on the configuration page. Depending on the printer, this could be
documented as HTTP (under protocols) or CentreWare IS (for example that is). If your
web browser is set to use a Proxy address for the internet connection, you will not be able Figure 1 Cloning interface
to bring up the printer’s webpage as you will have no connection to that proxy server while
directly connected to the printer via crossover Ethernet cable. Refer to PWS Browser 2. Scroll down the page to see critical information about the cloning process. Click the View
Proxy Server Setting for instructions on Internet Explorer proxy configuration. Feature Details link to get a list of data that is backed up and/or restored using the Clon-
ing Feature.
Creating the Clone File
Saving settings to a Clone file
1. When the Centreware® Internet Services window opens, select the Properties Tab.
Click on the General Setup link, then the Cloning link as shown in Figure 1. 1. Select the Clone button under the View Feature Details link Figure 1.
NOTE: If the customer has enabled Administrator Password, you will be asked for a user
name and password. Defaults are admin as the user name, and 1111 for the password.
CAUTION
Do NOT attempt to open the clone file as it may corrupt the file.
2. Right click on Cloning.dlm to save the clone file as shown in Figure 2.

NOTE: When the file is saved, a .txt extension may automatically be placed at the end of 2. Select Network and Internet.
the file name. Before loading this clone file, navigate to the saved file, right-click on the file 3. Select Network Sharing Center.
and select Rename. The correct format for the file name is xxxxxxxx.dlm.
4. Select Change Adaptor Settings in the upper left corner of the Control Panel.
5. Right-click on Local Area Connection, then select Properties.
6. On the Networking tab (for local area connection), click on Internet Protocol Version 4
(TCP/IPv4), then select Properties.
7. Select Use the following IP address and enter an IP address similar to the printer to
manually set the PWS IP address and subnet mask to match the printer’s IP configuration
settings.
8. Click OK twice and exit Network Connections and return to Creating the Clone File.
For XP:
1. Click Start and select Control Panel.
2. Click Network and Internet Connections and then select Network Connections.
3. Right-click on Local Area Connection and then select Properties.
4. On the General tab (for local area connection), click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), and then
click on Properties.
5. Click Use the following IP address to manually set the computer's IP address and sub-
net mask to match the printer’s IP configuration.
6. Click OK twice to exit Network Connections and return to Creating the Clone File.
PWS Browser Proxy Server Setting
The following steps ensure the proxy server settings are correct.
Figure 2 Save the clone file 1. Open Windows Internet Explorer.
2. Select Tools - Internet Options.
Using the Clone file
3. Select the Advanced tab.
NOTE: This procedure can be done from ANY PC connected to the network or the PWS con- 4. Scroll down to HTTP 1.1 Settings.
nected to the machine using an Ethernet crossover cable. The only requirement on the PC is 5. Ensure that the “Use HTTP 1.1 through proxy connections” box is un-checked.
an Internet Browser.
6. Select OK to close the Internet Options window.
1. Open Internet Explorer 7. Close Windows Internet Explorer.
2. Enter the machine’s IP address in the Address line and select Go. Troubleshooting the Connection
3. When the Centreware® Internet Services window opens, select the Properties Tab. 1. Verify the cable being used is a true crossover cable.
Click on the General Settings link, then the Cloning link.
2. Print a new Configuration page and check that the TCP/IP area shows the IP address,
4. Scroll to the bottom of the page. Net Mask, and Gateway numbers entered.
5. Use the Browse button to navigate to the clone file, or type the full path to the file. 3. If an Ethernet type and speed is shown on the Configuration page, the printer recognizes
Click Install. If the printer does not reboot after five minutes, cycle system power. the connection. Example: “100BaseFullDuplex”. This is a feature for some of the older
6. Verify the cloned settings with a new Configuration Report. Phaser products. Some products also display the Ethernet cable or network connection is
Set a Static IP Address on the PWS not available on the Control Panel status screen.
a. If the Network Speed/Type is Disconnected, the printer is not recognizing the net-
Use this procedure to maunally set the PWS IP address. Instructions are given for W7 and XP.
work card, or the printer is not detecting the cable or PWS.
NOTE: If the PWS has a wireless Ethernet card/adapter installed, Windows will not use the b. Perform an NVRAM reset on the printer.
wired Ethernet port by default until either the PWS is rebooted or you temporarily disable the c. Print the Configuration Page and check the Network Speed/Type. If still showing Dis-
wireless Ethernet card. If unsure how to disable/enable your wireless Ethernet card, restart the connected, reseat the IP Board and reprint the Configuration page.
PWS after setting the IP address. d. If it still shows Disconnected, replace the IP Board, REP 18.1.98.
For W7: 4. Check TCP/IP settings and verify that “LPR and Appsocket Port 9100” are both enabled
1. Open the Control Panel. 5. Set TCP/IP configuration settings to match the first (original) configuration page printed.

GP 15 PWS AltBoot 11. After approximately 1 minute the upgrade begins and the Software Upgrade in progress
screen appears. If the upgrade process screen is not displayed after 2 minutes, restart the
Purpose process.
PWS AltBoot is a tool that is used to load machine software in those accounts that do not per- 12. The AltBoot process should complete after approximately 5 minutes and the Upgrade
mit the use of USB Flash Drive devices. The PWS AltBoot tool and installation instructions can Complete screen appears. Ignore the instruction to remove the USB flash drive, only
be downloaded from GSN library # 11428. press 0 to continue.
13. The printer reboots several times before returning to ready. During the reboot, the Hard
Initial Actions Drive is encrypted. Switching Off the machine can cause only partial encryption of the
1. Perform an NVM Save, dC361. Hard Drive. The AltBoot process may need to be re-run if power is removed at this step.
2. Perform the Network Clone procedure, GP 14. The Control Panel displays the Data Encryption/Decryption in Progress screen.
3. If possible, complete or delete all pending print jobs. If the prints jobs cannot be deleted, 14. After the reboots have finished the printer retruns to ready. The AlternateBoot window on
warn the customer that all pending jobs will be lost. the PWS should display the following message:
4. Before software is loaded, ensure that the machine is in a fully operational condition. Any ******************* ESS System is 'OPERATIONAL' ********************
active faults or jams must be resolved before starting this procedure. 15. Disconnect the cable from the PWS serial port and printer. Disconnect the crossover
5. Switch off the printer. cable from the PWS and printer.
Procedure 16. Connect the customer’s network cable to the printer.
17. Check that the software set has been installed. Refer to the printed software upgrade
Installing the tool
report or by pressing the Machine Status button.
Follow the instructions in the GSN library. Make sure to copy over the SW (.DLM) files and the
18. Perform an NVM Restore, dC361.
uImage and uboot files.
19. Perform a network clone restore.
Connecting the PWS and Printer
Follow the procedures in GP 14 to establish a LAN connection between the printer and PWS.
1. Connect the Communication Data Cable to the RJ11 connector on the printer. Connect
the other end to the serial port on your PWS.
2. Disconnect the customer’s network connection. Connect a crossover cable between the
network port on the machine and the network port on the PWS.
Performing an AltBoot
1. Start the PWS AltBoot tool.
2. A Browse for Folder window will open. Browse to and highlight the folder that contains
the upgrade files. Select OK.
3. Switch on the machine. After approximately 10 seconds, the transfer of the uImage and
uboot files will begin.
4. After file transfer, the settings menu is displayed in the terminal window. Check that the
‘Received packet’ line is displayed and that the IP address is set one digit away from the
packet was received from address.
Press y at the prompt and continue. If the valid netmask is not set, press n and change it
to 255.255.255.0
5. From the next menu, select 5> Install ESS software.
6. At the Proceed? prompt, select Y.
7. At the second Proceed? prompt, select Y.
8. From the next menu, select 4> Continue.
9. A list will display the .DLM file(s). Select the correct DLM file to download to the machine.
A transfer progress window will then open.
10. After the DLM file has been downloaded, the Software Upgrade start screen will display
on the UI.

GP 16 Separate System Modules
Use this procedure to remove optional modules from the printer.
Description
Most optional module service procedures require separation of the module from the printer.
WARNING
CAUTION
Always move the printer separately from the optional trays unless mounted on the option
stand.
1. Clear the media path and output trays.
2. Refer to Figure 1 to locate and remove the Optional Feeder retaining screws before sepa-
rating the printer and optional trays.
Figure 1 Seperate the Optional Feeder from the printer
3. Lift the module to clear the locator bosses.

4. Place the module on a suitable work surface to avoid damage.
5. Check the position of the option connector before reassembly.

GP 17 External Fax Line Test GP 18 Printing Reports
When the customer reports a fax issue sometimes it is very difficult to determine if the problem Purpose
is with the customers phone line or the Xerox machine. To list reports available from the printer’s Control Panel, refer to GP 3.
The preferred method of verifying the phone line functionality is to use the Modem saver • Configuration Report
device part number 600T2133 to ensure the fax line is wired correctly and to use the Analog
• PCL Font List
hand set part number 600T1937 or customer’s analog phone to place calls on the line. Be sure
that both local and long distance calls can be placed and the line quality is clear, no static. • PostScript Font List
Configuration Report
Use Handset: The Configuration Report lists the current state of system configuration parameters including
• Can it dial externally on the line? installed options and network settings.
• Can it receive a call on the line?
PCL Font List
• Evaluate Line quality. Check Line for unwanted beeps, or noise.
This report provides a list of the installed PCL fonts.
Use Breakout Box to measure voltages (Use the machine chassis as ground). Refer to Fax
101 training for Breakout Box usage instruction:
PostScript Font List
• Check ground continuity .
This report provides a list of the installed PostScript fonts.
• Line Voltage -20 to -50 VDC?
• Loop Current 15 to 95 mA DC? Procedure
• Ring Signal 50 to 90 VAC?
Reports are printed from the Control Panel, CWIS, or if configured, automatically following cer-
• Check Ring-Ground and Tip-Ground <1VAC tain events. From the Control Panel
If a line quality issue or incorrect voltage is found then the customer will need to resolve these
problems. NOTE: It is not necessary to enter SA mode (log in) in order to perform this procedure.
• Press the Machine Status button.

• Select Machine Information tab.
• Select Information Pages...
• Select the desired report and press Print button.

GP 19 Intermittent or Noise Problem • wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash
• CRUs, even if they have not exceeded life counts
Purpose
• wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving com-
The purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent or noise problem.
ponents
This is not an exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the
service manual to help locate the cause of an intermittent or noise problem. • misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components
• slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids
Procedure • damaged components
1. Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the prob- • excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a com-
lem. For example, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem ponent
may be the cause of the new intermittent problem. • loose cables or wires
2. Noise problems may be due to improper installation. Check for packing materials that 10. Perform the adjustments for the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated
have not been removed. Check for loose or missing hardware. with the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Check to ensure adjustment is possi-
3. Run the printer in a mode that vigorously exercises the function that is suspected. The ble, there is an adequate range of adjustment, and it can be set to or near the nominal
printer may fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem.
signs of failure or abnormal operation. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the
An intermittent problem can usually be associated with a RAP, since when it does fail, it adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the prob-
lem
results in a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom.
11. Operate all of the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the func-
4. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, examine
tion that is failing with Component Control. Observe the components for any symptoms of
all of the components that are referenced in the RAP. Look for:
abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.
• contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner
12. Replace any components or consumables that are known to be a frequent cause of the
• wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash
problem. When doing this, consider the cost and time required. If the suspected item is
• CRUs, even if they have not exceeded life counts inexpensive, can be installed quickly, and has a high probability of resolving the problem,
• wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving com- then it is reasonable to replace it.
ponents 13. Leave an accurate and detailed record of your actions in the service log. Describe what
• misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components you have observed, what actions you took, and the recommended next steps.
• slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids
• damaged components
• excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a com-
ponent
• loose cables or wires
5. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, perform
all of the adjustments for the components or functions that are referenced in the RAP.
Check to ensure that the adjustment can be made and that there is an adequate range of
adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is
observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component
can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is
not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem.
6. Operate all of the components in the appropriate RAP that is associated with the symp-
tom of the intermittent problem with Component Control. Observe the components for any
symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.
7. Check that the AC and DC power are within specification.
8. Get technical advice or assistance when it is appropriate. This will depend upon the situa-
tion and the established local procedures.
9. Examine the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that
is failing. Look for:
• contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner

GP 20 How to Safely Lift or Move Heavy Modules GP 21 Machine Lubrication
Use this procedure when lifting or moving heavy modules. Purpose
To give information on the use of lubricants.
Description
Most service procedures for optional feeder modules require separation of the printer and feed- Procedure
ers. Feeder removal requires 2 people.
CAUTION
Only use lubricants as directed. Incorrect use of lubricants could seriously affect the perfor-
WARNING mance of the machine.
Mandatory safety warning. This procedure must be performed by 2 people. The module
Take the following precautions when performing machine lubrication:
is heavy.
• Wear disposable gloves.
CAUTION
• Only use lubricants that are specified in the procedure.
Always move the printer separately from optional trays unless the optional stand is installed.
• Only lubricate parts as directed.
When removing heavy modules, observe the following:
• Apply only the smallest amount of lubricant, sufficient to lubricate the parts. To prevent
contamination, remove any surplus lubricant.
1. Locate a suitable stable surface to support the module after removal.
• Take great care not to contaminate other parts with the lubricant.
2. The support surface height is between 750mm and 1000mm (30 inches and 39 inches).
3. Check there are no hazards or obstacles between the printer and support surface.
Figure 1 Printer lifting technique

GP 22 Installation Space Requirements
WARNING
Do not work in a confined space. 1 m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working.
WARNING
USA and Canada. Do not install this machine in a hallway or exit route that does not
have 1.12 m (44 inches) of space additional to the normal space requirements in front of
the machine. To conform with fire regulations this additional 1.12 m (44 inches) of space
is needed in front of the machine in hallway and exit route
Space Requirements
Figure 1 shows the required space needed to properly operate and service the machine.
Figure 2 IOT Dimensions
Figure 1 Minimum clearances
1. In order to function properly, the printer must be placed on a flat surface with the minimum
clearances shown in Figure 1.
2. The printer must not be tipped or tilted more than 1% in either direction.
Dimensions
Figure 2 shows the product dimensions.

GP 23 First Print Output Time GP 24 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)
Purpose Purpose
First Print Output Time (FPOT) is the time from when the printer receives a PreStart command To give information on the RoHS Directive.
in Ready mode until the trailing edge of the first print is output, excluding a job with specific
conditions, a job immediately after the recovery from Light Sleep Mode/Deep Sleep Mode, and The RoHS Directive restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and elec-
a job immediately after Power On. tronic equipment. It applies to equipment placed in the European Union (EU) market. The
directive takes effect from 1st July 2006.
First Print Out Time for a single page on Letter/A4 size media from ready.
NOTE: Currently these restrictions are only for the European Union (EU) market and some
Table 1 First Print Output Time associated countries. For more information go to www.Xerox.com.
Source Simplex The hazardous substances are:
Bypass Tray 8.0 seconds or less • Lead (Pb)
Tray 1 8.0 seconds or less • Mercury (Hg)
• Cadmium (Cd)
• Hexavalent Chromium (Cr 6+, Cr [VI])
• Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE’s)
• Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB’s)
Identification of a RoHS Compliant Machine

Xerox maintains a central list of RoHS compliant printers. This general procedure is for infor-
mation only. All current-model WorkCentre printers are RoHS compliant.

GP 25 Remote Control Panel Remote session indication – When the remote session is initiated, a temporary popup mes-
sage is displayed on the Local UI alerting any local users that there is a remote user online. A
The Remote Control Panel feature enables users the ability to:
status message is then indicated in the status region and soft login button. The soft login button
region is meant to describe the user roles. Authenticated users, including CSEs, are displayed.
• Remotely view the local UI display graphics
These remain persistent until the session is closed. A local Service Engineer will know whether
• Operate both hard and soft buttons on the control panel the device is being used.
The Remote Control Panel on the remote user PC mimics the device control panel enabling
the remote user to operate the device as though they were standing at the machine. Remote Session Operation - When the Remote Control Panel is opened, the remote user will
see a mimic of the local UI.
Operation
• The soft and hard buttons from the machine control panel are displayed on the Remote
Feature enablement – The feature is defaulted off when delivered to the customer. The Sys-
tem Administrator is required to enable the feature to allow usage. Control Panel. The hard buttons are located in slightly different locations, but are labeled
and function the same as on the local control panel.
1. In the Centreware window, login as admin. • Operation of all the machine features is the same on the Remote Control Panel as at the
local control panel and UI.
2. Select Support, then Remote Control Panel.
3. Under Configuration, select Edit. NOTE: If the browser magnification is set to 75%, then the viewing window will be smaller
4. Select Enable. than the control panel and the touch screen will be truncated. Conversely, if the browser
magnification is set to 125%, the viewing window is larger than the remote control panel.
Feature access permissions – The SA is required to set the permissions of the feature for it
The entire control panel is visible but there will be large grey areas around the panel.
to be usable. When Enable is selected, the permission levels are displayed.
Service Access - The System Administrator has access to the machine within the customer
• SA only – This setting will prevent any user including Service Engineer personal from firewall. The service engineer must be invited inside the firewall.
using the feature.
• SA and Service Engineer – This setting allows only the SA or Service Engineer to use the • The procedure for the customer to invite the service engineer to remotely access the
feature by authenticating their respective user credentials. machine is OPCO dependent. Contact your OPCO for instructions on how to engage the
• All users – This opens the feature to all users without the need to authenticate. customer.
Remote Session – The Remote Control Panel session is initiated under Access. This feature • After the customer has given the service engineer a portal through their firewall, the ser-
allows only the Admin and Diagnostics User to interact with the machine's local Control Panel. vice engineer can connect to the machine.
Before starting the session, the remote user should determine if the session collaborative or Only the service engineer should have the diagnostic User ID and Password. Only the
blocked. Service Engineer can launch a diagnostics session from the remote UI.
• Collaborative - This mode means that both the Remote Control Panel and the Local UI NOTE: If the device is in service mode when a remote session is initiated, the session will
only connect if logged in as diag in CentreWare. This prevents non-service engineers
are active. This mode can be used by System administrator, help desk support, IT sup-
from connecting into the device while it is being serviced.
port, or training when the person at the machine and the remote user need to see how the
other is operating the machine. 1. Connect to the printer via CentreWare IS.
• Local UI blocking – Check the box by Block Local Control Panel (local user can only 2. Login to Centerware
observe). This blocks the local panel when the remote session is initiated. This protects
• User ID - diag
the machine during remote service procedures. When activated, the local user is notified
• Password - 3424
by a message that the local panel hard and soft keys are not functional at this time.
Only one remote connection at a time is allowed. If a user attempts to initiate a session while 3. Select Support, then select Remote Control Panel.
another one is active, they will get a message indicating the system is busy and to try again 4. If required, check Block Local Control Panel (user can only observe).
later. This allows a service engineer to view the device remotely without concern that another 5. Select Open Remote Control Panel.
non-Service Engineer session can also connect.
NOTE: Only one Remote Control session at a time is allowed. If a remote session is
in progress, a message (Remote Control Panel session is already active.) will
NOTE: If a general user has a remote session active and an SA initiates a session, the SA has
appear. If approved by the SA, select Disconnect Current Session to enable access.
a button that will disconnect the general user. This way the SA can take control when desired.
If the message returns, the machine may need to be rebooted.
A secure connection is required to create a remote session. If SSL is not set on the machine, a
6. If the window “The web site’s certificate cannot be verified. Do you want to con-
message will appear stating that it must be set. The window for enabling SSL will be displayed
tinue.” appears, select Yes.
and can be set so that the machine is configured to allow the remote session. After the
machine reboots, the remote session can start.

If the window “There is a problem with this website’s security certificate.” GP 26 Media Specifications
appears, select Continue to this website (not recommended).
The media trays accommodate most sizes and types of paper or other specialty media. Print
7. To start Service Diagnostics, Select the Service Diagnostics button and login (6789).
the Paper Tips page for a list of supported media.
Media that May Damage to the Printer

The printer can use a variety of media for print jobs. However, some media can cause poor
output quality, increased jams, or damage. Unacceptable media includes:
• Rough, plastic, or porous media

• Transparancy
• Paper that has been stapled, folded, photocopied, or wrinkled
• Envelopes with windows, metal clasps, padding, or adhesives with release strips
• CD labels
• Media that is less than 60 g/m2 or more than 216 g/m2
Media Storage Guidelines
If media handling problems are common, review these storage guidelines with the customer.
• Store media in dark, cool, relatively dry locations. Most media is susceptible to damage
from ultraviolet (UV) and visible light. UV radiation, emitted by the sun and fluorescent
bulbs, is particularly damaging to media. The intensity and length of exposure to visible
light should be reduced as much as possible.
• Maintain constant temperatures and relative humidity
• Inside walls are drier than outside walls where moisture can collect.
Figure 1 Diagnostic Access • Store flat. Media should be stored on pallets, cartons, shelves, or in cabinets.
• Do not open sealed packages until needed. Leave media in the original packaging. For
Ending the session - A session can be terminated in several different ways. If in a diagnostic most commercial grades, the wrapper’s inner lining protects the media.
session, remember to perform Call Closeout before ending the session.
Supported Media
NOTE: If the session is terminated before performing Call Closeout, it may not be possible to For information about supported paper and other media, print the Paper Tips page:
reestablish the Remote Control Panel session. If, when you attempt to reconnect to the
machine an error message comes up that indicates a problem with initiating the session for 1. On the Control Panel, press the System button.
some reason, either Call Closeout will have to be done at the printer, or power will have to be 2. Select Information, and then press the OK button.
cycled before the session can be reestablished and/or returned to Customer operating mode. 3. Select Information Pages, and then press the OK button.
• Remote user closes the Remote Control Panel window. 4. Select Paper Tips, and then press the OK button to print.
• Machine reboots. See also: Recommended Media List at www.xerox.com/paper
• Unplug the internet cable at the machine.
• Customer host that invited the service access closes their browser. Tray Capacity
• System Timers - The session will be terminated if the system timers time out. Table 1 lists input tray capacities.
Table 1 Tray Capacity

Media and Weight Bypass Tray Tray 1 Optional Trays DADF Input
Standard Paper 150 Sheets 550 Sheets 550 Sheets 60 Sheets
Envelope 10 0 0 0
Weight 60-216 g/m2 60-216 g/m2 60-216 g/m2 50-125 g/m2
60-125 g/m2
duplex

GP 27 Environmental Data GP 28 Toner CRUM Conversion
Environmental Specifications Purpose
This procedure explains how to set the geographic differentiation code and Toner Cartridge
Table 1 Environmental Specifications type to the correct values.
Characteristic Specifications
Introduction
Operating Storage
The WorkCentre 3655 is shipped with “worldwide neutral” Toner Cartridges installed at the fac-
Temperature 15º to 32º C (41º to 86º F) -20º to 40º C (-4º to 104º F) tory. When the cartridges shipped with the printer are installed, the printer is set to worldwide
Humidity 15% to 85% RH Non-Condensing 5% to 85% RH, non-condensing neutral configuration. When the Toner Cartridge is replaced, the geographic differentiation
Acoustic Noise Operation Standby or Ready code and Toner Cartridge type in NVM automatically change to the same settings as the
replacement cartridge. Once these NVM are set, the toner configuration can only be changed
Sound Pressure (Deci- 74.8 dB 53.0 dB
with a CRUM conversion.
bels)
There are three types of toner: Metered, which is a single part number world wide, Sold toner
that is specific to the DMO/XING market, and Sold toner that is specific to NA/XE market. If a
toner cartridge of the wrong type (i.e., a “sold” cartridge in a “metered” configured machine) is
installed, it will generate a fault code and/or a message indicating toner incompatibility.
If the problem occurs after several toner replacements, the customer may have received the
wrong toner in a consumables order; either because the wrong part number was ordered, or
the shipment did not match the order. Resolution in this case is simple; the customer should
exchange the toner for the correct part.
If the wrong toner was installed at the first toner replacement after install, or if the configuration
NVM have changed due to software or NVM corruption, perform the following procedure:
Procedure (Non-Page Pack)

1. Record the machine serial number and the number of Total Impressions
2. Call Field Engineering or your NTS and provide the information collected in step 1.
3. You will be given a 6-character passcode.
4. Press Machine Status on the Control Panel.
5. Select the Tools tab. The Tools menu will be displayed.
On the left side of the screen are several buttons for the categories of features.
Within each category are Groups of features. Each Group contains one or more Fea-
tures.
6. Select the Device Settings category, then the Supplies group, then select Enter Sup-
plies Activation Code.
NOTE: Enter the passcode within 500 page counts of when it was issued, or it will not be valid.
7. Enter the passcode string provided in Step 3. If the passcode contains a special charac-
ter, the level of software installed on the machine may not allow entry of this character
because it is grayed out. Use the following procedure to enter the special character.
a. Log into Tools
b. In the Features column, select [General...]
c. Select [Custom Keyboard Button...]
d. The 3rd button on the bottom row is the customizable button
e. Select [Clear Text]

f. Select [Shift]
g. Select the special character contained in the passcode
h. Select [Save]
i. Log out of Tools
8. The Geographic Differentiation Code and Toner Cartridge Type will be reset to the values
of the customer’s agreed-to supplies plan.
Procedure (Page Pack)
1. Before a 500 page count is reached, a PIN number must be entered, otherwise the
machine will not operate after the 500 page limit.
2. If a bad PIN is entered 3 times consecutively, you must wait 24 hours before a good PIN
can be entered.

dC104 Usage Counters dC108 Software Version
Purpose Purpose
To display the various usage counters. To identify the version of the installed software on all major modules.
Procedure Procedure
1. Enter Service Diagnostics, GP 1. 1. Enter Service Diagnostics, GP 1.
2. Select the Service Info tab. 2. Select the Service Info tab.
3. Select dC104 Usage Counters. 3. Select dC108 Software Versions.
4. Select the relevant counters from the pull down menu. The dC108 Software Versions screen will display the software and version numbers
5. Select Close to exit the routine. installed on the machine.
6. Select Call Closeout to exit Service Diagnostics. 4. Select Close to exit the routine.
5. Select Call Closeout to exit Service Diagnostics.

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 6-31 dC104, dC108
dC120 Fault Counters dC122 Fault History
Purpose Purpose
To view the faults raised by the machine. Fault Counters records the number of occurrences of To view faults in chronological order and more detail than is shown in dC120 Fault Counters.
a fault, allows the counters to be sorted by occurrences and allows a specific fault to be found
by chain. Procedure
1. Enter Service Diagnostics, GP 1.
Procedure 2. Select dC122 Fault History.
3. The dC122 Fault History screen is displayed with the last 40 faults shown in chronological
2. Select dC120 Fault Counters. order. The most recent fault is at the top of the list.
NOTE: There will be a delay while the machine retrieves the fault counter data. 4. To observe the details of the fault, select the fault and select Details on the pop-up win-
dow. Select Close to return to the fault table.
3. A list of faults that have occurred is displayed.
5. Select Close to exit the routine.
• The list can be sorted by number of occurrences and to include zero occurrences.
Selecting these options will resort the list upon selection.
NOTE: When selecting zero occurrences there may be a delay as the list is reconfig-
ured.
• The list can be sorted by chain.

a. Select the chain field.
b. Enter a 3-digit chain number on the numeric keypad.
c. Select Find.

dC120, dC122 6-32 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
dC131 NVM Read/Write Table 1 NVM Parameter Values
Purpose NVMID Name Default Minimum Maximum
To review and modify values stored in NVM. 740-032 hwerr_history_2_1 0 0 255

740-033 hwerr_history_2_2 0 0 255
Description 740-034 hwerr_history_2_3 0 0 255
NVM parameters are identified by an NVMID in the form XXX-XXX. Refer to Table 1 for NVM 740-035 hwerr_history_2_4 0 0 255
parameters. 740-036 hwerr_history_2_5 0 0 255
740-037 hwerr_history_2_6 0 0 255
Procedure 740-038 hwerr_history_2_7 0 0 255
740-500 NV Limitation 0 0 255
2. Select the Adjustments tab.
742-008 side_reg_factory_0_0 -6 -32 32
3. Select dC131 NVM Read/Write.
742-009 side_reg_factory_0_1 -6 -32 32
4. Select the appropriate NVMID.
742-010 side_reg_factory_0_2 -6 -32 32
5. View or edit the NVM value as necessary.
742-011 side_reg_factory_0_3 -6 -32 32
6. When the values have been changed, cycle system power to verify changes made to
742-012 side_reg_factory_0_4 -6 -32 32
NVM.
742-013 side_reg_factory_1_0 -3 -32 32
Table 1 NVM Parameter Values 742-014 side_reg_factory_1_1 -3 -32 32
742-015 side_reg_factory_1_2 -3 -32 32
NVMID Name Default Minimum Maximum
742-016 side_reg_factory_1_3 -3 -32 32
740-002 NVM Major 1 0 1
742-017 side_reg_factory_1_4 -3 -32 32
740-003 NVM Minor 5 0 5
742-516 Jam History 0 0 255
740-004 NVM Patch 0 0 0
744-009 FusingInspectionMode 1 0 255
740-005 NVM Test 0 0 0
744-050 heat_temp_print_user_0_0 0 -9 9
740-006 Factory Option Setting 0 0 255
740-007 IOT Config 0 0 255
740-014 Enable Duplex 1 0 1
740-015 hwerr_history_0_0 0 0 255
740-016 hwerr_history_0_1 0 0 255
740-017 hwerr_history_0_2 0 0 255
740-018 hwerr_history_0_3 0 0 255
740-019 hwerr_history_0_4 0 0 255
740-020 hwerr_history_0_5 0 0 255
740-021 hwerr_history_0_6 0 0 255
740-022 hwerr_history_0_7 0 0 255
740-023 hwerr_history_1_0 0 0 255
740-024 hwerr_history_1_1 0 0 255
740-025 hwerr_history_1_2 0 0 255
740-026 hwerr_history_1_3 0 0 255
740-027 hwerr_history_1_4 0 0 255
740-028 hwerr_history_1_5 0 0 255
740-029 hwerr_history_1_6 0 0 255
740-030 hwerr_history_1_7 0 0 255
740-031 hwerr_history_2_0 0 0 255

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 6-33 dC131
Table 1 NVM Parameter Values Table 1 NVM Parameter Values
NVMID Name Default Minimum Maximum NVMID Name Default Minimum Maximum
744-071 heat_temp_print_user_1_9 0 -9 9 766-003 Enable CRUM ID Check 0 0 255
744-072 heat_temp_print_user_1_10 0 -9 9 766-046 Toner OEM Code 130 0 255
744-073 heat_temp_print_user_1_11 0 -9 9 766-050 XERO OEM Code 130 0 255
744-106 Fuser Print Volume Near 180,000 0 4294967295
744-110 Fuser Print Volume End 200,000 0 4294967295
744-118 Lamp On Time Near 750,000 0 4294967295
744-122 Lamp On Time End 780,000 0 4294967295
746-020 cmd_tnr_refresh 0 0 255
746-021 cmd_btr_ppm_dn 0 0 1
746-023 Initial Install CRU 0 0 1
746-108 cmd_deve_refresh 0 0 1
746-201 Belt Print Volume Near 180,000 0 4294967295
746-205 Belt Print Volume End 200,000 0 4294967295
746-500 UserCorrectBTRPlainL 6 1 16
746-501 UserCorrectBTRPlainH 6 1 16
746-502 UserCorrectBTRThicker 6 1 16
746-503 UserCorrectBTRRecycled 6 1 16
746-504 UserCorrectBTRHeavierL 6 1 16
746-505 UserCorrectBTRHeavierH 6 1 16
746-506 UserCorrectBTRLabelL 6 1 16
746-507 UserCorrectBTRLabelH 6 1 16
746-508 UserCorrectBTRReserved 6 1 16
746-509 UserCorrectBTREnvelope 6 1 16
746-510 UserCorrectBTRPostcard 6 1 16
746-526 HighlandMode 0 0 7
746-531 Deve CRU Pixel counter 0 0 4294967295
746-535 Deve CRU Drum Motor round time 0 0 4294967295
752-006 ATC Barcode 85 0 255
752-026 cnt_empty_chk_sw 1 0 255
752-570 Toner Cartridge PV counter 0 0 4294967295

dC131 6-34 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
dC132 Serial Number Restore 9. Have National Technical Specialist (NTS, RSE or FE) forward a copy of service log and
proof of the location of the machine to acst01@xerox.com. This information must indicate
Purpose machine location, customer name, and address.
Serial number data is stored at three locations: Proof may be screen capture of NTS customer support database (account management
• MCU Board database), FWSS, ICSS, DFM BT, VQMS, VALE, STPR, etc. The information on the proof
• IP Board must match information on the form.
• IIT Control Board 10. Scan the completed form and email to acst01@xerox.com.
This procedure is used to restore serial number data integrity in the event serial number data Part 2 - Restore serial number
becomes corrupt. CAUTION
DO NOT touch the Generate Id button, as this will invalidate the Password that will be pro-
It is not necessary to run this procedure if a single board is replaced; if these boards are vided.
replaced one-at-a-time, the printer automatically synchronizes the data on the new board. It is
only necessary to perform this procedure if multiple board replacement has resulted in the loss
2. Select the Maintenance tab.
or corruption of serial number data.
3. Select Enter Passcode.
At power On: 4. Enter the passcode received from ACAST and touch Enter.
1. The Controller reads the device serial number from IOT 5. Exit Service Diagnostics.
2. The Controller reads the device serial number from IIT 6. Cycle system power.
3. The Controller compares IOT & IIT Serial numbers to it's own saved serial number Serial numbers are now synchronized.
If the IOT & IIT Serial numbers match, but the controller doesn't match, the Controller serial
number is synched with the other boards. If any two of the three match, the third is updated to
match (if necessary). If none of the three match, a serial sync fault is raised.
Initial Action
Check fault history for communications faults. Intra-board communications faults can prevent
serial number synchronization and must be addressed before proceeding.
Procedure
Part 1 - Request serial number passcode.
NOTE: It may take up to 24 hours to receive a password from ACAST.

2. Select the Maintnenace tab.
3. Select dC132.
CAUTION
After the Unique Machine Identifier is generated, DO NOT touch the Generate New Identifier
Code button again, as this invalidates the provided passcode.
4. Select Generate New Identifier Code. Record the Unique Machine Identifier
NOTE: Follow all instructions included in the form. You must complete the form, print it, obtain
required signatures and data, then scan it.
5. Use the attached ACAST Serial Number Reinitialization Request Form.

6. Read instructions and warning in the form very carefully.
7. Note that there is a cost for this service.
8. Fill all the information. Print the completed form. Have your budget center manager sign
the form. If any information is missing, we cannot perform the service.

dC135 CRU/HFSI Status dC140 Analog Monitor
Purpose Purpose
To view and reset counters for customer replacement units. Monitor or adjust specific analog components. The nominal range and, when monitoring is
active, the current value is displayed. Values are updated at least every second to allow the
NOTE: dC135 is also available from the Maintenance tab. component state to be monitored. Refer to Table 1 and Table 2.
Procedure Procedure
1. Enter service mode, GP 1.
2. Select dC135 CRU / HFSI. Current counts for the Fuser and Transfer Roller are listed.
2. Select the Diagnostics tab.
3. To reset the CRU counter:
3. Select dC140 Analog Monitor.
a. Select the item.
4. Scroll to display the available analog components.
b. Select Reset Counter.
5. Select the required item from the table.
c. Select Reset to confirm.
6. A popup menu will be displayed, select start to confirm.
• The table will display a status against the selected component.
5. Select Call Closeout to exit service mode.
• In service mode the components are not active so the value will not change.
• To check the component either manipulate the component manually or make a note
of the value, exit Analog Monitor go to dC330 Component Control, to run the compo-
nent and return to dC140 Analog Monitor.
• Multiple components may be selected.
• To stop monitoring select the required component and select stop.
• Selecting Close will stop monitoring all components.
7. Select Close to return to the Diagnostic Routine window.
Table 1 Analog Component Input Values

ID Component Name Range Comments
010.200 Fusing Main STS Sensor 0 - 1023 Monitor only
010.201 Fusing Sub STS Sensor 0 - 1023 Monitor only
046.200 BTR Current Monitor 0 - 1023 Monitor only
091.200 Environment Sensor Temperature 0 - 1023 Monitor only
091.201 Environment Sensor Humidity 0 - 255 Monitor only
092.200 ATC Sensor 0 - 1023 Monitor only
Table 2 Analog Component Output Values

ID Component Name Range Comments
46 - 001 DA_VREF 0 - 255 Writable
46 - 002 DA_TR+ 0 - 255 Writable
46 - 003 DA_TR- 0 - 255 Writable
46 - 004 DA_DBAC 0 - 255 Writable
46 - 005 DA_DBDC 0 - 255 Writable
46 - 006 DA_CR 0 - 255 Writable
93 - 001 DA_DISP_MOT 0 - 255 Writable

dC188 Service Mode Exit dC301 NVM Initialization
Purpose General
To exit Service Diagnostics. The purpose of the NVM initialization routine is to reset the values of all applicable NVM
parameters to default. There are three domains and three types of initialization.
Procedure
The three machine domains are:
• Copier
• Network Controller
• Fax
NOTE: The network controller does not contain any NVM values accessible. Therefore,
no NVM initialization procedures are for the network controller are provided here.
The three types of initialization are:

• User data That data which defines the way the customer prefers that the equipment oper-
ates (i.e. customer preference, SA/KO settings, configuration).
• System data That data which defines the way the equipment operates in relation to its
environment (i.e. machine variables).
• All data: That additional data (on top of System and User data) which may be initialized
without significantly impacting the machines operation. (i.e. machine variables, SA/KO
settings, Fault log).
Copier NVM Initialization
Purpose
To reset specific or all variable NVM (with the exception of protected NVM for which a pass-
word is required) to default values.
NOTE: Initialization does not affect the billing counter and accounting.
Procedure
1. Save the NVM to disk, refer to NVM Save and Restore, dC361.
4. Select dC301 NVM Initialization.
5. Select Copier.
6. Select the sub-domain. Refer to Table 1 for the functions in each sub domain.
• Copy Controller
• Scanner
• Print Engine
• Finisher
7. Select the NVM data to reset. Refer to Table 1 for the functions that are reset to default.
• User
• System
• All
8. Select Initialize, when the pop-up window appears confirm the request.
A message will be displayed to indicate successful completion.
9. Exit dC301 NVM initialization.

11. Reboot the machine for the changes to take effect.
Table 1 Copier NVM
Fax NVM initialization
Purpose User Data System All Data
Sub-Domain NVM Initialization Type NVM Data NVM NVM
To return to default the Fax NVM settings that are stored on the Fax Board.
Copy Controller All N N N
Procedure Billing Counter N N N
1. Save the NVM to disk, refer to NVM Save and Restore, dC361. System Usage Counter Y
2. Enter service mode, GP 1. Fault Counter (1) Y
3. Select the Adjustments tab. Diagnostic Counter (1) Y
4. Select dC301 NVM Initialization. SA / KO Setting Y Y
5. Select Fax. Fault Log Y
6. Select the NVM data to reset. Refer to Table 2 for the functions that are reset to default. Configuration Y
• User Diagnostics Y
• System Debug Y
• All Machine Variable Y Y
Machine Variable Xero Y Y
NOTE: Deletion of all data.
Machine Variable Registration Y Y
7. Select Initialize when the pop-up window appears confirm the request.
Machine Variable Paper Path Y Y
8. A message is displayed to indicate successful completion.
Machine Variable DADH Y Y
9. Exit dC301 NVM Initialization.
Machine Variable Platen Y Y
10. Select Call Closeout to exit diagnostics.
Auditron Y Y
11. Cycle system power for the changes to take effect.
ESS N N N
Crash Recovery Type Y
Completed Job Log Y
Controlled Access N N N
Machine Speed, Market Region
JBA Database Y Y
JBA Configuration Y Y
Auditron Configuration Y Y
Xerox Standard Accounting N N N
HFSI Counter N N N
Scanner NVM Machine Variable Y Y
SA / KO Setting Y Y
Configuration Y
Printer NVM Machine Variable Y Y
SA / KO Setting Y Y
Configuration Y
(1) These counters are reset using the Reset Counters option provided in the Call Closeout
feature.

dC305 UI Test
Table 2 Fax NVM Purpose
To test Control panel display function.
User Data System Data
NVM Initialization Type NVM NVM All Data NVM
1. Enter diagnostics, refer to GP 1.
Controlled Access (2) Y 2. Select Printer Routines, the DC305 NVRAM Initialization.
Completed Job Log Y (Y) 3. Select from LDCD test or a complete UI test.
Auditron Y (Y) The display turns black as data is written to the display buffer. For the complete test, following
Configuration Y Y (Y) the LCD test, the test continues prompting for each Control Panel button.
SA / KO Setting Y (Y)
(2) The Fax functionality for the NVM All Data Initialization will result in all of the NVM data
being deleted, which is why the other categories are shown in brackets.

dC312 Network Echo Test dC330 Component Control
Purpose Purpose
To check network connectivity. To display status of input components e.g. sensors, and energize output components e.g.
motors, solenoids.
Procedure
1. Enter Service Mode, GP 1. Description
2. Select the Diagnostics tab. Input and output component control codes are entered into the Component Control Table on
the Control Panel, and then energized individually or in permitted groups.
3. Select dC312 Network Echo Test.
4. Select the required protocol from TCP / IP, AppleTalk or Novel or IPX.
NOTE: Test display names do not necessarily match part names used in this manual. Where
5. Select Start Test. possible, test descriptions identify the part as named in the manual.
The status region at the top of the user interface will indicate that the test is in progress.
Component codes are listed in these tables:
The status region will indicate the result of the test before returning to the previous dis-
• Input Components
play.
– Table 1 Chain 5 Component Input Codes
7. Select Call Closeout to exit Service Mode.
• Output Components
– Table 6 Chain 5 Component Output Codes
– Table 8 Chain 20 Fax Line 1 Component Output Codes
– Table 9 Chain 20 Fax Line 2 Component Output Codes
Input Components
When the appropriate code is entered, component status appears on the Control Panel.
NOTE: The actual signal as measured with a service meter will not necessarily be the same as
the logic state shown on the Control Panel, especially where the output is inverted. When test-
ing components using these control codes, look for a change in state, not for a high or low.
The displayed status of the input component can be changed by causing the component status
to change, e.g. operating a sensor with a sheet of paper.
Table 1 Chain 5 Component Input Codes

Chain-Link Component Name State Comments
005.230 Feed Sensor On / Off
005.231 DADF Input Tray Sensor On / Off Media in DADF Input Tray
005.232 DADF Top Cover Sensor On / Off DADF Top Cover open
005.233 Stage Sensor On / Off
005.234 Legal Paper Sensor On / Off Legal media in DADF Tray

Table 2 Chain 10 Component Input Codes Table 5 Chain 70 Component Input Codes
Chain-Link Component Name State Comments Chain-Link Component Name State Comments
010.200 Fusing Relay Enable On / Off 071.201 Option Feeder2 Motor Fail On / Off Alarm signal
071.202 Option Feeder3 Motor Fail On / Off Alarm signal
Chain-Link Component Name State Comments Output Components
041.300 Front Cover Interlock Switch On / Off When the appropriate code is entered, the component is activated and its status appears on
041.301 Rear Cover Interlock Switch On / Off the Control Panel.
042.200 Rear Fan Fail On / Off Alarm signal

Table 6 Chain 5 Component Output Codes
042.201 LVPS Fan Fail On / Off Alarm signal
Table 4 Chain 60 Component Input Codes 005.091 Pick Motor On / Off Forward
005.092 Pick Motor On / Off Reverse
005.093 Feed Motor On / Off Forward
062.212 Home Position Sensor On / Off
005.094 Feed Motor On / Off Reverse
062.300 Platen Cover Sensor On / Off

010.001 Fusing Relay On / Off
071.100 Bypass Tray No Paper Sensor On / Off
071.101 Tray1 No Paper Sensor On / Off Table 8 Chain 20 Fax Line 1 Component Output Codes
071.102 Registration Sensor On / Off
071.103 Exit Sensor On / Off
020.010 Single Tone 0hz Line 1 On / Off
071.104 Paper Size Sensor1 Switch On / Off
071.107 Option Feeder1 Size Sensor0 Switch On / Off
020.017 ANSAM Line 1 On / Off
020.018 CI Line 1 On / Off
020.020 DTMF # Line 1 On / Off
020.021 DTMF * Line 1 On / Off
020.022 DTMF 0 Line 1 On / Off
071.116 Option Feeder1 No Paper Sensor On / Off
071.119 Option Feeder1 Path Sensor On / Off
071.122 Full Stack Sensor On / Off 020.029 DTMF 7 Line 1 On / Off
071.200 Option Feeder1 Motor Fail On / Off Alarm signal 020.030 DTMF 8 Line 1 On / Off

Table 8 Chain 20 Fax Line 1 Component Output Codes Table 9 Chain 20 Fax Line 2 Component Output Codes
020.031 DTMF 9 Line 1 On / Off 020.090 DTMF # Line 2 On / Off
020.032 DTMF A Line 1 On / Off 020.091 DTMF * Line 2 On / Off
020.033 DTMF B Line 1 On / Off 020.092 DTMF 0 Line 2 On / Off
020.034 DTMF C Line 1 On / Off 020.093 DTMF 1 Line 2 On / Off
020.035 DTMF D Line 1 On / Off 020.094 DTMF 2 Line 2 On / Off
020.040 V.21 300bps Line 1 On / Off 020.095 DTMF 3 Line 2 On / Off
020.041 V.27ter 2400bps Line 1 On / Off 020.096 DTMF 4 Line 2 On / Off
020.042 V.27ter 4800bps Line 1 On / Off 020.097 DTMF 5 Line 2 On / Off
020.047 V.17 12000bps Line 1 On / Off 020.102 DTMF A Line 2 On / Off
020.048 V.17 14400bps Line 1 On / Off 020.103 DTMF B Line 2 On / Off
020.049 V.34 2400bps Line 1 On / Off 020.104 DTMF C Line 2 On / Off
020.050 V.34 4800bps Line 1 On / Off 020.105 DTMF D Line 2 On / Off
020.051 V.34 7200bps Line 1 On / Off 020.110 V.21 300bps Line 2 On / Off
020.052 V.34 9600bps Line 1 On / Off 020.111 V.27ter 2400bps Line 2 On / Off
020.053 V.34 12000bps Line 1 On / Off 020.112 V.27ter 4800bps Line 2 On / Off
020.122 V.34 9600bps Line 1 On / Off
Table 9 Chain 20 Fax Line 2 Component Output Codes 020.123 V.34 12000bps Line 1 On / Off
Chain-Link Component Name State Comments 020.124 V.34 14400bps Line 1 On / Off
020.080 Single Tone 0hz Line 2 On / Off 020.125 V.34 16800bps Line 1 On / Off
020.087 ANSAM Line 2 On / Off 020.132 V.34 33600bps Line 1 On / Off
020.088 CI Line 2 On / Off

Table 10 Chain 40 Component Output Codes Table 13 Chain 90 Component Output Codes
041.001 Low Voltage Power Supply 24V On / Off 93.001 Toner Dispense Motor On / Off Normal speed
042.001 Rear Fan On / Off Normal speed 93.002 Toner Dispense Motor On / Off Half speed
042.002 Rear Fan On / Off Half speed
042.003 LVPS Fan On / Off

061.001 Laser Unit Motor On / Off
062.002 IIT Exposure Lamp On / Off
062.005 FB Motor On / Off Forward
062.006 FB motor On / Off Reverse

071.001 Main Drive Assembly On / Off Normal speed
071.002 Main Drive Assembly On / Off Half speed
071.003 Main Drive Assembly On / Off Low speed
071.004 MSI Feed Solenoid On / Off Auto Off (300ms)
071.005 Tray1 Feed Clutch On / Off
071.006 Registration Clutch On / Off
071.007 Exit Clutch On / Off
071.008 Exit Invert Clutch On / Off
071.009 Option Feeder1 Motor On / Off Normal speed
071.010 Option Feeder1 Motor On / Off Half speed
071.011 Option Feeder1 Motor On / Off Low speed
071.018 Option Feeder1 Feed Clutch On / Off Auto Off (300ms)
071.021 Option Feeder1 Registration Clutch On / Off

dC361 NVM Save and Restore NVM Restore
1. If necessary, connect the USB drive to the USB port on the left side of the machine.
Purpose
To restore the NVM parameters of the machine to their previous values following a service
action; i.e. NVM expansion, IP or MCU Board replacement, or any others that would necessi-
tate a full NVM initialization. It can also be used to recover a machine‘s NVM values to a recent 4. Select dC361 NVM Save and Restore.
service call, in the event that a complete NVM failure occurred. As an additional tool, the ability The screen displays the NVM data.
to copy files between the hard drive and a USB drive is provided. 5. Restore the NVM data.
a. Select the entry from the available NVM data on the hard drive.
The NVM save to hard disk must be performed at the first service call and whenever the sys-
tem software is changed. NOTE: NVM data on a USB device should be copied to the hard drive before it can
be restored.
This procedure will save and restore only the IP, IIT and MCU NVM.
b. Select Restore Machine NVM.
NOTE: After a USB flash drive is first connected to the machine a UI sceen message offering The status region at the top of the screen will report that the NVM was restored suc-
scan to and print from USB options will display. This screen message can be closed or left cessfully.
open before entering diagnostics without effecting the NVM save / restore processes. If you 6. Select Close to return to the service mode window.
choose to close the scan to and print from USB screen message it will not reappear on exit 7. Select Call Closeout to exit service mode.
from diagnostics. Therefore, leave this message screen open if the scan to and print from USB
options are to be required after a NVM save / restore.
Procedure
NVM Save
1. If necessary, connect the USB flash drive to the USB port on the left side of the machine.
4. Select dC361 NVM Save and Restore.
The screen displays the NVM data.
NOTE:
• The top entry displays the live NVM data for the machine.
• If the data has previously been saved to the hard disk these will be displayed in a list
below the live data.
• If a USB device containing NVM data is connected these will be displayed below the
hard disk data. To be recognized by the machine the USB device must be connected
at the time dC361 is started.
5. Save the NVM data.

• To save the live data to the hard disk select the live data entry and select save to
hard disk.
• To save the hard disk data to a USB device select the hard disk entry and select
save to USB device.
• To save the USB data to the hard disk select the USB entry and select save to HDD.
NOTE: Data cannot be saved or restored directly to or from the USB device to the
machine.
6. Select Close to return to the service mode window.

7. Select Call Closeout to exit service mode

dC612 Print Test Pattern
Purpose
To print embedded test prints useful for troubleshooting print quality problems.

2. Select the Diagnostics tab, then dC612 Print Test pattern.
3. Select the test pattern from those listed on the display.
• Gradiation ESS
• Ghost Chart ESS
• Test pattern 1 (letter/A4)
• 100% Solid (Black)
• 20% halftone (Grey Scale)
• Total PQ Chat (letter/A4)
• Alignment Chart (letter/A4)
• Halftone Representation Chart (letter/A4)
Figure 1 Available test prints

dC945 IIT Calibration
Purpose
To adjust the White reference settings (RGB and Mono) for the Scanner.

2. Select the Adjustments tab, then dC945 IIT Calibration.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen to calibrate the CCD sensor.

Change Tags
Change Tag Introduction
This section describes tags associated with the printer, as well as multinational applicability,
classification codes, and permanent or temporary modification information. Important modifica-
tions to the copier are identified by a tag number which is recorded on a tag matrix.
The tag matrix for the IOT is affixed to the chassis inside the Front Door.
Classification Codes
A tag number may be required to identify differences between parts that cannot be inter-
changed, or differences in diagnostic, repair, installation, or adjustment procedures.
A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special non-
volatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each
tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made.
The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in Table 1.
Table 1 Classification Codes

Classification Code Description
M Mandatory tag.
N Tag not installed in the field.
O Optional tag.
R Repair tag.
Change Tags
There are no Change Tags currently in effect for this product.

7 Wiring
Plug and Jack Locations
How to Use the Plug/ Jack Location List ......................................................................... 7-3
Harness Routing
Chassis Wire Routing...................................................................................................... 7-9
Optional Feeder Wire Routing......................................................................................... 7-16
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams.............................................................................................................. 7-19
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Wiring

Wiring 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only
Table 1 Plug / Jack locations
How to Use the Plug/ Jack Location List PJ Map Coordinates Connection
The P/J Locator diagrams show the location of primary connections within the printer. Use P/J231 Figure 4 J-111 LVPS and Front Interlock Switch
these illustrations to locate connections called out in the procedures presented in Sections 2, P/J233 Figure 4 G-154 Fuser and harness MCU-FUSING
4, and 6. Connectors designated “CN” are listed at the end of the P/J connectors.
P/J240 Figure 1 J-110 LVPS and harness Rear Fan
Harness routing is diagrammed in Chassis Wire Routing. Harness connections appear in Wir- P/J241 Figure 1 J-110 LVPS and LVPS Fan
ing Diagrams. P/J243 Figure 6 K-207 Harness FDR DRAWER 1 and harness OP FDR
P/J253 Figure 5 F-168 Connector CRUM TONER and harness XERO CRUM
How to find a P/J location: P/J254 Figure 5 D-168 Connector Assy XERO and harness XERO CRUM
1. Locate the P/J connector designator in the first column of the table. P/J261 Figure 2 G-122 HVPS and harness HV
2. With this information, go to the second column (Map - Figure Number). P/J271 Figure 4 E-154 Exit Sensor and harness SENS EXIT
3. Use the coordinates to locate the connection on the map with its P/J designation number. P/J272 Figure 4 E-154 Full Stack Sensor and harness SENS EXIT
P/J300 Figure 1 E-111 IP Board and harness IIT Control Board
P/J302 Figure 1 E-111 IP Board and HDD
PJ Map Coordinates Connection
P/J310 Figure 1 D-111 IP Board and HDD
P/J10 Figure 2 B-127 MCU Board and harness MAIN MOT P/J320 Figure 1 D-114 IP Board and harness MCU-ESS
P/J11 Figure 2 F-128 MCU Board and harness DISP MOT P/J328 Figure 1 D-114 IP Board and harness video
P/J12 Figure 2 D-128 MCU Board and REGI Clutch P/J330 Figure 1 B-113 IP Board and RAM
P/J13 Figure 2 B-127 Not Connected P/J336 Figure 1 E-110 IP Board and flat cable
P/J14 Figure 2 B-128 MCU Board and CST FEED Clutch P/J340 Figure 1 B-112 IP Board Ethernet Port
P/J15 Figure 2 B-128 MCU Board and Solenoid Feed MSI P/J343 Figure 1 D-111 IP Board and Side USB Assembly
P/J16 Figure 2 D-128 MCU Board And Clutch Assy Exit P/J344 Figure 1 B-112 IP Board and USB port
P/J17 Figure 2 C-128 MCU Board and Clutch Assy Invert P/J345 Figure 1 B-110 IP Board and Fax Board
P/J18 Figure 2 G-127 MCU Board and Laser Unit P/J346 Figure 1 B-112 IP Board and USB port
P/J19 Figure 2 G-126 MCU Board and harness ROS-MCU P/J352 Figure 1 C-110 IP Board and Control Panel
P/J20 Figure 2 F-126 MCU Board and harness ESS P/J390 Figure 1 D-110 IP Board and harness IIT Control Board
P/J21 Figure 2 G-128 MCU Board and harness MCU24V P/J401 Figure 1 C-107 IIT Control Board and harness IITMCU-LVPS
P/J22 Figure 2 B-126 MCU Board and harness LV P/J402 Figure 1 C-107 IIT Control Board and harness IITMCU-ESS2
P/J23 Figure 2 B-126 MCU Board and harness FSR P/J403 Figure 1 C-107 IIT Control Board and harness SUBLV-IITMCU
P/J24 Figure 2 D-126 MCU Board and harness OP FDR P/J419 Figure 6 H-208 Feeder Board and harness FDR DRAWER 1
P/J25 Figure 2 D-126 MCU Board and harness XERO CRUM P/J420 Figure 6 G-208 Feeder Board and harness C2 TURN
P/J26 Figure 2 E-128 MCU Board and harness HV P/J421 Figure 6 G-208 Feeder Board and harness C2 SIZE
P/J27 Figure 2 B-127 MCU Board and harness SENS EXIT P/J422 Figure 6 G-208 Feeder Board and harness TRAY MOT
P/J101 Figure 4 G-154 Main Drive Assembly and harness MAIN MOT P/J423 Figure 6 G-208 Feeder Board and harness FDR DRAWER 2
P/J111 Figure 5 F-169 Toner Dispense Motor and harness DISP MOT P/J431 Figure 1 B-108 IIT Control Board and flast cable
P/J200 Figure 1 H-114 LVPS and KIT AC INLET P/J432 Figure 1 A-108 IIT Control Board and harness IITMCU-ESS
P/J201 Figure 1 H-112 LVPS and harness FSR P/J451 Figure 1 A-107 IIT Control Board and IIT Assy
P/J210 Figure 1 H-111 LVPS and harness MCU24V P/J452 Figure 1 C-107 IIT Control Board and IIT Assy
P/J211 Figure 1 H-111 LVPS and harness ESS PWR P/J453 Figure 1 B-107 IIT Control Board and DADF Assy
P/J212 Figure 1 I-111 LVPS and harness MAIN MOT P/J454 Figure 1 A-107 IIT Control Board and IIT Assy
P/J213 Figure 1 H-111 LVPS and harness OP FDR P/J501 Figure 3 D-133 Laser Unit and harness ROS-MCU
P/J220 Figure 1 H-111 LVPS and harness LV P/J502 Figure 3 D-133 Laser Unit and harness VIDEO
P/J230 Figure 1 I-111 LVPS and harness INTLK P/J800 Figure 5 J-166 Stapler LVPS and harness SUBLV-LVPS

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 7-3 How to Use the Plug/ Jack Location List
PJ Map Coordinates Connection
P/J801 Figure 5 I-166 Stapler LVPS and harness SUBLV-STAPLER ASSY
P/J802 Figure 5 I-167 Stapler LVPS and harness SUBLV-STAPLER ASSY
P/J1332 Figure 1 B-111 IP Board and SD Card
P/J2401 Figure 4 E-156 Rear Fan and harness Rear Fan
P/J4201 Figure 6 F-209 Option Feed Clutch and harness C2 TURN
P/J4203 Figure 6 D-207 No Paper Sensor and harness C2 TURN
P/J4211 Figure 6 J-208 Size Switch and harness C2 SIZE
P/J4212 Figure 6 D-208 Path Sensor and harness OPT LEG
P/J4213 Figure 6 F-209 Take Away Clutch [Clutch REGI] and harness C2 SIZE
P/J4214 Figure 6 F-209 Harness C2 SIZE and harness OPT LEG
P/J4221 Figure 6 F-209 MOTOR Assy OPTION and harness Assy TRAY MOT
P/J4231 Figure 6 J-209 Harness FDR DRAWER 2 and FDR DRAWER 1
P/J8011 Figure 5 I-166 Stapler and harness SUBLV-STAPLER ASSY
Figure 1 P/J locator map 1

How to Use the Plug/ Jack Location List 7-4 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer

Figure 4 P/J locator map 4 Figure 5 P/J locator map 5


Chassis Wire Routing
The following illustrations show factory harness routing paths through the chassis. Refer to
Table 1 for a list of available routing diagrams.
Table 1 Wire Routing Diagrams

Diagram Description
Figure 1 MCU Board to HVPS / Dispense Motor Assembly
Figure 2 MCU Board to Xerographic Connector
Figure 3 MCU Board to Main Motor Assembly / LVPS
Figure 4 MCU Board to Optional Feeder Connector
Figure 5 MCU Board to Laser Unit (ROS)
Figure 6 Laser Unit to IP Board
Figure 7 MCU Board to Full Stack Sensor / Exit Sensor
Figure 8 MCU Board to LVPS (1 of 2)
Figure 10 MCU Board to IP Board
Figure 11 MCU Board to Laser Unit (ROS)
Figure 13 IIT, IP Board to LVPS / Control Panel
Figure 1 MCU Board to HVPS / Dispense Motor Assembly

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 7-9 Chassis Wire Routing
Figure 2 MCU Board to Xerographic Connector Figure 3 MCU Board to Main Motor Assembly / LVPS

Chassis Wire Routing 7-10 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Figure 4 MCU Board to Optional Feeder Connector Figure 5 MCU Board to Laser Unit (ROS)

Figure 7 MCU Board to Full Stack Sensor / Exit Sensor


Figure 10 MCU Board to IP Board
Figure 11 MCU Board to Fuser

Figure 12 MCU Board to Rear Fan connector
Figure 13 IP Board to LVPS / Control Panel

Optional Feeder Wire Routing
The following illustrations show wire routing for the 550-Sheet optional tray.

Diagram Description
Figure 1 No Paper Sensor
Figure 2 Pre-Registration Sensor
Figure 3 Optional Tray PWB (1 of 2)
Figure 4 Optional Tray PWB (2 of 2)
Figure 2 Pre-Registration Sensor
Figure 1 No Paper Sensor

Optional Feeder Wire Routing 7-16 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Figure 3 Optional Tray PWB (1 of 2) Figure 4 Optional Tray PWB (2 of 2)

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 7-17 Optional Feeder Wire Routing
Optional Feeder Wire Routing 7-18 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Wiring Diagrams
The following illustrations diagram interconnections between major printer components.

Diagram Description
Figure 1 WorkCentre 3655 system diagram
Figure 2 Power regulation and distribution
Figure 3 Drive
Figure 4 Laser Unit
Figure 5 Xerographics / HVPS
Figure 6 LVPS / Fuser
Figure 7 IP Board
Figure 8 IIT / DADF
Figure 9 Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
Figure 1 WorkCentre 3655 system diagram

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 7-19 Wiring Diagrams
Figure 2 Power regulation and distribution
Figure 3 Drive

Wiring Diagrams 7-20 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Figure 4 Laser Unit
Figure 5 Xerographics / HVPS

Figure 7 IP Board
Figure 6 LVPS / Fuser

Figure 8 IIT / DADF
Figure 9 Optional 550 Sheet Feeder

8 Principals of Operation
WorkCentre 3655 Operational Overview ........................................................................ 8-3
Media Handling ............................................................................................................... 8-3
Sensors ........................................................................................................................... 8-5
Xerographics ................................................................................................................... 8-6
Major IOT Assemblies..................................................................................................... 8-9
Major IIT Assemblies....................................................................................................... 8-16
WorkCentre 3655 Options............................................................................................... 8-17
Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Principals of Operation

Principals of Operation 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only
WorkCentre 3655 Operational Overview Media Handling
This section describes the printer’s operational characteristics providing detailed descriptions Media is driven along the media path by various drive motors, belts, gear assemblies and roll-
of the media path, sensors, xerographics and major assemblies. ers. Synchronization of these components is managed by the MCU Board. The operating sys-
tem monitors sensors located along the media path throughout the print engine, DADF, and
attached options. As a sheet travels along the media path, sensors change state temporarily to
indicate the sheet’s presence. If the pattern of sensor state changes differs from the expected
timing for a particular paper size and path, an error is reported.
Input Media Path

Figure 1 illustrates how media is transported through the printer.
Figure 1 WorkCentre 3655
Front View
1. Tray 1 6. Automatic Document Feeder (DADF)
2. Bypass Tray 7. Stapler
3. Top Cover 8. Output Tray
4. Output Tray Extension 9. Front Cover Release
5. Control Panel 10. Optional 550-sheet Feeder
Figure 1 IOT media path

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 8-3 WorkCentre 3655 Operational Overview, Media
Figure 2 shows how media moves through the DADF. Tray 1
When the control logic calls for media feed, the Nudger Roller moves the sheet to the Feed
Roller. The Feed Roller moves a single sheet out of the tray and toward the tray’s Take Away
Roller. The Retard Roller ensures only one sheet is fed. The media then moves past the Path
Sensor and up the vertical path driven by the Take Away Roller. The media continues along the
path until the sheet reaches the Registration Roller.
Trays 2 through 4
Feeder operation of the optional 550-sheet feeders is much the same as Tray 1. Optional feed-
ers employ similar feeder components.
Output Media Path

The path for media exiting the Fuser is through the Exit Assembly to the Output Tray on the
Front Cover Assembly.
Output Tray
The Output Tray is a face-down, 250-sheet tray located on the Front Cover Assembly. The tray
receives media from the Exit Assembly.
Figure 2 DAF media path
Bypass Tray
When feeding media from Tray 1, the control logic instructs the mechanical drive to activate the
Feed Roller. When the control logic calls for media feed, it sends a feed signal to momentarily
energize the Tray 1 Pick Clutch causing the Feed Roller to rotate. When the Feed Roller con-
tacts the paper, a sheet is fed into the gap between the Feed Roller and the Pinch Rollers.

Media Handling 8-4 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Sensors
The printer contains sensors of various types that perform a variety of functions. One group of
sensors track media as it moves along the paper path to detect jams. Other sensors detect the
presence of the Drum Cartridge, stop printer activity if a door is open (interlock), and monitor
the fusing temperature.
Sensor Types
The types of sensors used vary with function. In general, there are three types in use.
Photo Sensors
Two types of photo sensors are used, photo-reflective and photo-receptive. Photo-reflective
sensors use light reflected back from an object to detect its presence. Photo-receptive sensors
use an actuator or the object itself to block the light path to detect an object or condition.
Photo-reflective sensors have the light emitter and light receiver aligned on a single surface.
Output of the photo-receptor is High (> +4.5 V) when light is being reflected back and Low (<
+.3 V) when it is not. Photo-receptive sensors consist of a LED in one arm of a U-shaped
holder, and a photo-transistor in the other arm. When the sensing area is vacant, nothing is
between the arms of the sensor, light falls on the photo-receptor sending the signal High. If the
light is interrupted, the photo-transistor goes Low. .
Thermistors
Thermistors have a known value of resistance whose value varies with temperature. Used pri-
marily in the Fuser for temperature sensing.
Microswitches
Microswitches are used primarily as cover interlocks in the printer. They are in a normally open
state, and close when actuated. A bank of microswitches is used to detect paper size in the
Figure 1 Interlock switch locations
universal trays. Microswitches also employ hooks or catches for retention in the bracket or
frame. Figure 1 shows Interlock Switch locations.
Sensors in the Media Path
Table 1 lists the location and designation of sensors located in the media path. Error detection
is based on media transport timing through the sensing area. Figure 2 shows the location of
some of these sensors.
Table 1 List of Sensor and Interlock Functions

Name Type Function
MSI No paper Photo-receptive Signals no media in Bypass Tray
Registration Photo-receptive Signals leading edge at registration
Path Photo-receptive Signals media exit from feeder
Exit Photo-receptive Signals media exit from Fuser
Stack Full Photo-receptive Signals output tray full
Tray 1 No paper Photo-receptive Signals no media in Tray 1
ADC Photo-reflective Monitors Toner density
Rear Interlock Microswitch Signals Rear Cover open
Front interlock Microswitch Signals Front Cover open
Size Switch Microswitch Signals media size in tray

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 8-5 Sensors
Table 1 List of Sensor and Interlock Functions Xerographics
Name Type Function Drum Cartridge
Legal Photo-receptive Signals Legal media in DADF Input The Drum Cartridge, Figure 1, holds the Toner Cartridge and is reached through the Front
Environmental pcb Monitors temperature and humidity Cover. The Drum Cartridge is a customer-replaceable item. The Drum Cartridge consists of
Internal temp Thermistor Monitors internal temperature OPC drum and development unit. The OPC drum has a scorotron which charges the OPC, a
light-guide and cleaning blade. The development unit has a magnetic roller, mixing augers,
developer, a Dr-blade and an ADC sensor.
Figure 1 Drum Cartridge with Toner
Table 1 Drum Cartridge Components

Component Function
Drum The Drum is an aluminum cylinder coated with a layer of photo-
Figure 2 IOT Sensor Locations conductive material that retains electrical charges on its surface
until exposed to light, when electrical conduction occurs.
Media Size Sensing Magnetic Roller A thin layer of developer and toner adheres to the surface of this
Tray 1 and optional feeders detect media size using an array of microswitches (Size Switch) roller, which transports the toner to the Drum surface.
mounted in the tray cavity. When the tray end guide is adjusted, the guide changes the Size Charging and Metering (Dr) The CM Blade controls the thickness of developer and toner
Switch actuator positions. Actuating different combinations of the Size Switch produces differ- Blade over the Magnet Roller, and applies negative charges to the
ent combinations of high and low signals. These signals identify what size media is loaded and toner.
what to display on the Control Panel. Also, actuation of the Size Switch signals the tray is Cleaning Blade The Cleaning Blade removes toner remaining on the Drum.
present and closed to the MCU Board.
Media Present Sensing Transfer Roller

When the last sheet is fed from any tray, the No Paper Sensor actuator drops to block the No The Transfer Roller, Figure 2, located on the Rear Cover Assembly is driven by direct contact
Paper Sensor. Feeding is inhibited until media is loaded into the tray. with the OPC drum. When media moves between the Transfer Roller and drum, the Transfer
Roller applies a positive charge to the rear surface of the media. The negatively charged,
developed image on the drum is attracted by the media’s positive charge and is transferred
from the drum to the media.

Sensors, Xerographics 8-6 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Figure 3 Toner Cartridge
Waste Toner Recovery

Excess toner is collected through a series of augers and deposited into the Drum Cartridge.
Figure 2 Transfer Roller Laser Unit

The Laser Unit, Figure 4 interprets signals from the IP Board and scans the surface of the drum
Toner Cartridge with a laser to create a latent image. The dual-beam laser scans from one end of the drum
The Toner Cartridge, Figure 3, is installed in the Drum Cartridge and locked into position. surface to the other while being turned off and on forming a single line of a latent image. The
resolution of the dual-beam laser is either 600 dpi or 1200 dpi and is determined by the cus-
tomer setting. Both beams are always on. For 600 dpi, both beams receive the same data. For
1200 dpi, the beams receive different data resulting in a smaller pixel size. The scanner motor
turns On when it receives a signal, and turns Off after printing ends. The motor remains Off in
the standby and power-saving states.

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 8-7 Xerographics
Table 3 Scanner Motor Operational Modes
Operational Mode Laser Power On/Off
Print Mode Turns On upon receiving the signal from the controller, and turns
Off after a preset time has passed from the end of printing. Also
turns Off if a print command is not received within 30 seconds from
the reception of the signal.
Sleep Mode Always Off
Fuser
The Fuser, Figure 5, using a combination of heat and pressure, bonds the toner to the media.
As a CRU, the Fuser is replaced as a unit.
Figure 4 Laser Unit components
CAUTION
Never remove the cover from a Laser Assembly for any reason - contamination may result.
The Laser Unit consists of four components: the laser diode (LD) Assembly, the scanner
assembly, lenses and mirrors, and the start of scan (SOS) board.
Table 2 Laser Assembly Components

Component Function Figure 5 Fuser
Laser Diode Assembly Produces two laser beams that are turned on and off according to
the print data signal. The Fuser receives its drive from the Main Drive Assembly. After the toner image is transferred
to the media, the media passes through the Fuser. The pressure roller is pressed against the
Scanner Assembly Consists of a faceted polygonal mirror mounted on the shaft of the
heat roller to melt the toner and bond the image to the media.
scanner motor that reflects the beams to the drum surface through
lenses and mirrors, to scan the beams across the drum.
To better understand Fuser errors, Fuser components are described below.
Start of Scan Board When the laser beams strike the sensor on the SOS board, the
signal generated indicates the initial position of the scan. The ini- Table 4 Fuser Components
tial position where a scan is started on each line is detected.
Component Function
Scanner motor control is performed according to the mode of operation as shown below. Heat Roller The Heat Roller is a metal tube with a coated surface and a Heat
Lamp inside. As media passes between the Heat Roller and Pres-
Table 3 Scanner Motor Operational Modes sure Roller, the heat fuses the toner to the media.
Pressure Roller The Pressure Roller maintains pressure on the media passing
Operational Mode Laser Power On/Off
between it and the Heat Roller. This pressure bonds the melted
Standby Mode Always Off toner to the paper.
Heat Lamp The Heat Lamp is a quartz glass tube containing heater coils. The
Heat Lamp heats the entire length of the Heat Roller.

Xerographics 8-8 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Table 4 Fuser Components Major IOT Assemblies
Component Function Components of the WorkCentre 3655 multifunction printer described in this section include:
Temperature Sensors These are Thermistors having a known value of resistance that
varies with temperature. There are three Temperature Sensors in • Trays
the Fuser. One is located at the center of Heat Roller, the other is • Duplex
located where the edge of a letter size sheet of paper comes • Exit Assembly
through. The third is located at the center of the Pressure Roller. • Drive and Electrical
The sensors monitor the surface temperature of the Heat and
Pressure Rollers. Trays
Thermostat The Thermostat provides a second-level of protection. If the Heat Standard trays include the 100-sheet, multi-purpose Bypass Tray and 1 550-sheet universal
Roll temperature exceeds the preset temperature, the Thermostat tray, Tray 1. The trays adjust to accept various media sizes.
cuts off the AC power to the Heater Rods.
Bypass Tray
Fuser Life Expectancy A sheet is fed from the MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter) when the MSI Feed Solenoid is turned On,
the stopper is released, and the Nudger Roll contacts the top sheet of the stack loaded in the
The life expectancy of the Fuser is 200,000 Letter/A4 size pages. Several factors can reduce
Bypass Tray. The Feed and Nudger Rollers rotate driven by the Main Drive Assembly to feed
Fuser life:
the sheet to the position where it is nipped between the Feed and Retard Rollers. Figure 1
shows Bypass Tray feed component location.
• Greater than 5% coverage
• Printing on heavy media
If multiple sheets are fed together, the friction with the stopper sheet and Retard Roller pre-
• Printing on transparencies or specialty media vents the bottom sheets from going any further, allowing only the top sheet to pass. Bypass
Power Shutoff to the Fuser Tray components include:
The printer shuts off power to the Fuser for the following reasons:
• Feed Roller
• Fuser error • MSI Feed Solenoid that engages the Main Drive Assembly to the Feed Roller.
• Jam error • No Paper Sensor, located on the HVPS, detects whether paper is available.
• Cover open
• Laser Unit error
• CPU or NVRAM error
• Rear Fan error

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 8-9 Xerographics, Major IOT Assemblies
Tray 1
The sheet loaded in the Tray are fed by the Nudger Roll to the position where it is nipped
between the Feed Roll and the Retard Roll.
The Retard Roll separates the sheets by the rotational friction obtained by being pressurized to
the Feed Roll by the spring from below. If multiple sheets are fed together, the Retard Roll is
braked to stop by the built-in torque limiter, and prevents, by friction, the bottom sheets from
going any further, allowing only the top sheet to pass.
The bottom plate rises by the spring pressure as the stack becomes thinner.
Tray components include, Figure 2:

• Separator Roller
The Separator Roller prevents multi-sheet picks from the tray by applying drag to the bot-
tom of each passing sheet.
• End and Side Guides
The End and Side Guides adjust to different media sizes by moving them to contact the
media edges and hold it in position. Size Switch actuators, located on the tray, are set by
the position of the end guide to indicate loaded media size.
• Bottom Plate
The bottom plate rises by spring pressure to put the media in contact with the Nudger
Roller moving the No Paper Senosr actuator.
Figure 1 Bypass Tray components
The Bypass Tray incorporates a single set of guides. When media is inserted, the leading edge
strikes the actuator of the No Paper Sensor indicating the presence of paper. As the last sheet
of paper is fed from the tray the actuator blocks the sensor opening indicating no paper
remains in the tray.

Major IOT Assemblies 8-10 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
The No Paper Sensor, located on the HVPS, uses an actuator to determine whether the
tray is empty. When the actuator lowers, the No Paper Sensor signal goes High indicating
an empty tray.
Exit Assembly
The Exit Assembly discharges media to the Output Tray or back through the duplex path. Refer
to Figure 3 for the locations of Exit Assembly components.
Figure 3 Exit Assembly components
Exit Assembly components include:

Figure 2 Tray components
• Exit Roller
Tray 1 and the optional trays are functionally equivalent in terms of the feeder mechanism that This roller ejects paper to the Output Tray or duplex path.
moves media from the tray into the media path.
• Full Stack Sensor
The media supply and path are monitored by these sensors. This sensor detects that the Output Tray is full, using an actuator.
• Exit Sensor
• Path Sensor This sensor detects media exiting the Fuser.
The Path Sensor detects a paper jam in the tray by the paper position and sensor transi-
tion time.
• No Paper Sensor

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 8-11 Major IOT Assemblies
Printer Drive
Media is driven through the printer primarily by the Main Drive Assembly. Motion of the Main
Drive Assembly is converted by a series of gears, clutches, and solenoids to move media
through the print process.
Main Drive Assembly

The Main Drive Assembly gets +24 V power from the LVPS. Motor control signals come from
the MCU Board. Figure 4 and Figure 5 show interaction between the Main Drive Assembly and
other printer components.
Figure 4 Main Drive Assembly components

Figure 5 Assembly drive components
Duplex Chute Assembly

Figure 6 illustrates involved componets and media travel through the Duplex Chute and Exit
Assembly during duplex operation. After the printing side 1, as the media leading edge passes
the duplex gate, the invert clutch is turned On and the exit roller rotates toward the duplex path.
The duplex gate lowers under its own weight, and the sheet is fed toward the duplex path. The
Duplex Roller rotates driven by a combination of the Duplex Gear and Main Drive Assembly
Figure 6 Duplex components
feeds the sheet to the registration position to print side 2.

Toner Dispense Motor
Figure 7 shows how the Toner Dispense Motor drives the Toner Cartridge and toner waste
augers to dispense and collect toner.
Figure 8 Exit Drive Assembly
Figure 7 Toner dispense and recovery Exit Invert Drive Assembly

Figure 9 illustrates the Exit Invert Drive Assembly that includes the exit invert clutch. This
Exit Drive Assembly clutch in combination with the Duplex Gear drives the Duplex and Exit rollers to move media
Figure 8illustrates the Exit Drive Assembly. The Exit Drive Assembly transfers drive from the through the duplex path.
Main Drive Assembly to the Exit Chute Assembly to move media to the Output Tray.

MCU Board
The MCU Board manages the printing operation according to information obtained through
communications with the IP Board and from sensors and switches located throughout the
printer.
The MCU Board performs these functions:
• Communicates with the Image Processor.

• Controls the print sequence.
• Distributes low DC voltages to various printer components.
• Monitors printer status.
• Maintains a running print count.
• Writes the NVRAM settings.
• Controls printer options.
HVPS
Located behind the Right Side Cover, the High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS) provides high
voltage to the OPC drum, magnetic roller, and Transfer Roller.
LVPS
The Low Voltage Power Supply provides regulated power to the IP, MCU, and IIT Control
Boards.
Stapler LVPS
The Stapler LVPS powers the Stapler Assembly.
Stapler
The Stapler provides a convenient way to fasten multiple sheets. Table 1 lists Staple character-
istics.
Table 1 Convenience Stapler Characteristics

Feature Description
Capacity 20 sheets of 80gsm (15 sheets of 90gsm) Capable of Side,
Figure 9 Exit invert Drive Assembly Front, Corner and Saddle stapling.
Staple Cartridge 1500 staples
Printer Electrical
Cycle time Less than 500 ms
Power/Voltage 24 VDC +/- 2.4V
Image Processor Board Current Less than 2 A
The function of the IP Board is to receive host data, buffer, store, and sent to the print engine in Audible noise LpAFmax 67 dB och LpApeak 86 dB by rapid noise test regulation
a rasterized format. The secondary function of the IP Board is to provide print control, Control Jam protection Stapler comes back to home position after operation.
Panel control, configuration setup, error reporting, and job recovery. The IP Board connects to Durability 50,000 cycles
the MCU Board directly. The Control Panel is connected to the IP Board and signals pass
through the MCU Board via the I/P Board.
IIT Control Board

The IIT Control Board manages operation of the DADF and Scanner.

Major IIT Assemblies
IIT assemblies described in this section include:
• Scanner
• DADF
Scanner Assembly
Scanner Assembly components described below and appear in Figure 1:
• Carriage Motor
The stepping motor that drives the Carriage Assy.
• Scanner Home Position Sensor
The Carriage Assy frame functions as an actuator and blocks the scanner home position
sensor, thus detecting the registration position.
• CCD PWB
The circuit board mounted with the CCD image sensor that inputs the image data.
Document scanning is performed by the carriage assembly in the Scanner Assenbly. The car-
riage assembly, driven by the carriage motor, consists of the LED array for illuminating a docu-
ment, the CCD image sensor for photo electronic converting image data, the mirrors, and the
lens. The Carriage Assy in the IIT moves at the shifting speed corresponding to the set magni-
fication and irradiates the document by the LED array. The optical image of the document irra-
diated by the LED array is reflected by the multiple mirrors, passed through the lens, and then
scanned by the CCD image sensor. The Scanner Assembly is replaced as a singe FRU. No
component spare parts are available.
Figure 1 Scanner components
DADF Assembly
DADF Assembly components described below and appear in Figure 2:
• Tray Sensor
Detects the presence or absence of a document on the DADF Document Tray.
• DADF Cover Sensor
Detects whether or not the DADF Top Cover is open.
• Feed Sensor
Located near side of the Scanner Home Position (CVT: Constant Velocity Transport) and
detects the scanning timing.
• DADF Stage Sensor

Major IIT Assemblies 8-16 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Detects that the document has been fed from the Tray. Also, detects that the reverse side WorkCentre 3655 Options
is nipped into the duplex feed path by the Eject2 Roller, after scanning the front side is
completed. WorkCentre 3655 options add paper capacity, and functionality. Additional media capacity is
also available. Optional 550-Sheet Feeders brings the maximum input media capacity to 2,350
• DADF Motor
sheets.
The DADF motor rotates the Paper Feed1, Paper Feed2, Eject1 and Eject2 Rollers.
• Pick Motor This section describes in detail the paper path, sensors, major assemblies, and operational
The pick motor rotates the Pickup Roller and Separation Roller. characteristics for each of these options.
• DADF Document LED
• 550-Sheet Feeder
If a document is detected by Tray Sensor, DADF document LED lights up.
• Wireless Adaptor
• Stand
WorkCentre 3655 options are documented in their respective installation instructions.
Optional 550-Sheet Feeder

When one or more optional 550-Sheet Feeders is installed under the printer, additional 550-
sheet universal trays are available extending the media path. These trays are identical to the
550-sheet tray standard with the printer. The feeder assemblies are also identical to those
used for Tray 1.
550-Sheet Feeder Feed Assembly

Optional trays are functionally equivalent in terms of the feeder mechanism that moves media
from the tray into the printer. The driving force from each feeder’s Feed Motor is transmitted via
a gear assembly to the Feed and Nudger Rollers, moving paper from the tray into the printer.
Figure 2 DADF components
When a document is loaded in the DADF, the document stopper is locked to prevent the docu-
ment from being moved forward. When the DADF starts feeding, the front portion of the Pickup
Assy is lowered. This unlocks the document stopper and the document is fed.
Documents are fed through between the Pinch Rolls and the Takeaway Roll to the CVT win-
dow by the rotation of the Takeaway Roll. When the paper feed is completed, the Pickup Assy
returns to its original position
Figure 1 Optional Feeder components

WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer 8-17 Major IIT Assemblies, WorkCentre 3655 Options
550-Sheet Feeder Drive and Electrical
The 550-Sheet Feeder includes these drive and electrical components:
• Feed Drive Assembly
Figure 2 shows the how the Feed Drive Assembly drives the feed and take away rollers.
Figure 3 Feeder Board
Figure 2 Optional Feeder Feed Drive
• Feeder Board
The Feeder Board, Figure 3, manages control signals and communications from the MCU
Board. Feeder power is provided by the SMPS.

WorkCentre 3655 Options 8-18 WorkCentre 3655 Multifunction Printer
Copyright © 2014, Xerox Corporation.
All rights reserved. Unpublished
rights reserved under the copyright
laws of the United States.
Part#: 705P01355

WC3655

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

WC3655

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

WC3655

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WorkCentre® 3655

Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only

Content Development and Language Services

26600 Parkway - Bldg. 60

P.O. Box 1000, M/S 7060-776

Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Introduction

Section 3 Image Quality CAUTION

Section 5 Parts List

Section 6 General Procedures / Information

Section 7 Wiring Data

Section 8 Principles of Operation

Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Introduction

Introduction 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only

This symbol indicates Danger High Voltage.

Figure 1 High voltage symbol

Protective Ground (Earth) symbol.

Figure 2 Protective ground (earth) symbol

Figure 3 Hot surface symbol

Figure 4 Wait 30 minutes symbol

Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Introduction

Figure 5 Pinch injury symbol Table 1 Voltage Measurement and Specifications

Figure 6 Use caution symbol Logic Voltage Levels

Table 2 Logic Levels

DC Voltage Measurement in RAPs

There is +5 VDC from P/J7 to P/J68.

Introduction 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only

Responsibilities for resolution:

Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Introduction

United States (FCC Regulations)

• Reorient or relocate the receiver.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

The CE mark applied to this product symbolizes Xerox’s

December 12, 2006: Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC

Introduction 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only

Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Introduction

Figure 1 Front View

Introduction 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only

Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Introduction

Figure 1 Control Panel

Control Panel Features

Introduction 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only

• 550-sheet Feeder Table 1 CRU and Consumable Life Expectancy

Figure 1 550-Sheet Feeder

Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only 5/2014 Introduction

Table 1 Product Codes

Table 2 Serial Number Range

Introduction 5/2014 Initial Issue - Xerox Internal Use Only

1. Identify the problem.

NOTE: Error and fault code definitions appear in Section 2.

NOTE: Ignore references to options not installed on the printer.

1. Take note of symptoms or error messages.

Image Quality Defects

For image quality specifications, refer to the following:

• Thinned gear teeth

Table 1 Component Life Expectancies

Table 1 WorkCentre 3655 Configurations

Chain 95 - Software Upgrade Errors

02-306-00 Flash erase failure Procedure